Storage Handling Solutions 2013 from Storage Design Limited by Storage Design Limited

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

STOR AGE/ SH ELVIN G EQ UIPM EN T

SYSTEMS

A range of simple but effective small parts storage systems designed to cater for a wide range of materials and applications.

A comprehensive range of floor mounted light, medium, heavy duty shelving and racking to suit medium

STORAGE

and heavy duty applications

OFFICE EQUIPMEN T

PA RTS

A comprehensive range of office storage equipment and furniture.

LOCK ER S/CLOAKRO O M EQ UIPMEN T/CANTEEN FUR NI TUR E Lockers, canteen furniture and cloakroom equipment to suit all requirements.

SMALL

33 43 63 78 87 103 155 161 171 209

C O NTENTS

SMA LL PA R TS STO RAG E SYSTEM S

SECUR IT Y, F IRE AN D SAFE STO RAG E A range of security, safety, hazardous and fire resistant cabinets.

MATER IA LS H AN D L IN G EQ UIPM EN T A comprehensive range of sack trucks, trolleys, cylinder/drum handling products and storage racks.

ST EPS/ ACCESS EQ UIPM EN T A versatile range of mobile steps and access equipment.

WOR KBENCH ES Static, mobile and semi mobile workbenches, tool trolleys and assembly benches, fully welded construction supplied assembled ready to use.

WA R EHO U SE / SAF E T Y

E Q U I PMEN T

Mezzanine floors, Pallet Racking, partitioning, guards and barriers for creating secure storage and safety zones.

PR ODUC T

IN D E X

STORAGE HANDLING SOLUTIONS

2013

A range of simple but effective small parts storage systems designed to cater for a wide range of materials and applications.

SMALL PARTS STORAGE SYSTEMS A range of simple but effective small parts storage systems designed to cater for a wide range of materials and applications.

Product

STOR AGE/ SH ELVIN G EQ UIPM EN T

Lead Time

Page

(Working Days)

A comprehensive range of floor mounted light, medium, heavy duty shelving and racking to suit medium and heavy duty applications

Topstore - TC Semi-Open Fronted Containers . . . . . . . (5)

4-5

Topstore - NXT-GEN Semi-Open Fronted

OFFICE EQUIPMEN T

Stack & Nest Containers . . . . . . . . . . (5)

6-7

Topstore - Wall Mounted Louvred Panels . . . . . . . . (5)

8-9

A comprehensive range of office storage equipment and furniture.

SS TT O O RR AA GG EE

33 43

C O NTENTS

SMA LL PA R TS STO RAG E SYSTEM S

SS YY SS TT EE M S

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

103

LOCK ER S/CLOAKRO O M EQ UIPMEN T/CANTEEN FUR NI TUR E Lockers, canteen furniture and cloakroom equipment to suit all requirements.

SECUR IT Y, F IRE AN D SAFE STO RAG E

Fully Boxed Bin Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . (5)

10 - 13

Topstore - Louvred Panel Spacemasters. . . . . . . . . (7)

14 - 15

Topstore - Louvred Panel Trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . (7)

Topstore - Bench Stands & Louvred Panel Spigots . . . . . (5)

Topstore - Mesh Baskets & Mesh Basket Louvred Panel Kits . . (5)

Topstore - Shelf Bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-15)

Topstore - Container Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

20 - 21

Topstore - Clearbox & Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . (5)

22 - 23

A range of security, safety, hazardous and fire resistant cabinets.

MATER IA LS H AN D L IN G EQ UIPM EN T A comprehensive range of sack trucks, trolleys, cylinder/drum handling products and storage racks.

SS MM AA LL LL PP A R T S

Topstore - Wall Mounted Louvred Panel Kits &

171

161

155

Visible Storage Cabinets, Turntables, Stands & Trolley Storage Bin Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . (5-15)

24 - 27

Topdrawer - Small Parts Cabinets and Trolley . . . . . . (5-7)

28 - 30

Parts Bins & Drawer Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . (5)

ST EPS/ ACCESS EQ UIPM EN T A versatile range of mobile steps and access equipment.

Topstore - Assortment Cases

WOR KBENCH ES Static, mobile and semi mobile workbenches, tool trolleys and assembly benches, fully welded construction supplied assembled ready to use.

WA R EHO U SE / SAF E T Y

E Q U I PMEN T

Compartment Boxes, Slide Rack & Base. . . . . . . . . (5)

Topstore - Topbox & Storemaster Box . . . . . . . . . (5)

Topstore - Space Bin Containers & Multi-functional Containers (5)

Euro Container Tray Trolleys & Blue Plastic Dolly (5-7)

and safety zones.

Topstore - Container Trolleys

209

32 - 33

Topstore - Euro Containers

Mezzanine floors, Pallet Racking, partitioning, guards and barriers for creating secure storage

PR ODUC T

. . . . . . . . . . . . (5)

. . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

37 - 39 40 - 42

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

IN D E X

PRIMROSE HILL COWBRIDGE SOUTH WALES CF71 7DU TEL: 01446 772614 FAX: 01446774770 INFO@STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK WWW.STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 2

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 3

2013/14

010041

010051

010061

010071

Clear plastic bin front enables full utilisation of the bin Order Ref. 010080

010022

010032

010042

010052

010062

010072

010014

010024

010034

010044

010054

010064

010074

Yellow Order Ref

010016

010026

010036

010046

010056

010066

010076

White Order Ref

010017

010027

010037

010047

010057

010067

010077

Price Per Carton

ÂŁ20.78

ÂŁ36.02

ÂŁ38.21

ÂŁ68.93

ÂŁ96.46

ÂŁ92.75

ÂŁ110.56

Bin Fronts Order Ref

010080

Price of Each

ÂŁ5.05

Black Conductive Order Ref

010019

010029

010039

010049

010059

010069

Price Per Carton

ÂŁ48.68

ÂŁ83.40

ÂŁ111.45

ÂŁ192.33

ÂŁ294.87

ÂŁ256.73

ID Labels Order Ref

010010

010020

010030

Price per pack of 100

ÂŁ1.79

ÂŁ1.89

ÂŁ6.69

Plastic Label Holder Order Ref

010040

Price per pack of 100

ÂŁ82.55

TC1

TC2

TC3

TC4

TC5

TC6

TC7

BULK No of cartons per pallet

TC 5

Blue Bulk Order Ref Red Bulk Order Ref Green Bulk Order Ref Yellow Bulk Order Ref White Bulk Order Ref Price Per Pallet

100 010011/2000 010012/2000 010014/2000 010016/2000 010017/2000 ÂŁ1,673.95

90 010021/1800 010022/1800 010024/1800 010026/1800 010027/1800 ÂŁ2,466.19

54 010031/540 010032/540 010034/540 010036/540 010037/540 ÂŁ1,685.86

25 010041/250 010042/250 010044/250 010046/250 010047/250 ÂŁ1,304.71

Technical Details

TC 2

TC 1

TC 5 TC 4

Black Conductive Storage Containers TC 6 Are manufactured using antistatic, carbon, *$

low charging (antistatic) container which is less likely to damage static sensitive items.

TC 3

This makes them ideal for use as part of a ; < = ;;

by BS IEC 61340-5-1:2007

TC 2 TC 1

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 4

TC1

TC2

TC3

TC4

TC5

TC6

TC7

165

240

350

375

520

Overall Width mm (B)

100

150

205

420

310

Overall Height mm (C)

132

182

200

Overall Base Length mm (D)

143

200

300

310

450

Internal Length mm (A)

154

223

330

350

470

Internal Width mm (B)

128

179

177

378

270

Internal Height mm (C)

120

117

167

164

188

Internal Base Length mm (D)

131

188

287

295

435

0.46

1.27

4.6

9.1

12.8

28.3

31.4

Maximum Container stack height

Maximum stack load capacity (kg) See details opposite

Max load capacity on louvred panel (kg) (based upon louvred panel in this publication)

Louvre Calculator

info@storage-design.co.uk

010056/200 010057/200 ÂŁ1,500.44

010062/100 010064/100 010066/100 010067/100 ÂŁ1,423.81

010071/80 010072/80 010074/80 010076/80 010077/80 ÂŁ1,351.94

For all bin capacities see the chart opposite

Overall Length mm (A)

Volume (Litres)

010054/200

010061/100

Eg. The diagram below shows TC5 containers stacked to their max. of 4 high. As the max. stack load for TC5 is 45Kg, if containers 1, 2 & 3 are equally loaded they can each carry 15Kg. If they were stacked 3 high and equally loaded each container could carry 22.5Kg, or 2 high 45Kg.

Plastic insert to enable $ ?

labels or barcodes. Order Ref. 010040

010052/200

Please note that when stacking containers, the entire stack load is dispersed onto the base container therefore neither the individual load or the total load of the stacked containers (up to the max. stack height) should exceed the max. stack load.

C TC 4

010051/200

Container Stacking Loads:

TC 3

Pallet Size:(WxDxH) 1000x1330x2210mm

SYSTEMS

TC 6

010012

Green Order Ref

Pallet Size:(WxDxH) 1160x1270x2220mm

TC 7

Red Order Ref

STORAGE

10 010031

Pallet Size:(WxDxH) 1070x1240x2230mm

Strong, heavy duty with reinforced base, sides and stacking rim Durable, resistant to most industrial solvents. Material is capable of withstanding a temperature range from -15Â°c to +50Â°c, however this may not apply when under load or stress dependent on use or application. â&#x20AC;˘ Hygienic, clean, smooth inside faces guard against build up of grease etc " # $ %

' â&#x20AC;˘ Available in 7 sizes and 6 colours as standard

TC7

Pallet Size:(WxDxH) 1060x1280x1940mm

STORAGE

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

TC6

010021

Pallet Size:(WxDxH 1160x1320x2010mm

Features:

TC5

Pallet Size:(WxDxH) 1050 x1230x1980mm

PA RTS

Containers can be manufactured in own brand and colours for high volume users.

TC4

PA RTS

Blue Order Ref

TC3

010011

carton

A simple and effective small parts storage system for a wide range of materials. Space saving, manufactured from

TC2

SMALL

TC1 No of containers per

Pallet Size (WxDxH) 1000x1200x1000mm

SMALL

Topstore - TC Semi-Open Fronted Containers

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

4 > * $

www.storage-design.co.uk 5

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

STORAGE

SYSTEMS

Available in 7 sizes and 3 colours as standard. Containers can be manufactured in own brand and colours for high volume users. Features: â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

SYSTEMS

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Dividers available to run front to back or left to right dependent on bin size When not in use, the bins will nest reducing the amount of storage space required Resistant to most chemicals, including oil and acids. Material is capable of withstanding a temperature range from -15Â°c to +50Â°c, however this may not apply when under load or stress dependent on use or application. Increased clear access facilities for easy selection Ergonomic design generates greater durability and strength Lifting handle on larger bins # $ (label not supplied as standard please order separately) NXT 7

NXT1

NXT2

NXT3

NXT4

NXT5

NXT6

Blue Order Ref

010011SN

010021SN

010031SN

010041SN

010051SN

010061SN

010071SN

Red Order Ref

010012SN

010022SN

010032SN

010042SN

010052SN

010062SN

010072SN

White Order Ref

010017SN

010027SN

010037SN

010047SN

010057SN

010067SN

010077SN

ÂŁ25.84

ÂŁ44.52

ÂŁ57.88

ÂŁ86.07

ÂŁ115.26

ÂŁ39.77

ÂŁ53.42

010048FB

010058FB

010068FB

010078FB

No of containers per carton

Price Per Carton Dividers Front to Back - Order Ref Pack Size

Price Per Pack

ÂŁ33.39

ÂŁ20.41

ÂŁ25.97

Dividers Left to Right - Order Ref

010038LR

010048LR

010058LR

010078LR

Pack Size

Price Per pack

ÂŁ33.39

010010SN

010020SN

010030SN

010040SN

010050SN

010060SN

010070SN

ÂŁ7.27

ÂŁ4.60

ÂŁ4.67

ÂŁ10.02

ÂŁ7.42

Additional ID labels Order Ref Price Per Pack of 100

Technical Details

Container Stacking Loads: Please note that when stacking containers, the entire stack load is dispersed onto the base container therefore neither the individual load or the total load of the stacked containers (up to the max. stack height) should exceed the max. stack load.

B NXT 6

NXT 4 NXT 1

NXT 2

2013/14

Eg. The diagram below shows NXT5 containers stacked to their max. of 4 high. As the max. stack load for TC5 is 60Kg, if containers 1, 2 & 3 are equally loaded they can each carry 20Kg. If they were stacked 3 high and equally loaded each container could carry 30Kg, or 2 high 60Kg.

NXT 5

NXT 3

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 6

NXT7

For all bin capacities see the chart opposite

NXT1

NXT2

NXT3

NXT4

NXT5

NXT6

Overall Length mm (A)

103

172

250

355

385

510

Overall Width mm (B)

100

109

179

240

470

335

Overall Height mm (C)

130

180

246

Overall Base Length mm (D)

135

205

313

303

316

410

Internal Length mm (A)

160

234

332

326

449

Internal Width mm (B)

116

154

362

214

NXT7

Internal Height mm (C)

128

174

173

244

Internal Base Length (D)

135

195

300

295

275

370

Volumes (Litres)

STORAGE

PA RTS

Manufactured from polypropylene these containers combine the quality that you have come to expect with its revolutionary design enabling the bin to stack and nest, with the facility to be mounted onto louvred panels and to hold dividers to make the best possible use of the space available. NXT-GEN containers are also designed to be used with our cabinets and shelving ; ; ;

PA RTS

The next generation storage containers are designed to help you make the most of the space in your business.

SMALL

Topstore - NXT-GEN Semi-Open Fronted Stack & Nest Containers

0.37

0.90

3.87

7.49

9.74

21.01

27.11

Maximum container stack height

Maximum stack load capacity (kg)

Max load cap on louvred panel (kg) (based upon louvred panel in this publication)

Louvre Calculator

> * $

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 7

2013/14

PA RTS

Q #; Z ; ? ! ; $ !

Other colours available. TC Containers are suitable for both the metric blue and imperial grey louvred panels, however the NXT-GEN Containers are better suited to the metric blue louvred panels.

1. To calculate approximately the amount of NXT-GEN or TC Containers or accessories that can be accommodated on a Topstore Louvred Panel, or part thereof, take the LV (Louvre Value) of the container or accessory and divide it in to the @ %@ ; ' ! ; ; * ? J $ J

of containers, simply reverse the above process. 2. $ ; !

STORAGE

IMPERIAL LOUVRED PANELS No. of Louvres in: Total (NL) No. of Louvres Width Height TP1 48 6 8 TP10 72 6 12 TP2 108 6 18 TP3 180 6 30 TP5 96 12 8 TP6 216 12 18

Panel Ref:

SYSTEMS

No. of Louvres in: Total Container (LV) Width Height Louvre Value

BLUE

Order Ref

Price (Each)

TMP Ref

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Inches

010165NXT

ÂŁ16.77

120

010167NXT

ÂŁ27.45

19.75

500

120

010166NXT

ÂŁ27.45

240

010168NXT

ÂŁ63.29

39.37

1000

TP Ref

Order Ref

Price (Each)

TP Ref

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Inches

010101

ÂŁ13.85

010105

ÂŁ25.93

17.25

438

010110

ÂŁ18.80

25.25

641

GREY

457mm (18â&#x20AC;?) Wide

TMP5 TMP6 TMP7 TMP8

METRIC LOUVRED PANELS No. of Louvres in: Total (NL) No. of Louvres Width Height 60 6 10 120 6 20 120 12 10 240 12 20

No. of Louvres in: Total Container (LV) Width Height Louvre Value

TC1

1.5

NXT1

1.5

TC2

1.5

NXT2

1.5

NXT3

TC3

2x TMP6 Louvred Panels shown below

Height

METRIC

1000mm Wide

TMP Ref

IMPERIAL

500mm Wide

Panel Ref:

STORAGE

PA RTS

Featuring the unique double indented louvre for extra strength, this system offers the ideal solution for wall mounting and many other applications for NXT-GEN and Topstore TC containers and accessories.

SMALL

Topstore - Wall Mounted Louvred Panels

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

914mm (36â&#x20AC;?) Wide

Height

108

010102

ÂŁ25.97

216

010106

ÂŁ55.28

37.25

946

180

010103

ÂŁ45.60

61.25

1556

@ [ \ @] ^ $

on a 1000mm wide Louvred Panel

TC4

NXT4

TC5

NXT5

TC6

NXT6

NXT7

TC7

16 @ [ ^ @] _ $

on a 1000mm wide Louvred Panel

Unique double indent louvre for extra strength

< $

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 8

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 9

2013/14

These modular panel kits shown on pages 10-13 are designed to simplify the full utilisation of available wall space.

96 48 32 24 12

â&#x20AC;˘ ` $ â&#x20AC;˘ All containers come complete with I.D. labels.

Containers Included x x x x x

TC2 TC3 TC4 TC5 TC6

Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue

Bins Bins Bins Bins Bins

Order Ref 010215B 010216B 010217B 010218B 010219B

Containers Included 96 48 32 24 12

x x x x x

TC2 TC3 TC4 TC5 TC6

Red Bins Red Bins Red Bins Red Bins Blue Bins

Order Ref 010215R 010216R 010217R 010218R 010219R

No. of Louvred Panels per Kit 4 4 4 4 4

Price (Each) ÂŁ157.01 ÂŁ162.31 ÂŁ181.08 ÂŁ189.78 ÂŁ183.65

STORAGE

Topstore - 1 Panel high x 2 Panels wide (H 641 x W 914mm) TC Bin Kits Containers Included

SYSTEMS

48 x TC2 Blue Bins 24 x TC3 Blue Bins 16 x TC4 Blue Bins 12 x TC5 Blue Bins 6 x TC6 Blue Bins

Order Ref 010205B 010206B 010207B 010208B 010209B

Containers Included 48 x TC2 Red Bins 24 x TC3 Red Bins 16 x TC4 Red Bins 12 x TC5 Red Bins 6 x TC6 Blue Bins

Order Ref 010205R 010206R 010207R 010208R 010209R

No. of Louvred Panels per Kit 2 2 2 2 2

Price (Each) ÂŁ78.50 ÂŁ81.16 ÂŁ90.54 ÂŁ94.89 ÂŁ91.83

STORAGE

Topstore - 1 Panel high x 4 Panels wide (H 641 x W 1828mm) TC Bin Kits

PA RTS

A range of modular pre-kitted TP10 louvred panels (H) 641 x (W) 457 mm in grey, complete with Topstore Containers ranging from TC2â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s to TC6â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s, in blue or red. For all other bin sizes and colours, see pages 4 and 5 and louvre panels see pages 8 and 9. (Other standard colours are available upon request).

010216R - TC3 Red

SMALL

Topstore - Wall Mounted Louvred Panel Kits

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

010218B - TC5 Blue

Topstore - 2 Panels high x 1 Panel wide (H 1282 x W 457mm) TC Bin Kits 010205R - TC2 Red

010207B - TC4 Blue

Containers Included

Topstore - 1 Panel high x 3 Panels wide (H 641 x W 1371mm) TC Bin Kits Containers Included 72 x TC2 Blue Bins 36 x TC3 Blue Bins 24 x TC4 Blue Bins 18 x TC5 Blue Bins 9 x TC6 Blue Bins

Order Ref 010210B 010211B 010212B 010213B 010214B

Containers Included 72 x TC2 Red Bins 36 x TC3 Red Bins 24 x TC4 Red Bins 18 x TC5 Red Bins 9 x TC6 Blue Bins

Order Ref 010210R 010211R 010212R 010213R 010214R

No. of Louvred Panels per Kit 3 3 3 3 3

Price (Each)

48 x TC2 Blue Bins 24 x TC3 Blue Bins 16 x TC4 Blue Bins 12 x TC5 Blue Bins 6 x TC6 Blue Bins

010205B 010206B 010207B 010208B 010209B

Containers Included 48 x TC2 Red Bins 24 x TC3 Red Bins 16 x TC4 Red Bins 12 x TC5 Red Bins 6 x TC6 Blue Bins

Order Ref 010205R 010206R 010207R 010208R 010209R

No. of Louvred Panels per Kit 2 2 2 2 2

Price (Each) ÂŁ78.50 ÂŁ81.16 ÂŁ90.54 ÂŁ94.89 ÂŁ91.83

ÂŁ117.76 ÂŁ121.74 ÂŁ135.81 ÂŁ142.34 ÂŁ137.74

010214B - TC6 Blue

010211R - TC3 Red

010206R - TC3 Red

2013/14

Order Ref

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 10

info@storage-design.co.uk

010208B - TC5 Blue

www.storage-design.co.uk 11

010209R - TC6 Red

2013/14

Containers Included

PA RTS

96 48 32 24 12

x x x x x

TC2 TC3 TC4 TC5 TC6

Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue

Bins Bins Bins Bins Bins

Order Ref 010215B 010216B 010217B 010218B 010219B

Containers Included 96 48 32 24 12

x x x x x

TC2 TC3 TC4 TC5 TC6

Red Bins Red Bins Red Bins Red Bins Blue Bins

Order Ref 010215R 010216R 010217R 010218R 010219R

No. of Louvred Panels per Kit 4 4 4 4 4

Topstore - 2 Panels high x 4 Panels wide (H 1282 x W 1828mm) TC Bin Kits Price (Each) ÂŁ157.01 ÂŁ162.31 ÂŁ181.08 ÂŁ189.78 ÂŁ183.65

Containers Included 192 x TC2 Blue Bins 96 x TC3 Blue Bins 64 x TC4 Blue Bins 48 x TC5 Blue Bins 24 x TC6 Blue Bins

Order Ref 010225B 010226B 010227B 010228B 010229B

Containers Included 192 x TC2 Red Bins 96 x TC3 Red Bins 64 x TC4 Red Bins 48 x TC5 Red Bins 24 x TC6 Blue Bins

Order Ref 010225R 010226R 010227R 010228R 010229R

No. of Louvred Panels per Kit 8 8 8 8 8

Price (Each) ÂŁ314.01 ÂŁ324.63 ÂŁ362.17 ÂŁ379.57 ÂŁ367.30

SMALL

SYSTEMS

PA RTS

STORAGE

SMALL

Topstore - 2 Panels high x 2 Panels wide (H 1282 x W 914mm) TC Bin Kits

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

010227R - TC4 Red

010226B - TC3 Blue 010215B - TC2 Blue

010218R - TC5 Red

Topstore - Fully Boxed Bin Kits Topstore - 2 Panels high x 3 Panels wide (H 1282 x W 1371mm) TC Bin Kits Containers Included 144 x TC2 Blue Bins 72 x TC3 Blue Bins 48 x TC4 Blue Bins 36 x TC5 Blue Bins 18 x TC6 Blue Bins

Order Ref 010220B 010221B 010222B 010223B 010224B

Containers Included 144 x TC2 Red Bins 72 x TC3 Red Bins 48 x TC4 Red Bins 36 x TC5 Red Bins 18 x TC6 Blue Bins

Order Ref 010220R 010221R 010222R 010223R 010224R

No. of Louvred Panels per Kit 6 6 6 6 6

Pre-kitted Topstore Containers and Louvred Panels. Virtually any combination can be made to order.

Price (Each) ÂŁ235.51 ÂŁ243.47 ÂŁ271.63 ÂŁ284.67 ÂŁ275.48

Boxed Kit Contents

Order Ref

1 x 300 (H) x 320mm (W) Red Wall Mounted L/Panel c/w 6 x TC1 & 6 x TC2 Blue Bins 1 x 300 (H) x 320mm (W) Blue Wall Mounted L/Panel c/w 6 x TC1 & 6 x TC2 Red Bins 1 x 300 (H) x 457mm (W) Red Wall Mounted L/Panel c/w 6 x TC3 Blue Bins 1 x 300 (H) x 457mm (W) Blue Wall Mounted L/Panel c/w 6 x TC3 Red Bins Grey TP1 Panel c/w 8 x TC2 Red Bins & 8 x TC2 Blue Bins Grey TP1 Panel c/w 16 x TC2 Red Bins Grey TP2 Panel c/w 9 x TC3 Red Bins & 9 x TC3 Blue Bins Grey TP10 Panel c/w 24 x TC2 Red Bins

010094RL/10 010094BL/10 010095RL/5 010095BL/5 010171/5 010171/R/5 010172/5 010174/5

Pack Quantity 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5

Price (Per Pack) ÂŁ163.71 ÂŁ163.71 ÂŁ111.01 ÂŁ111.01 ÂŁ145.45 ÂŁ145.45 ÂŁ318.01 ÂŁ171.31

< $

010094BL

2013/14

010171

010095RL

010224B - TC6 Blue

010223R - TC5 Red

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 12

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 13

2013/14

MSS1.5 Spacemaster Single Sided Starter Kits Containers Included

PA RTS

silver/grey feet.

STORAGE

For larger applications order one â&#x20AC;&#x153;starterâ&#x20AC;? and the appropriate number of â&#x20AC;&#x153;addasâ&#x20AC;? to make this a complete solution to suit individual requirements.

Order Ref

Containers Included

Order Ref

Containers Included

Order Ref

Price (Each)

64 x TC2 Red & 56 x TC2 Blue

011514A

120 x TC2 Red

011514B

120 x TC2 Blue

011514C

ÂŁ331.20

30 X TC3 Red & 30 x TC3 Blue

011516A

60 x TC3 Red

011516B

60 x TC3 Blue

011516C

ÂŁ333.68

20 x TC4 Red & 20 x TC4 Blue

011518A

40 x TC4 Red

011518B

40 x TC4 Blue

011518C

ÂŁ347.97

16 x TC5 Red & 12 x TC5 Blue

011520A

28 x TC5 Red

011520B

28 x TC5 Blue

011520C

ÂŁ368.85

8 x TC6 Red & 6 x TC6 Blue

011522A

14 x TC6 Red

011522B

14 x TC6 Blue

011522C

ÂŁ341.69

Dimensions for above models: (H) 1600 x (W) 1000 x (D) 500mm

Heavy duty adjusters permit levelling on uneven surfaces.

MSA1.5 Spacemaster Single Sided Adda Kits Containers Included

Other colours available.

SYSTEMS

MSS 1.0

MSA 1.5

Order Ref

Containers Included

Order Ref

Containers Included

Order Ref

Price (Each)

64 x TC2 Red & 56 x TC2 Blue

011515A

120 x TC2 Red

011515B

120 x TC2 Blue

011515C

ÂŁ315.80

30 X TC3 Red & 30 x TC3 Blue

011517A

60 x TC3 Red

011517B

60 x TC3 Blue

011517C

ÂŁ303.92

20 x TC4 Red & 20 x TC4 Blue

011519A

40 x TC4 Red

011519B

40 x TC4 Blue

011519C

ÂŁ318.21

16 x TC5 Red & 12 x TC5 Blue

011521A

28 x TC5 Red

011521B

28 x TC5 Blue

011521C

ÂŁ339.09

8 x TC6 Red & 6 x TC6 Blue

011523A

14 x TC6 Red

011523B

14 x TC6 Blue

011523C

ÂŁ311.93

Dimensions for above models: (H) 1600 x (W) 1000 x (D) 500mm

MDS 2.0

STORAGE

â&#x20AC;˘ All containers come complete with I.D labels

Single or double sided freestanding storage units available in 3 heights for increased storage capacity when using both NXT-GEN and TC Topstore containers and accessories.

PA RTS

Topstore - Louvred Panel Spacemasters TC Bin Kits

SMALL

Topstore - Louvred Panel Spacemasters

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Topstore - Spacemaster Stands Only Racks (Excluding Containers) - Single Sided Starter Ref

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Adda Ref

Order Ref

Price (Each)

H x W x D (mm)

Capacity

MSS 1.0

010810NXT

ÂŁ174.15

MSA 1.0

010820NXT

ÂŁ145.91

240

1100 x 1000 x 500

400 Kgs

MSS 1.5

010830NXT

ÂŁ208.80

MSA 1.5

010840NXT

ÂŁ179.04

360

1600 x 1000 x 500

400 Kgs

MSS 2.0

010850NXT

ÂŁ249.31

MSA 2.0

010860NXT

ÂŁ219.56

480

2100 x 1000 x 500

400 Kgs

Starter Ref

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Adda Ref

Order Ref

Price (Each)

H x W x D (mm)

Capacity

MDS 1.0

010910NXT

ÂŁ250.83

MDA 1.0

010920NXT

ÂŁ211.02

480

1100 x 1000 x 750

800 Kgs

MDS 1.5

010930NXT

ÂŁ300.73

MDA 1.5

010940NXT

ÂŁ260.92

720

1600 x 1000 x 750

800 Kgs

MDS 2.0

010950NXT

ÂŁ371.37

MDA 2.0

010960NXT

ÂŁ330.49

960

2100 x 1000 x 750

800 Kgs

Racks (Excluding Containers) - Double Sided

011526B 011528C

011526B

011526A (Starter)

011526A (Adda)

MDS1.5 Spacemaster Double Sided Starter Kits

(Note: NL= number of louvres, please refer to page 9)

Containers Included

Order Ref

Containers Included

Order Ref

Containers Included

Order Ref

Price (Each)

128 x TC2 Red & 112 x TC2 Blue

011524A

240 x TC2 Red

011524B

240 x TC2 Blue

011524C

ÂŁ568.40

60 X TC3 Red & 60 x TC3 Blue

011526A

120 x TC3 Red

011526B

120 x TC3 Blue

011526C

ÂŁ548.52

40 x TC4 Red & 40 x TC4 Blue

011528A

80 x TC4 Red

011528B

80 x TC4 Blue

011528C

ÂŁ577.11

32 x TC5 Red & 24 x TC5 Blue

011530A

56 x TC5 Red

011530B

56 x TC5 Blue

011530C

ÂŁ618.86

16 x TC6 Red & 12 x TC6 Blue

011532A

28 x TC6 Red

011532B

28 x TC6 Blue

011532C

ÂŁ564.54

Dimensions for above models: (H) 1600 x (W) 1000 x (D) 750mm

MDA1.5 Spacemaster Double Sided Adda Kits Containers Included

011522B

011520A (Starter)

011521A (Adda)

Order Ref

Containers Included

Order Ref

Containers Included

Order Ref

Price (Each)

128 x TC2 Red & 112 x TC2 Blue

011525A

240 x TC2 Red

011525B

240 x TC2 Blue

011525C

ÂŁ544.80

60 X TC3 Red & 60 x TC3 Blue

011527A

120 x TC3 Red

011527B

120 x TC3 Blue

011527C

ÂŁ507.64

40 x TC4 Red & 40 x TC4 Blue

011529A

80 x TC4 Red

011529B

80 x TC4 Blue

011529C

ÂŁ536.22

32 x TC5 Red & 24 x TC5 Blue

011531A

56 x TC5 Red

011531B

56 x TC5 Blue

011531C

ÂŁ577.97

16 x TC6 Red & 12 x TC6 Blue

011533A

28 x TC6 Red

011533B

28 x TC6 Blue

011533C

ÂŁ523.66

011514B

Dimensions for above models: (H) 1600 x (W) 1000 x (D) 750mm

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 14

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 15

2013/14

SMALL

Topstore - Louvred Panel Trolleys

Topstore - Bench Stands

When you require a solution for component picking in aisles or requiring movement, we offer a range of trolleys compatible with both NXT-GEN and Topstore TC Containers and Accessories.

Epoxy powder coated blue panel and silver/grey side supports, these bench stands are suitable for use with the smaller range of NXT-GEN and TC containers and are available in 500(H) x 500mm(W) and 500(H) x 1000mm(W). â&#x20AC;˘ All containers come complete with I.D. labels

PA RTS

$ * !

STORAGE

â&#x20AC;˘ All containers come complete with I.D. labels

STORAGE

The trolleys are supplied as standard with 100mm diameter wheels/castors %} $ *} ' ~;

manoeuvred with ease. Other colours available.

Topstore - Trolley Stands Only Trolley Stands Only (Excluding Containers) Capacity (Kg)

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Single Sided

MTS4

240

125

1160 x 1000 x 530

010425NXT

ÂŁ247.01

MTS5

360

125

1660 x 1000 x 530

010430NXT

ÂŁ271.05

Double Sided

MTD4

480

250

1160 x 1000 x 750

010455NXT

ÂŁ309.90

MTD5

720

250

1660 x 1000 x 750

010460NXT

ÂŁ352.67

010186NXT 011507A

(Note: NL= number of louvres, please refer to page 9)

Topstore - Single Sided Louvred Panel Trolley TC Bin Kits Order Ref

Containers Included

Order Ref

Containers Included

Order Ref

Price (Each)

40 x TC2 Red & 40 x TC2 Blue

011504A

80 x TC2 Red

011504B

80 x TC2 Blue

011504C

ÂŁ320.08

18 X TC3 Red & 18 x TC3 Blue

011506A

36 x TC3 Red

011506B

36 x TC3 Blue

011506C

ÂŁ321.94

12 x TC4 Red & 12 x TC4 Blue

011508A

24 x TC4 Red

011508B

24 x TC4 Blue

011508C

ÂŁ330.51

8 x TC5 Red & 12 x TC5 Blue

011510A

20 x TC5 Red

011510B

20 x TC5 Blue

011510C

ÂŁ327.04

6 x TC6 Red & 4 x TC6 Blue

011512A

10 x TC6 Red

011512B

10 x TC6 Blue

011512C

ÂŁ341.93

010187NXT

Model H x W (mm) No. of Louvres Containers Included

1 500 x 500 60 None

2 500 x 1000 120 None

3 500 x 500 60 20 Blue NXT2

4 500 x 500 60 20 Red NXT2

5 500 x 500 60 20 Red TC2

Order Ref Price (Each)

010184NXT ÂŁ43.59

010185NXT ÂŁ54.57

010186NXT ÂŁ66.11

010186NXT/R

010186TC ÂŁ62.12

ÂŁ66.11

6 500 x 1000 120 9 Red NXT1 27 Red NXT2 5 Red NXT3 010187NXT ÂŁ104.54

7 500 x 500 60 20 Blue TC2

8 500 x 1000 120 20 Red TC2 12 Blue TC3

010187TC ÂŁ62.12

010188TC ÂŁ97.45

Topstore - Louvred Panel Spigots

PA RTS

SMALL

SYSTEMS

Ref

Containers Included

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

= $

;

not store easily on a shelf.

Dimensions for above models: (MTS4) (H) 1160 x (W) 1000 x (D) 530mm

Available in 19mm square and 13mm round tube with a durable ABS plastic back plate for heavier applications.

Topstore - Double Sided Louvred Panel Trolley TC Bin Kits Containers Included

Wire spigots are available in single and double options, manufactured from 3.6mm wire, the single spigots come complete with a rubber end cap for safety.

Order Ref

Containers Included

Order Ref

Containers Included

Order Ref

Price (Each)

80 x TC2 Red & 80 x TC2 Blue

011505A

160 x TC2 Red

011505B

160 x TC2 Blue

011505C

ÂŁ456.04

36 X TC3 Red & 36 x TC3 Blue

011507A

72 x TC3 Red

011507B

72 x TC3 Blue

011507C

ÂŁ459.75

24 x TC4 Red & 24 x TC4 Blue

011509A

48 x TC4 Red

011509B

48 x TC4 Blue

011509C

ÂŁ476.90

16 x TC5 Red & 24 x TC5 Blue

011511A

40 x TC5 Red

011511B

40 x TC5 Blue

011511C

ÂŁ469.94

12 x TC6 Red & 8 x TC6 Blue

011513A

20 x TC6 Red

011513B

20 x TC6 Blue

011513C

ÂŁ499.74

TS.4

TS.1 Dimensions for above models: (MTD4) (H) 1160 x (W) 1000 x (D) 750mm

Description Louvre Value = 2

TS.1 TS.2 TS.3 TS.4 TS.5

19mm 19mm 19mm 13mm 13mm

Sq Tube x 152mm Long Sq Tube x 304mm Long Sq Tube x 304mm Long x 108mm Upstand Diameter Round Tube x 152mm Long Diameter Round Tube x 304mm Long

Louvre Value = 1

TS.5

Load Capacity = 10Kgs

Order Ref

Price (Per Pack of 10)

011031 011032 011033 011034 011035

ÂŁ49.25 ÂŁ66.30 ÂŁ89.78 ÂŁ48.51 ÂŁ58.24

011036 011037 011038 011039

ÂŁ15.44 ÂŁ16.45 ÂŁ17.34 ÂŁ21.30

Load Capacity = 1Kgs

TSW.6 - Single Wire x 152mm Long TSW.7 - Single Wire x 304mm Long TSW.8 - Double Wire x 152mm Long TSW.9 - Double Wire x 304mm Long

TS.2

TS.3

TSW.6 011513A

2013/14

011510A

TSW.7

TSW.9

011505A

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 16

TSW.8

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 17

2013/14

Available in 17 sizes, these tough, blue polypropylene bins offer a practical alternative solution to cardboard or steel (other colours are available - please contact our sales department for details).

Â $ ;

; !

Â&#x201A; !

Both baskets and dividers are white plastic coated.

Shelf bins are impervious to most oils, greases and chemicals and make the best use of available shelf space, particularly when used with shelving systems.

; ~

! Â&#x192; $

plastic label holders (complete with labels) are available.

Small Basket

STORAGE

Order Ref

H x W x D (mm)

Louvre Value

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

012593

200 x 460 x 200

ÂŁ44.52

012597

Front/Back Divider

N/A

ÂŁ14.47

When not in use the bins will nest, reducing the amount of storage space required. 4024 012594 & 012598

Large Basket

SYSTEMS

Order Ref

H x W x D (mm)

Louvre Value

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

012594

200 x 460 x 330

ÂŁ51.94

012598

Front/Back Divider

N/A

ÂŁ16.47

4018 4012

PA RTS

012593 & 012597

4009

Topstore - Mesh Basket Louvred Panel Kits Some additional modular pre-kitted TP2 Louvred Panels (H) 946 x (W) 457mm in grey, complete with either small or large mesh baskets. Baskets Included 3 x Small Mesh Baskets 6 x Small Mesh Baskets 9 x Small Mesh Baskets 12 x Small Mesh Baskets 3 x Large Mesh Baskets 6 x Large Mesh Baskets 9 x Large Mesh Baskets 12 x Large Mesh Baskets

H x W (mm)

Order Ref

946 x 457 946 x 914 946 x 1371 946 x 1828 946 x 457 946 x 914 946 x 1371 946 x 1828

010230SB 010231SB 010232SB 010233SB 010234LB 010235LB 010236LB 010237LB

010231SB

No. of Louvred Panels per Kit 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

STORAGE

Topstore - Shelf Bins

SMALL

Topstore - Mesh Baskets

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Price (Each) ÂŁ158.05 ÂŁ316.09 ÂŁ474.14 ÂŁ632.18 ÂŁ180.31 ÂŁ360.61 ÂŁ540.92 ÂŁ721.22

010236LB

Bin Stop

Type 3009 Bin 3012 Bin 3018 Bin 3024 Bin 4009 Bin 4012 Bin 4018 Bin 4024 Bin 4024-15 Bin 5009 Bin 5012 Bin 5018 Bin 5024 Bin 5024-15 Bin 6012 Bin 6024 Bin 6024-15 Bin Bin Stop P09 Divider P12 Divider P18 Divider P24 Divider P24-15 Divider Label Holder inc. Label

L x W x H (mm) 300 x 90 x 95 300 x 120 x 95 300 x 180 x 95 300 x 240 x 95 400 x 90 x 95 400 x 120 x 95 400 x 180 x 95 400 x 240 x 95 400 x 240 x 150 500 x 90 x 95 500 x 120 x 95 500 x 180 x 95 500 x 240 x 95 500 x 240 x 150 600 x 120 x 95 600 x 240 x 95 600 x 240 x 150 80 x 40 90 x 95 120 x 95 180 x 95 240 x 95 240 x 150 75 x 30

Max Dividers per Bin 5 3 3 3 7 4 4 3 3 9 6 6 3 3 7 7 4 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Pack Size 40 30 20 15 40 30 20 15 10 40 30 20 15 10 30 15 10 100 50 50 25 25 10 100

Order Ref 066501 066502 066503 066504 066505 066506 066507 066508 066509 066510 066511 066512 066514 066515 066516 066517 066518 066520 066525 066526 066527 066529 066530 066536

Price (Per Pack) ÂŁ137.31 ÂŁ114.60 ÂŁ100.00 ÂŁ81.02 ÂŁ174.98 ÂŁ153.84 ÂŁ118.48 ÂŁ105.44 ÂŁ86.97 ÂŁ211.94 ÂŁ181.02 ÂŁ138.81 ÂŁ130.97 ÂŁ121.64 ÂŁ219.83 ÂŁ142.75 ÂŁ142.68 ÂŁ65.68 ÂŁ23.45 ÂŁ25.76 ÂŁ22.57 ÂŁ33.76 ÂŁ14.71 ÂŁ25.97

Bins are not supplied with dividers/labels or bin stops, please order separately.

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 18

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 19

2013/14

Model 2:

PA RTS

Available in 3 sizes, epoxy powder coated silver/grey carcass and blue doors. Shelves are galvanised and adjustable at 50mm centres. All cabinets suit TC Containers, NXT-GEN Containers and Shelf Bins. A fully recessed handle comes complete with 2 keys. All shelves have a maximum load of 25kgs (Uniformly Distributed Load).

STORAGE

All containers come complete with I.D. labels

(H) 1000 x (W) 1015 x (D) 430mm

SYSTEMS

Description Cabinet Cabinet c/w shelves Pack of 3 shelves - 1015 (W) x 430mm (D) Cabinet c/w 24 x NXT4 Red Containers Cabinet c/w 24 x NXT4 Blue Containers Cabinet c/w 24 x NXT4 White Containers Cabinet c/w 24 x TC4 Red Containers Cabinet c/w 24 x TC4 Blue Containers Cabinet c/w 24 x TC4 White Containers Cabinet c/w 24 x TC4 Red Containers Cabinet c/w 24 x TC4 Blue Containers Cabinet c/w 16 x TC5 Red Containers Cabinet c/w 16 x TC5 Blue Containers Cabinet c/w 16 x TC5 Red Containers Cabinet c/w 16 x TC5 Blue Containers Cabinet c/w 8 x TC6 Red Containers Cabinet c/w 8 x TC6 Blue Containers Cabinet c/w 8 x TC6 Red Containers Cabinet c/w 8 x TC6 Blue Containers Cabinet c/w 4 x TC6 Red Containers & 8 x TC5 Blue Containers

Order Ref 013020 013024 013023 013025NXT 013026NXT 013027NXT 013025 013026 013027 013028 013029 013031 013032 013034 013035 013037 013038 013040 013041 013043

Shelves 0 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2

Price (Each) ÂŁ293.83 ÂŁ348.26 ÂŁ50.38 ÂŁ445.78 ÂŁ445.78 ÂŁ445.78 ÂŁ431.28 ÂŁ431.28 ÂŁ431.28 ÂŁ376.86 ÂŁ376.86 ÂŁ377.61 ÂŁ377.61 ÂŁ395.75 ÂŁ395.75 ÂŁ389.60 ÂŁ389.60 ÂŁ371.76 ÂŁ371.76 ÂŁ374.22

STORAGE

; ; ~

$ ;!

PA RTS

Topstore - Container Cabinets

SMALL

Topstore - Container Cabinets

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Model 1 Model 3 Model 2 013055NXT

Model 3: Model 1:

(H) 1580 x (W) 770 x (D) 330mm

Description

2013/14

Order Ref

Shelves

Price (Each)

Cabinet

013000

ÂŁ307.97

Cabinet c/w shelves

013005

ÂŁ386.43

Pack of 3 shelves - 770 (W) x 330mm (D)

013004

ÂŁ39.36

Cabinet c/w 40 x NXT3 Blue Containers

013008NXT

ÂŁ497.09

Cabinet c/w 40 x NXT3 Red Containers

013009NXT

ÂŁ497.09

Cabinet c/w 40 x NXT3 White Containers

013010NXT

ÂŁ497.09

Cabinet c/w 40 x TC3 Blue Containers

013008

ÂŁ472.72

Cabinet c/w 40 x TC3 Red Containers

013009

ÂŁ472.72

Cabinet c/w 40 x TC3 White Containers

013010

ÂŁ472.72

Cabinet c/w 40 x TC3 Blue Containers

013011

ÂŁ407.33

Cabinet c/w 40 x TC3 Red Containers

013012

ÂŁ407.33

Cabinet c/w 40 x TC3 White Containers

013013

ÂŁ407.33

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 20

013008NXT

013027NXT

(H) 2000 x (W) 1015 x (D) 430mm

Description Cabinet Cabinet c/w shelves Pack of 3 shelves - 1015 (W) x 430mm (D) Cabinet c/w 52 x NXT4 Red Containers Cabinet c/w 52 x NXT4 Blue Containers Cabinet c/w 52 x NXT4 White Containers Cabinet c/w 4 x TC6 Red, 28 x TC5 Blue & 4 x TC4 Red Containers Cabinet c/w 20 x TC5 Blue and 24 x TC4 Red Containers Cabinet c/w 52 x TC4 Red Containers Cabinet c/w 52 x TC4 Blue Containers Cabinet c/w 52 x TC4 White Containers Cabinet c/w 52 x TC4 Red Containers Cabinet c/w 52 x TC4 Blue Containers Cabinet c/w 52 x TC4 White Containers

info@storage-design.co.uk

Order Ref 013050 013051 013023 013055NXT 013056NXT 013057NXT 013052 013053 013055 013056 013057 013058 013059 013060

www.storage-design.co.uk 21

Shelves 0 6 3 11 11 11 8 10 11 11 11 6 6 6

Price (Each) ÂŁ385.32 ÂŁ494.17 ÂŁ50.38 ÂŁ730.10 ÂŁ730.10 ÂŁ730.10 ÂŁ652.70 ÂŁ682.07 ÂŁ697.95 ÂŁ697.95 ÂŁ697.95 ÂŁ608.77 ÂŁ608.77 ÂŁ608.77

2013/14

STORAGE

Clearbox Units Ref H x W x D (mm) Order Ref No. 9 77 x 600 x 64 051380 No. 6 113 x 600 x 93 051381 No. 5 164 x 600 x 135 051382 No. 4 207 x 600 x 171 051383 No. 3 240 x 600 x 197 051384 No. 2 353 x 600 x 310 051385 Retaining Bar 051090

Whatever the format, Clearbox provides the answer. â&#x20AC;˘ Flexible â&#x20AC;&#x201C; suitable for a variety of uses and applications â&#x20AC;˘ Non-toxic â&#x20AC;&#x201C; suitable for use with food stuffs â&#x20AC;˘ Strong â&#x20AC;&#x201C; outer body manufactured from high-impact polystyrene plastic and inner compartments from ABS plastic â&#x20AC;˘ Order picking â&#x20AC;&#x201C; tilting transparent compartments allow easy retrieval of items with maximum display potential

SYSTEMS

â&#x20AC;˘ A retaining bar is available (for all Clearbox sizes) to secure individual compartments in place and prevent accidental displacement when in transit. Finished zinc plated. All units have a common width of 600mm and are available in 6 sizes, each providing a different number of compartments suitable for a range of small components.

Ref No. 9 No. 6 No. 5 No. 4 No. 3 No. 2

Clearbox Units (BULK) Pack Quantity Order Ref 10 051380/10 10 051381/10 10 051382/10 10 051383/10 5 051384/5 5 051385/5

Price (Each) ÂŁ11.49 ÂŁ15.52 ÂŁ23.26 ÂŁ31.80 ÂŁ41.46 ÂŁ90.90 ÂŁ1.90

Â [ $ other applications marked *, please order 2 Fixing brackets (Ref 051169) per unit.

Dimensions Clearbox H x W x D (mm) Storage Space *Single Sided Floor Stand 1880 x 600 x 440 1850mm *Double Sided Floor Stand 1880 x 600 x 610 1850mm *Double Sided Trolley 1350 x 600 x 600 1190mm Fixing Bracket 2 required per unit Description

Order Ref 051130 051140 051100 051169

Price (Each) ÂŁ208.35 ÂŁ208.35 ÂŁ271.57 N/A

Clearbox Combinations - Complete with Clearbox Units Description

H x W x D (mm)

No. 9

No. 6

No. 5

No. 4

No. 3

No. 2

Order Ref

Single Sided Floor Stand

1880 x 600 x 440

051130K

ÂŁ562.73

Single Sided Floor Stand

1880 x 600 x 440

051131

ÂŁ543.97

Double Sided Floor Stand

1880 x 600 x 610

051140K

ÂŁ917.10

Double Sided Floor Stand

1880 x 600 x 610

051141

ÂŁ879.60

051100K

ÂŁ741.47

051142

ÂŁ713.65

Double Sided Trolley

1420 x 600 x 610

Double Sided Trolley

1420 x 600 x 610

Price (Kit)

Labels Supplied

Price (Each) ÂŁ98.50 ÂŁ133.07 ÂŁ199.41 ÂŁ272.58 ÂŁ177.70 ÂŁ389.57

STORAGE

PA RTS

;

$ $ ;

racks (single or double sided) or which can be converted to provide a mobile unit.

A: To calculate the quantity of Clearbox units that can be accommodated on any one of the applications, divide the height of the unit into the storage space of the application.

PA RTS

NOTE:

The ideal dust-free storage and display system for the warehouse, workshop, retail and trade. Each unit contains a number of removable transparent inner compartments suitable for a wide range of items with a beige outer body.

SMALL

Topstore - Clearbox

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

No. 5

051131

No. 2

051141

051142

No. 6

Topstore - Wall Mounted Clearbox Frame

No. 9

â&#x20AC;˘

Ideal for wall storage in a garage, studio or a workshop.

â&#x20AC;˘

Can accommodate a combination of Clearbox Units, from No.3 - No.9.

â&#x20AC;˘

Quick and easy to assemble.

â&#x20AC;˘ ; $ \ j ! No. 3

051090

Description

No. 4

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Wall Mounted Clearbox Frame

600 x 600 x 15

051260

ÂŁ43.00

Wall Mounted Clearbox Kit c/w 1 x No.5 3 x No.6 1 x No.9

600 x 600 x 108

051261

ÂŁ125.00

` ; ; #!= * < $

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 22

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 23

2013/14

Visible Storage Turntables, Stands & Trolley

Â&#x2021; Â&#x2C6; ;

$ ; ! ` ? }>Â&#x2030;

\\Â&#x2030;;; ; ~ standing or mounted on space saving turntables, stands and trolleyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s

$ ; ; Z ^}Â&#x2030; ;

Â&#x2030;!}\ J ; !

Spacemiser Turntable

Durable dark grey polypropylene frame and galvanised steel shelves. $

! Self adhesive labels are provided for each drawer Accessories : Left to right & front to back dividers.

STORAGE

Complete assembly (D x W x H) 500 x 500 x 1730mm

290 Series (H) 290 x (W) 310 x (D) 180mm

Product Description

SYSTEMS

290-3

Ref

291-3

Drawer Type No. Of Drawers (See Below) In Cabinet

292-3

Price (Each)

294-3

Left to Right Max Qty Per Dividers Drawer

296-3

Price (Pk of 10) ÂŁ1.75

Price (Pk of 10)

L-00

30 pcs

ÂŁ29.20

V-00

5 pcs

291-3

L-01

24 pcs

ÂŁ29.20

V-01

5 pcs

ÂŁ1.85

V-012

1 pc

ÂŁ3.25

292-3

L-02

12 pcs

ÂŁ29.20

V-02

5 pcs

ÂŁ2.85

V-012

3 pcs

ÂŁ3.25

550 - 550C3 (for 12 cabinets)

Spacemiser complete kit

With cabinets 4 No. 551-3 4 No. 554-3 4 No. 557-3

Capacity (Kg)

400

Order Ref

Price (Each)

12-550

ÂŁ181.00

12-550 Kit

ÂŁ807.40

ÂŁ3.30

294-3

L-04

12 pcs

ÂŁ29.20

V-04

5 pcs

ÂŁ2.45

V-0456

1 pc

L-06

4 pcs

ÂŁ29.20

V-06

5 pcs

ÂŁ4.70

V-0456

5 pcs

ÂŁ3.30

297-3

L-07

6 pcs

ÂŁ29.20

V-07

5 pcs

ÂŁ3.85

V-078

3 pcs

ÂŁ4.10

L-01

12 pcs

V-01

5 pcs

ÂŁ1.85

V-012

L-04

3 pcs

V-04

5 pcs

ÂŁ2.45

V-0456

1 pc

ÂŁ3.30

L-06

1 pc

V-06

5 pcs

ÂŁ4.70

V-0456

5 pcs

ÂŁ3.30

1 pc

Bench Top Spacemiser Turntable

296-3

ÂŁ29.20

Cabinets (ordered separately)

Spacemiser

290C3

297-3

Front to Back Max Qty Per Dividers Drawer

290-3

290C3

STORAGE

This unit includes a ball bearing base and dividing trays. The assembly holds 3 layers of 4 visible storage cabinets (12 in total) from the \\Â&#x2030; ! ` ~ $

% '

ordered separately from the 550 series as shown on the page opposite.

PA RTS

â&#x20AC;˘ "

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

SMALL

Visible Storage Cabinets

ÂŁ3.25

This unit includes a ball bearing base, and can hold 2 visible storage cabinets from the 290 or 550 series which are ordered separately. Complete assembly (D x W x H) 360 x 310 x 300mm (series 290) (D x W x H) 360 x 310 x 560mm (series 550) Product Description

Capacity (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

PTP-5

ÂŁ66.00

Bench Top Spacemiser Turntable

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

550 Series (H) 550 x (W) 310 x (D) 180mm

550-3

Ref

551-3

Drawer Type No. Of Drawers (See Below) in Cabinet

552-3

Price (Each)

556-3

Price (Pk of 10)

557-3

550C3

Front to Back Max Qty Per Dividers Drawer

Price (Pk of 10)

550-3

L-00

60 pcs

ÂŁ52.20

V-00

5 pcs

ÂŁ1.75

551-3

L-01

48 pcs

ÂŁ52.20

V01

5 pcs

ÂŁ1.85

V-012

1 pc

ÂŁ3.25

552-3

L-02

24 pcs

ÂŁ52.20

V-02

5 pcs

ÂŁ2.85

V-012

3 pcs

ÂŁ3.25

554-3

L-04

24 pcs

ÂŁ52.20

V-04

5 pcs

ÂŁ2.45

V-0456

1 pc

ÂŁ3.30

556-3

L-06

8 pcs

ÂŁ52.20

V-06

5 pcs

ÂŁ4.70

V-0456

5 pcs

ÂŁ3.30

557-3

L-07

12 pcs

ÂŁ52.20

V-07

5 pcs

ÂŁ3.85

V-078

3 pcs

ÂŁ4.10

L-01

24 pcs

V-01

5 pcs

ÂŁ1.85

V-012

1 pc

ÂŁ3.25

550C3

L-04

6 pcs

ÂŁ52.20

V-04

5 pcs

ÂŁ2.45

V-0456

1 pc

ÂŁ3.30

L-06

2 pc

V-06

5 pcs

ÂŁ4.70

V-0456

5 pcs

ÂŁ3.30

Order Ref Outer Dimensions Inner Dimensions D x W x H (mm) D x W x H (mm) L-00

175 x 55 x 37

Pk Qty

Price (Per Pack)

Single Stand This assembly holds 4 visible storage cabinets from the 550 series, which are ordered separately. Free standing frame epoxy powder coated in grey. Overall dimensions D x W x H: 420 x 760 x 1585mm.

Double Stand

Cabinet Trolley

This holds 8 visible storage cabinets from the 550 series, which are ordered separately. Construction as single stand. Free standing frame epoxy powder coated in grey. Overall dimensions D x W x H: 600 x 760 x 1585mm.

This assembly holds 8 visible storage cabinets from the 550 series, which are ordered separately. Construction as double stand with 12mm laminated board, which creates a bottom shelf. 4 all swivel castors Ă&#x2DC; 100mm. (Two with brakes). Trolley frame epoxy powder coated in grey. Overall dimensions D x W x H: 600 x 760 x 1700mm.

146 x 47 x 32

120

ÂŁ86.40

L-01

175 x 69 x 37

146 x 61 x 32

ÂŁ72.00

L-02

175 x 138 x 37

146 x 128 x 32

ÂŁ74.40

Product Description

Capacity (Kg)

Cabinets (ordered separately)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

L-04

175 x 92 x 59

146 x 82 x 55

ÂŁ58.50

Single Stand

Max cabinets per unit (4)

BS-550L

ÂŁ222.00

L-06

175 x 277 x 59

146 x 266 x 55

ÂŁ49.50

Double Stand

100

Max cabinets per unit (8)

BS-550T

ÂŁ234.00

175 x 138 x 81

146 x 128 x 74

ÂŁ52.80

Trolley

150

Max cabinets per unit (8)

BT-550

ÂŁ278.00

L-07

2013/14

554-3

Left to Right Max Qty Per Dividers Drawer

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 24

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 25

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

STORAGE SYSTEMS

Cabinet Overall Drawer Type Drawer Qty Overall Drawer Order Code Dimensions Dimensions Clear Drawer D x W x H (mm) D x W x H (mm) (PS)

4040

4010

4020 Order Code Grey Drawer (PP)

Order Code Red Drawer (PP)

Order Code Blue Drawer (PP)

Price (Each)

Each cabinet includes a grey epoxy enamelled steel frame, complete with shelf bins with backstops, labels and a polypropylene cover. Adjustable feet are $ ! =

castor sets are available separately.

Series 300 300x400x395

3010

300x92x82

1630-1

1630-3

1630-5

1630-6

ÂŁ95.00

300x400x395

3020

300x186x82

0830-1

0830-3

0830-5

0830-6

ÂŁ87.00 Order Ref

Series 400 400x400x395

4010

400x92x82

1640-1

1640-3

1640-5

1640-6

ÂŁ110.00

400x400x395

4020

400x400x395

4040

400x186x82

0840-1

0840-3

0840-5

0840-6

ÂŁ96.00

400x186x180

0440-1

n/a

0440-5

0440-6

ÂŁ94.00

Turntable Units Compact storage systems for use in maintenance, production and storage areas. Space saving practical turntable assemblies are ideal for the

of components. Such assemblies offer storage Â&#x160; _>} ;

of only 0.64 square metres. When wall space is limited the turntable assembly, strategically placed, is a huge space saver. Easy assembly without tools.

2440-3

Bin Colour

Bin Material

Grey

Polypropylene PP

2440-5

Red

Polypropylene PP

2440-6

Blue

Polypropylene PP

4840-3

Grey

Polypropylene PP

4840-5

Red

Polypropylene PP

4840-6

Blue

Polypropylene PP

Order Ref PS-LH

Suitable for Castor set = 4 castors 100mm, 2 with brakes 1 set = 4pcs

assembly assembly kit kit

4020

24 pcs

410 x 605 x 870

Load Capacity

Pack Qty

Price (Each)

ÂŁ352.00

ÂŁ386.00

240Kg (Total) 30Kg (Per Shelf) 4010

48 pcs

410 x 605 x 870

Pack Qty Price (Each) 1 set ÂŁ79.00

Dividers Product

Order Ref D-10

Turntable Turntable Turntable Turntable

Frame D x W x H (mm)

Dimensions of cabinet with castors: D x W x H: 410 x 605 x 980mm

~ $

table below

Cabinets (ordered separately) 0830/1630 0840/1640/0440 c/w 8x 0830/8x 1630 c/w 8x 0840/8x 1640

Drawer Qty

A castor set is available to make this high density cabinet mobile. 4 no. Ă&#x2DC;100mm castors, 2 with brakes. Load capacity of cabinet with castors is 150kg.

Model 16-400 This unit holds 16 bin cabinets of 400mm depth ordered separately.

Product Description

Drawer Type

Castor set PS-LH

Model 16-300 This unit holds 16 bin cabinets of 300mm depth, ordered separately.

2013/14

STORAGE

PA RTS 3010 3020

High density storage cabinets for use in workshop, stores and many other environments. The Storage Bin Cabinets have a robust construction, with the option to make them mobile by adding castors. This compact storage system offers storage ^^Q ;

of only 0.25 square meters.

PA RTS

Â&#x2021; ; $

;

! =

epoxy grey enamelled steel cabinets complete with plastic shelf bins in a range of sizes complete with backstops and label holders. The crystal clear bins are manufactured from polystyrene (PS) and coloured bins from polypropylene (PP). Dividers are ordered separately, please see the page opposite.

SYSTEMS

Storage Bin Cabinets

SMALL

Storage Bin Cabinets

Turntable Dimensions Load Capacity D x W x H (mm) (Kg) 700 x 700 x 1680 800 x 800 x 1680 800 700 x 700 x 1680 800 x 800 x 1680

Pack Qty 1 1 1 1

Order Ref 16-300 16-400 16-300 KIT 16-400 KIT

Price (Each) ÂŁ380.00 ÂŁ414.00 ÂŁ1,726.00 ÂŁ1,939.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 26

Dividers

D-20 V-40

Suitable for Max Divider Pack Drawer Type Locations Per Drawer Qty 3010 4 10 4010 6 10 3020 4 10 4020 6 10 4040 3 10

info@storage-design.co.uk

Price (Each) ÂŁ3.80 ÂŁ3.80 ÂŁ6.60 ÂŁ6.60 ÂŁ15.50

www.storage-design.co.uk 27

2013/14

Topdrawer - Cabinets c/w 12,24 & 48 Drawers

STORAGE

12 Drawer Cabinet 24 Drawer Cabinet Dividers (Pack of 100) 48 Drawer cabinet without doors 48 Drawer cabinet with doors (3 point locking mechanism) Divders (Pack of 200) Index Labels (Pack of 100)

A unique slide design ensures the drawers run smoothly. With an anti-drop structure the drawers are safely secured when in use. All cabinets are manufactured from pre-galvanised steel and powder coated in grey.

Cabinet Drawer Size Drawer Max Divider No. of Capacity H x W x D Capacity Locations Dividers Order Ref (Kg) (mm) (Kg) Per Drawer Provided 350 x 586 x 290 72 69 x 163 x 289 6 5 12 052002 640 x 586 x 290 144 69 x 163 x 289 6 5 24 052003 052009/100

ÂŁ140.00 ÂŁ225.00 ÂŁ43.00

937 x 586 x 222

240

69 x 120 x 218

052004

ÂŁ290.00

970 x 586 x 270

240

69 x 120 x 218

052005

ÂŁ450.00

76 x 14

052010/200 052020/100

ÂŁ43.00 ÂŁ4.50

HxWxD (mm)

Description

Price (Each)

STORAGE

PA RTS

A selection of free-standing units and trolley ideal for most environments. The range provides medium to high volume storage for small parts and is ideal for both $

; J $ %

'! ` ZÂ&#x2039; ;

with doors is also available for secure storage.

PA RTS

SMALL

Topdrawer

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

052002

SMALL

SYSTEMS 052002 052003

052005

052003

Three Point locking mechanism

The drawers are manufactured from high impact ABS/ Styrene and include inner dividers and I.D labels. They

of stored items. Drawers are also oil corrosion resistant and have high impact strength. All of the drawers can be completely removed. Additional dividers and index labels can be ordered separately.

052004

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 28

info@storage-design.co.uk

052005

www.storage-design.co.uk 29

2013/14

PA RTS STORAGE

Cabinet Drawer Sizes Drawer No. of Max Divider Capacity H x W x D Capacity Dividers Locations (Kg) (mm) (Kg) Provided Per Drawer 60 Drawer Cabinet 937 x 586 x 222 228 55 x 120 x 218 3.8 60 3 75 Drawer Cabinet 937 x 586 x 222 247.5 55 x 90 x 218 3.3 75 3 Dividers for 60 Drawer Cabinet (Pack of 200) Dividers for 75 Drawer Cabinet (Pack of 250) Index Labels (Pack of 100) 76 x 14 -

Description

HxWxD (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

052007 052006 052012/200 052011/250 052020/100

ÂŁ305.00 ÂŁ345.00 ÂŁ43.00 ÂŁ39.00 ÂŁ4.50

Our Parts Bins are ideal for storing small parts in warehouses or workshops. Strong and robust they are available in four options of 24, 40, 42 and 72 compartments. â&#x20AC;˘ All welded, cold rolled steel â&#x20AC;˘ Fully hemmed 28mm high bin fronts to hold labels and retain parts â&#x20AC;˘ Roll-formed sides for increased strength and stability â&#x20AC;˘ Ribbed and hemmed dividers provide added strength â&#x20AC;˘ Modular with most 304mm deep bins and drawer cabinets, mounting holes are located in both the top and bottom â&#x20AC;˘ = $ â&#x20AC;˘ Supplied fully assembled

SYSTEMS

Description

356-95

359-95

360-95

363-95

364-95

No. Bins

24 Compartment

Overall Dimensions H x W x D (mm) 606 x 857 x 304

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Bin Dimensions H x W x D (mm) 139 x 136 x 301

40 Compartment 42 Compartment 72 Compartment Bin Base

606 x 857 x 304 1066 x 857 x 304 1066 x 857 x 304 146 x 857 x 311

356-95

ÂŁ178.69

40 42 72 -

114 x 101 x 301 139 x 136 x 301 114 x 101 x 301 -

359-95 360-95 363-95 364-95

ÂŁ191.08 ÂŁ284.85 ÂŁ293.69 ÂŁ76.08

STORAGE

A range of cabinets complete with 60 or 75 transparent styrene drawers which are designed for easier product selection while utilising full use of natural light.

PA RTS

Topdrawer - Cabinets c/w 60/75 Drawers

SMALL

Parts Bins

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Drawer Cabinets 052006

052007

Topdrawer - Trolley c/w 30 Drawers $ ;

swivel castors provides easy transportation of stored goods. The galvanised shelves prevent damage from acid, oxidation and abrasion and can hold up to 50 kg per level.

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Cold rolled steel construction High density drawer cabinet Drawers feature interlocking design for superior strength Drawers have full width handles and easy glide runners Each drawer includes two easy to label dividers Dividers are adjustable on 25mm centers Cabinets can be stacked using mounting holes Modular with other 857mm wide drawer cabinets and bins Optional base available = $

Supplied fully assembled

007-95

014-95

The trolley drawers are designed with an anti-drop device when drawer has been fully pulled out. â&#x20AC;˘ Rubber castors Ă&#x2DC;100mm, 2 braked and 2 swivel 364-95

052001

Trolley Drawer Size Drawer No. of Max Divider Price Capacity HxWxD Capacity Dividers Locations Per Order Ref (Each) (Kg) (mm) (Kg) Provided Drawer 30 Drawer Trolley 880 x 880 x 400 300 105 x 164 x 375 10 60 7 052001 ÂŁ560.00 Dividers (Pack of 60) 052008/60 ÂŁ37.00 Index Labels (Pack of 100) 126 x 21 052021/100 ÂŁ11.00 Description

2013/14

HxWxD (mm)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 30

Overall Dimensions H x W x D (mm) 365 x 857 x 295

No. Drawers

Price (Each)

Drawer Dimensions H x W x D (mm) 69 x 136 x 285

Order Ref

24 Drawer Cabinet

Description

007-95

ÂŁ249.46

30 Darwer Cabinet

450 x 857 x 295

69 x 136 x 285

014-95

ÂŁ327.31

Drawer Cabinet Base

146 x 857 x 311

364-95

ÂŁ76.08

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 31

2013/14

Topstore - Assortment Cases

Topstore assortment cases are compact and easy to handle. Both the case and compartments are manufactured from a strong and durable polypropylene.

These durable polypropylene assortment cases are ideal for storing small parts. Each case comes complete

$ !

Topstore - Assortment Case c/w 12 Compartments â&#x20AC;˘

Robust assortment case c/w 12 compartments

â&#x20AC;˘

Overall case dimensions (H) 340 x (W) 278 x (D) 145mm

SYSTEMS

â&#x20AC;˘

STORAGE

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Compact and easy to handle 14 moulded sections (6 small & 8 large) Overall case dimensions (H) 45 x (W) 245 x (D) 180mm Overall section dimensions (H) 38 x (W) 57 x (D) 25mm (Small section) (H) 38 x (W) 60 x (D) 40mm (Large section)

Overall compartment dimensions: 6 no. Small Compartments (H) 66 x (W) 93 x (D) 74mm

Description Assortment Case c/w 14 moulded sections

6 no. Large Components (H) 66 x (W) 153 x (D) 70mm

Pack Qty 20

Order Ref QOC/1/20

Price (per pack) ÂŁ70.00

Topstore - Assortment Case c/w 6 compartments

PA RTS

Topstore - Assortment Case

The cases are supplied complete with either 12 or 18 compartments, each compartment is fully detachable from the case for easy selection. Each compartment can be clipped onto a belt which allows the user to have quick and easy access to the contents at all times.

SMALL

Topstore - Assortment Cases

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

â&#x20AC;˘ Compact and easy to handle â&#x20AC;˘ 6 fully removable compartments â&#x20AC;˘ Compartments can be clipped onto a belt â&#x20AC;˘ Overall case dimensions (H) 60 x (W) 215 x (D) 310mm â&#x20AC;˘ Overall compartment dimensions(H) 55 x (W) 90 x (D) 68mm

Description Assortment case c/w 12 compartments

Pack Qty 5

Order Ref QOC/3/5

Price (per pack) ÂŁ90.00

Topstore - Assortment Case c/w 18 compartments â&#x20AC;˘

Robust assortment case c/w 18 compartments

â&#x20AC;˘

Overall case dimensions (H) 340 x (W) 282 x (D) 145mm

â&#x20AC;˘

Overall compartment dimensions: (H) 70 x (W) 89 x (D) 81mm

Description Assortment Case c/w 6 compartments

Pack Qty 10

Order Ref QOC/5/10

Price (per pack) ÂŁ100.00

Topstore - Assortment Case c/w 14 compartments â&#x20AC;˘ Compact and easy to handle â&#x20AC;˘ 14 fully removable compartments â&#x20AC;˘ Compartments can be clipped onto a belt â&#x20AC;˘ Overall case dimensions (H) 60 x (W) 380 x (D) 305mm â&#x20AC;˘ Overall compartment dimensions (H) 55 x (W) 90 x (D) 68mm

Description Assortment case c/w 18 compartments

2013/14

Pack Qty 5

Order Ref QOC/2/5

Price (per pack) ÂŁ90.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 32

Description Assortment Case c/w 14 compartments

info@storage-design.co.uk

Pack Qty 5

Order Ref QOC/4/5

Price (per pack) ÂŁ95.00

www.storage-design.co.uk 33

2013/14

The compartment boxes are manufactured from cold rolled steel, and supplied with high impact styrene compartments. Each compartment has rounded scoop edges making it easy to remove small parts. Box

handle and pull-down catch.

;

; ; ; $

warehouse.

STORAGE

â&#x20AC;˘ High impact styrene insert with various compartments â&#x20AC;˘ ` Â&#x201A; ; ; Â ; ; Z $

compartments and 9 adjustable dividers. â&#x20AC;˘ Full piano hinge on cover provides rigidity â&#x20AC;˘ Positive pull-down catch keeps cover tightly closed to ensure all parts are secure in each section â&#x20AC;˘ Handle allows for easy transport â&#x20AC;˘ = $

Containers are available with and without clip-on lids Transparent container makes product selection easier Stackable with or without lids. Nestable

119-95

SYSTEMS

012455

Container Size: L x W x H (mm) 430 x 325 x 245 420 x 315 x 241 490 x 395 x 260 483 x 382 x 257

102-95

Description

Overall Dimensions Compartments H x W x D (mm) 20 Large Compartment Box 76 x 457 x 304 20 24 Large Compartment Box 76 x 457 x 304 24 32 Large Compartment Box 76 x 457 x 304 32 Adjustable Compartment Box 76 x 457 x 304 Adjustable

Order Ref

1200 x 1000 x 1850 1200 x 1000 x 1750

012450/300 012455/180

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Pack Qty

Order Ref

Price (Per Pack)

4 4 4 4

111-95 102-95 107-95 119-95

ÂŁ107.68 ÂŁ107.68 ÂŁ107.68 ÂŁ107.68

Slide Rack Slide Rack Base

310-95

Price (Per Pallet) ÂŁ1,478.70 ÂŁ1,453.90

Storemaster Box

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

012471/10

Manufactured from a strong and durable co polymer Fully detachable hinged folding lids for easy access Robust clip shut locking handles Nestable when lids are not in use

$ Transparent container makes product selection easier 012473/10 012472/10

311-95

012470/10

Compartments 4 -

Order Ref 310-95 311-95

Price (Each) ÂŁ116.77 ÂŁ58.38

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 34

Price (Per Pack) ÂŁ65.40 ÂŁ49.70 ÂŁ94.23 ÂŁ68.90

Z }Z $

! %Â&#x152; = *Z]}Z ' Z}!

Product Description Overall Dimensions H x W x D (mm) 381 x 514 x 317 396 x 523 x 320

No. of Containers per Bulk Pallet 300 180

The Storemaster Box is perfect for storing various items ; $ ! <

comes complete with two robust clips and a hinged folding lid for easy access, which also enables boxes to be stacked.

Sturdy construction using cold-rolled steel Â&#x192; $ Suits all 304mm deep compartment boxes Accommodates 4 large compartment boxes on telescopic 3 piece cradles Easy glide slides allow boxes to move in and out smoothly Each cradle holds up to 18Kg Centre braces on cradles provide extra rigidity Reinforced rack keeps boxes level Boxes can easily be removed for transport to work areas Base is available as an extra option = $ Compartment boxes are not included (please order separately.

Description

Pack Qty 10 10 10 10

107-95

Slide Rack & Base â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Order Ref 012450/10 012450/WOL/10 012455/10 012455/WOL/10

Pallet Size: L x W x H (mm)

24 Ltr Containers with Lids 35 Ltr Containers with Lids 111-95

012455 Nested

012450 Stacked

Product Description 24 Ltr Containers with Lids 24 Ltr Containers without Lids 35 Ltr Containers with Lids 35 Ltr Containers without Lids BULK

2013/14

STORAGE

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

PA RTS

Topstore - Topbox

SMALL

Compartment Boxes

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

L x W x H (mm)

Order Ref

Pack Qty

Price (Per Pack)

12 Ltr Storemaster Container c/w Hinged Lid

400 x 295 x 170

012470/10

ÂŁ51.70

24 Ltr Storemaster Container c/w Hinged Lid

500 x 395 x 190

012471/10

ÂŁ74.30

40 Ltr Storemaster Container c/w Hinged Lid

500 x 395 x 320

012472/10

ÂŁ95.50

50 Ltr Storemaster Container c/w Hinged Lid

700 x 450 x 230

012473/10

ÂŁ109.10

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 35

2013/14

Topstore - Euro Containers

Large robust polypropylene container that can either be stacked or nested.

PA RTS

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Robust grey plastic containers that can interstack modularly with various sizes. Ideal for protective storage during transportation of goods. Lids and dollies can be supplied separately. All containers and accessories are manufactured from high-density food grade polypropylene which has a temperature resistance from -5Â°C to +70Â°C.

Ideal for separating goods Product selection made easy when stacked Designed to save space Each container capacity: 50 litres Maximum total stack height - 5 no. Maximum total stack load - 50Kg Colour : Dark grey

STORAGE

E4322-11

E6420-11

SYSTEMS

PA RTS

E6432-11 E6401-44

BULK Product Description

External Internal H x W x D (mm) H x W x D (mm)

Space Bin Containers

320 x 495 x 390

320 x 440 x 340

Order Ref

Pack Qty

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Pallet Size W x D x H (mm)

E54SB/5

ÂŁ52.50

E54SB/92

1200 x 800 x 2360

Pallet Price Qty (Per Pallet) 92

88880-01PP

ÂŁ810.00

SMALL

STORAGE

SMALL

Topstore - Space Bin Containers

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Topstore - Multi-functional Containers Robust Multi-functional sorting storage bins complete with lids. With four colour options for the lids available.

E3212-11 E6412-11

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Ideal for separating items Manufactured from polypropylene Removable hinged lids Stackable/Nestable Can be used as colour coded bins for recycling items and segregation Each container capacity: 50 litres Maximum total stack height - 4 no. Maximum total stack load - 45Kg Containers are stackable with or without lids

BULK Product Description

052100/4

BULK (60 bins & lids per pallet) Product Description

H x W x D (mm) Order Ref Pack Qty

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Pallet Size W x D x H (mm)

Pallet Price Pack Qty (Per Pallet)

External Internal Capacity Price Order Ref L x W x H (mm) L x W x D (mm) (Kg) (Each) 260 x 160 x 110

E3212-11

ÂŁ5.79

E3212-11/288

2120

288

ÂŁ1,430.30

10 ltr

400 x 300 x 120

356 x 256 x 110

E4312-11

ÂŁ9.00

E4312-11/144

2040

144

ÂŁ1,062.00

20 ltr

400 x 300 x 220

356 x 256 x 211

E4322-11 ÂŁ12.27

E4322-11/104

2090

104

ÂŁ1,093.44

22 ltr

600 x 400 x 120

555 x 358 x 105

E6412-11 ÂŁ13.90

E6412-11/72

2100

ÂŁ857.93

27 ltr

600 x 400 x 150

560 x 255 x 138

E6415-11 ÂŁ14.00

E6415-11/56

2040

ÂŁ670.00

30 ltr

600 x 400 x 170

560 x 360 x 157

E6417-11 ÂŁ16.35

E6417-11/52

2200

ÂŁ728.96

40 ltr

600 x 400 x 200

552 x 353 x 185

E6420-11 ÂŁ16.40

E6420-11/44

2210

ÂŁ618.39

52 ltr

600 x 400 x 270

560 x 358 x 257

E6427-11 ÂŁ18.00

E6427-11/32

2040

ÂŁ490.00

60 ltr

600 x 400 x 320

552 x 353 x 304

E6432-11 ÂŁ20.94

E6432-11/36

2080

ÂŁ646.19

All Pallet Sizes - W x D (mm) - 1200 x 800

Euro Container Lids

Lids are available in packs of 10, in two sizes to suit both (400x300mm) and (600x400mm) containers. These are drop-on lids (not hinged).

Containers with Mixed Colour Lids

345 x 400 x 635

052100/4

ÂŁ95.00

052100/15

1130 x 1350 x 2030

ÂŁ1,200.00

Containers with Blue Lids

345 x 400 x 635

052101/4

ÂŁ95.00

052101/15

1130 x 1350 x 2030

ÂŁ1,200.00

Containers with Red Lids

345 x 400 x 635

052102/4

ÂŁ95.00

052102/15

1130 x 1350 x 2030

ÂŁ1,200.00

Product Description

Containers with Green Lids

345 x 400 x 635

052104/4

ÂŁ95.00

052104/15

1130 x 1350 x 2030

ÂŁ1,200.00

Euro Container Lid - Dark Grey

Containers with Yellow Lids

345 x 400 x 635

052106/4

ÂŁ95.00

052106/15

1130 x 1350 x 2030

ÂŁ1,200.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 36

Price (Per Pallet)

300 x 200 x 120

Euro Container Lid - Dark Grey

2013/14

Pallet Height Pallet (mm) Qty

Order Ref

5 ltr

info@storage-design.co.uk

Dimensions (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Per Pack)

400 x 300 x 19

E4301-44/10

ÂŁ62.20

600 x 400 x 21

E6401-44/10

ÂŁ80.80

www.storage-design.co.uk 37

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

The unique design of these high quality Euro Containers allows them to be stacked or nested to save space when not in use. They are manufactured from high-density food grade polypropylene which has a temperature resistance from -5Â°C to +70Â°C.

A choice of pre-kitted trolleys available complete with removable Euro Containers. â&#x20AC;˘ Fully welded steel construction

STORAGE

" Â&#x2018; $

;

PV6414-11

â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x152; $ <

when loading

PV6414-11

â&#x20AC;˘ Epoxy powder coated silver/grey frame â&#x20AC;˘ Wheels are all 100mm diameter swivel vulcanised blue rubber, offering low rolling resistance, meaning they are easy to manoeuvre, are non marking and soft yet highly durable.

PV6419-11

PV6432-11

PV6424-11

SYSTEMS

PA RTS

SYSTEMS

Stack & Nest Euro Containers

â&#x20AC;˘ Braked or unbraked trolleys available (Braked versions have two braked castors).

PV6432-11

PV6419-11

Euro container sizes: (L x W x H) BULK Product Description

External Internal L x W x H (mm) L x W x H (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Pallet Height (mm)

Pallet Qty

Price (Per Pallet)

26 Ltr Nestable

600 x 400 x 140

557 x 356 x 130

PV6414 - 11

ÂŁ17.00

PV6414-11/88

2040

ÂŁ1,253.00

36 Ltr Nestable

600 x 400 x 190

554 x 356 x 172

PV6419 - 11

ÂŁ18.50

PV6419-11/88

2040

ÂŁ1,386.00

47 Ltr Nestable

600 x 400 x 240

558 x 356 x 228

PV6424 - 11

ÂŁ22.00

PV6424-11/72

2040

ÂŁ1,330.00

60 Ltr Nestable

600 x 400 x 320

556 x 356 x 307

PV6432 - 11

ÂŁ26.00

PV6432-11/40

2040

ÂŁ885.00

E6412-11 (Ext: 600 x 400 x 120mm) (Int: 555 x 358 x 105mm) E6417-11 (Ext: 600 x 400 x 170mm) (Int: 560 x 360 x 157mm) E6420-11 (Ext: 600 x 400 x 200mm) (Int: 552 x 353 x 185mm)

Trolley Height:

1500mm

Trolley Depth:

700mm

Trolley Width:

470mm

Max Trolley Capacity:

250kg

SMALL

Topstore â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Euro Container Tray Trolleys

All Pallet Sizes - W x D (mm) - 1200 x 800

Euro Container Dollies Two ABS plastic dolly options are available with or without a handle, both capable of carrying up to 250Kg, perfect to transport multiple containers (Euro Containers or Stack and Nest Euro Containers) without causing excessive strain. It is $ Z %Â&#x160;Â&#x2030;Â&#x2030;;; !'

}\Â&#x2030;Â?

$ Â&#x160;Â&#x2030;Â&#x2030;Â? ! $ ?

Â&#x201A;

; ;

use.

88880-01PP/6412

88880-01WH/6420

88880-01WH/6432

88880-01WH

Without Handle Product Description

2013/14

External Internal Handle Length L x W x H (mm) L x W x H (mm) Min/Max (mm)

Order Ref

With Handle

Price (Each)

Order Ref

ECT/8X6412/BC

Dolly

625 x 420 x 160

600 x 400

720 / 795

88880-01PP

ÂŁ56.89

88880-01WH

ÂŁ86.41

Dolly c/w 9 x 6412-11

625 x 420 x 1230

600 x 400

720 / 795

88880-01PP/6412

ÂŁ170.00

88880-01WH/6412

ÂŁ195.00

Dolly c/w 7 x 6417-11

625 x 420 x 1340

600 x 400

720 / 795

88880-01PP/6417

ÂŁ160.00

88880-01WH/6417

ÂŁ185.00

Dolly c/w 5 x 6420-11

625 x 420 x 1150

600 x 400

720 / 795

88880-01PP/6420

ÂŁ140.00

88880-01WH/6420

ÂŁ165.00

Dolly c/w 3 x 6432-11

625 x 420 x 1110

600 x 400

720 / 795

88880-01PP/6432

ÂŁ120.00

88880-01WH/6432

ÂŁ145.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 38

ECT/6X6417/BC

Price (Each)

ECT/6X6420/BC

Braked Trolleys Product Description

Unbraked Trolleys

Load Capacity (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

8 Tier - Euro Container c/w 8 x E6412-11

250

ECT/8X6412/BC

ÂŁ410.00

ECT/8X6412

ÂŁ400.00

6 Tier - Euro Container c/w 6 x E6417-11

250

ECT/6X6417/BC

ÂŁ400.00

ECT/6X6417

ÂŁ390.00

6 Tier - Euro Container c/w 6 x E6420-11

250

ECT/6X6420/BC

ÂŁ410.00

ECT/6X6420

ÂŁ400.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 39

2013/14

Topstore - Container Trolleys

A strong yet lightweight trolley designed to carry either NXT GEN, TC Topstore containers, mesh baskets or spigots and comes ;

$ ! ` $ * ;

$ !

` $

; ^ $

items from slipping off. The trolley can either be supplied as complete kits with TC bins included or empty to suit individual requirements.

PA RTS

Wheels are all 100mm diameter swivel vulcanised blue rubber, offering low rolling resistance, meaning they are easy to manoeuvre, are non marking and soft yet highly durable. Braked trolleys have two braked castors.

â&#x20AC;˘ All containers come complete with I.D labels.

â&#x20AC;˘ All containers come complete with I.D. labels 1300mm

Trolley Depth:

500mm

Trolley Height:

1300mm

Trolley Width:

500mm

Trolley Depth:

500mm

Max Trolley Capacity:

200kg

Trolley Width:

500mm

Max Trolley Capacity:

200kg

See page 5 for Topstore TC Container dimensions and capacities

SYSTEMS

See page 5 for Topstore TC Container dimensions and capacities

Supplied complete with a TP1 louvred panel. See pages 8 and 9 for full details.

438mm

SMALL

Supplied complete with a TP2 louvred panel. See pages 8 and 9 for full details. 1070mm 300mm

Braked Castor

Braked Trolleys Order Ref Price (Each)

Product Description Container Trolley without Containers

CT/BC

ÂŁ235.00

Container Trolley with 5 x TC6 Blue Containers

CT/5XTC6B/BC

Container Trolley with 5 x TC6 Red Containers

CT/5XTC6R/BC

Container Trolley with 5 x TC6 White Containers

CT/5XTC6E/BC

Container Trolley with 10 x TC5 Blue Containers

CT/10XTC5B/BC

Container Trolley with 10 x TC5 Red Containers

295mm

ÂŁ225.00

ÂŁ295.00

CT/5XTC6B

ÂŁ285.00

ÂŁ295.00

CT/5XTC6R

ÂŁ285.00

ÂŁ295.00

CT/5XTC6E

ÂŁ285.00

ÂŁ305.00

CT/10XTC5B

ÂŁ295.00

CT/10XTC5R/BC

ÂŁ305.00

CT/10XTC5R

ÂŁ295.00

Product Description

Container Trolley with 10 x TC5 White Containers

CT/10XTC5E/BC

ÂŁ305.00

CT/10XTC5E

ÂŁ295.00

Container Trolley Empty c/w 3 x Fixed Shelves

Container Trolley with 18 x TC3 Blue Containers

CT/18XTC3B/BC

ÂŁ285.00

CT/18XTC3B

ÂŁ275.00

Container Trolley with 18 x TC3 Red Containers

CT/18XTC3R/BC

ÂŁ285.00

CT/18XTC3R

ÂŁ275.00

Container Trolley with 18 x TC3 White Containers

CT/18XTC3E/BC

ÂŁ285.00

CT/18XTC3E

ÂŁ275.00

Container Trolley with 12 x TC4 Blue Containers

CT/12XTC4B/BC

ÂŁ290.00

CT/12XTC4B

ÂŁ280.00

Container Trolley with 12 x TC4 Red Containers

CT/12XTC4R/BC

ÂŁ290.00

CT/12XTC4R

ÂŁ280.00

Container Trolley with 12 x TC4 White Containers

CT/12XTC4E/BC

ÂŁ290.00

CT/12XTC4E

ÂŁ280.00

CT/3XLWB/BC

ÂŁ390.00

CT/3XLWB

ÂŁ370.00

CT/5XTC6B

CT/10XTC5R

CT/18XTC3E

CT/3XLWB

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 40

CST Shelf/Tray Tray size: W500 x D455mm

Container Trolley with 3 x Wire Mesh Baskets (460 x 330 x 200mm)

2013/14

Unbraked Trolleys Order Ref Price (Each)

PA RTS

STORAGE

Unbraked Castor

Trolley Height:

STORAGE

SMALL

Topstore - Container Trolleys

SYSTEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

140mm

Braked Trolleys

Unbraked Trolleys

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

CST/BC

ÂŁ265.00

CST

ÂŁ255.00

Container Trolley c/w 4 x TC5 Blue & 3 x Fixed Shelves

CST/4XTC5B/BC

ÂŁ285.00

CST/4XTC5B

ÂŁ275.00

Container Trolley c/w 4 x TC5 Red & 3 x Fixed Shelves

CST/4XTC5R/BC

ÂŁ285.00

CST/4XTC5R

ÂŁ275.00

Container Trolley c/w 2 x TC6 Blue & 3 x Fixed Shelves

CST/2XTC6B/BC

ÂŁ285.00

CST/2XTC6B

ÂŁ275.00

Container Trolley c/w 2 x TC6 Red & 3 x Fixed Shelves

CST/2XTC6R/BC

ÂŁ285.00

CST/2XTC6R

ÂŁ275.00

CST/4XTC5B

info@storage-design.co.uk

CST/4XTC5R

CST/2XTC6B

www.storage-design.co.uk 41

CST/2XTC6R

2013/14

` ;

;

; ;

PA RTS

! ` $ * ;

$ !

Product

Lead Time

Wheels are 100mm diameter, all swivel vulcanised blue rubber, offering low rolling resistance, meaning they are easy to manoeuvre, are non marking and soft yet highly durable. Braked trolleys have two braked castors. â&#x20AC;˘ All containers come complete with I.D labels

STORAGE

Trolley Height:

1030mm

Trolley Depth:

830mm

Trolley Width:

500mm

Max Trolley Capacity:

200kg

SYSTEMS

See page 5 for Topstore TC Container dimensions and capacities. See page 37 for Euro Container dimensions and capacities. ACT/3XTC6B

Product Description

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

ACT/BC

ÂŁ225.00

ACT

ÂŁ215.00

Angled Container Trolley with 3 x TC6 Blue Containers

ACT/3XTC6B/BC

ÂŁ250.00

ACT/3XTC6B

ÂŁ235.00

Angled Container Trolley with 3 x TC6 Red Containers

ACT/3XTC6R/BC

ÂŁ250.00

ACT/3XTC6R

ÂŁ235.00

Angled Container Trolley with 3 x TC6 White Containers

ACT/3XTC6E/BC

ÂŁ250.00

ACT/3XTC6E

ÂŁ235.00

ACT/3XEC/BC

ÂŁ265.00

ACT/3XEC

ÂŁ255.00

Angled Container Trolley with 2 x (400 x 300 x 220) &

44-47

Toprax - Bolt Free Adjustable Shelving Kits

. . . . . . (5-15)

48-53

Toprax - Longspan Bay Shelving and TC Bin Kits. . . . . (5-15)

54-55

Chrome Shelving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

Plastic Plus Shelving

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

58-60

Mobile Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Please Enquire)

Sheet and Bar Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

Unbraked Trolleys

Order Ref

Angled Container Trolley without Containers

Eco-Rax Shelving Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

Longspan Shelving + Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

ACT/3XEC

Braked Trolleys

Page

(Working Days)

SHELVING

An ideal way to transport small parts using either the Topstore TC Container range or Topstore Euro Container.

STORAGE / SHELVING EQUIPMENT

STORAGE

SMALL

Topstore - Angled Container Trolley

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

1 x (600 x 400 x 200mm) Grey Euro Containers

Topstore - Double Container Trolley Designed to carry four 24 litre natural grade polypropylene storage containers and lids. Eliminates the need to carry heavy boxes and also saves time by allowing 4 to be transported at any one time. Wheels are 100mm diameter, all swivel vulcanised blue rubber, offering low rolling resistance, meaning they are easy to manoeuvre, are non marking and soft yet highly durable. Finish: Silver/Grey epoxy powder coated.

Trolley Height:

1030mm

Trolley Depth:

840mm

Trolley Width:

480mm

Max Trolley Capacity:

200kg

See page 35 for Topbox dimensions and capacities.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED PRIMROSE HILL COWBRIDGE

DCT/4X24L

SOUTH WALES Braked Trolleys Product Description

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

DCT/BC

ÂŁ255.00

DCT

ÂŁ245.00

DCT/4X24L/BC

ÂŁ280.00

DCT/4X24L

ÂŁ270.00

Double Container Trolley without Containers Double Container Trolley with 4 x 24 Litre Plastic Containers

Unbraked Trolleys

CF71 7DU TEL: 01446 772614 FAX: 01446774770 INFO@STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK WWW.STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 42

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 43

2013/14

Eco-Rax is a robust boltless heavy-duty hand loaded shelving system consisting of powder coated blue uprights, galvanised frame beams and ties, chipboard shelves and black plastic feet.

An ideal storage solution for storage of larger products or multiple storage of bulk items. Large open fronted bins allows easy access for stored products.

Its design allows for quick assembly without the need for any special tools as the precision manufactured components are simply knocked into place with a soft-faced mallet.

Containers are both stackable and nestable when not in use.

Heavy duty shelves have a capacity of 265Kg (UDL) Complete bays are supplied with 5 shelves per bay.

SHELVING

Eco-Rax is suitable for a wide range of applications in the $

; !

Fully adjustable Bolt-free system available pre-kitted # $

; All components are lightweight Complete with 5 chipboard shelves Shelf capacity of 265Kg (UDL) Shelf size: W 1200mm x D 450mm

& 441245/SB

EQUIPMENT

Eco-Rax Standard Bays

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Shelf Capacity (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 5 Chipboard Shelves

1800 x 900 x 450

265

440945

ÂŁ67.00

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 5 Chipboard Shelves

1800 x 1200 x 450

265

441245

ÂŁ90.00

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 5 Chipboard Shelves

1800 x 900 x 600

265

440960

ÂŁ96.00

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 5 Chipboard Shelves

1800 x 1200 x 600

265

441260

ÂŁ134.00

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 8 x Space Bin Containers

1800 x 1200 x 450

Shelf Capacity (Kg) 265

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

The upright is pierced to offer full adjustability at 35mm pitches in the height.

Order Ref

Price (Each)

441245/SB

ÂŁ172.00

Eco-Rax - Multi-Functional Container Kits An alternative storage system which uses containers complete with lids, keeping stored items dust free. # $ !

Eco-Rax TC Bin Kits

STORAGE

Eco-Rax - Space Bin Container Kits

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Eco-Rax

Different kit options are available using containers with single colour or mixed colour (1 x red, blue, green and yellow) lids. The mixed colour option is ideal for product segregation.

The perfect solution for storing multiple small

our TC4 containers. â&#x20AC;˘ Fully Adjustable â&#x20AC;˘ Bolt-free system available pre-kitted â&#x20AC;˘ # $

and home â&#x20AC;˘ All components are lightweight â&#x20AC;˘ Complete with 5 chipboard shelves â&#x20AC;˘ Shelf capacity of 265Kg (UDL)

Containers are both stackable and nestable when not in use. â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Bins are supplied with ID labels

Fully adjustable Bolt-free system available pre-kitted # $

; All components are lightweight Complete with 5 chipboard shelves Shelf capacity of 265Kg (UDL) Shelf size: W 900mm x D 450mm

$ '('

!" #

$ %

Description

2013/14

H x W x D (mm)

Shelf Capacity (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 40 x TC4 Blue

1800 x 900 x 450

265

440945/TC4B

ÂŁ207.00

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 40 x TC4 Red

1800 x 900 x 450

265

440945/TC4R

ÂŁ207.00

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 50 x TC4 Blue

1800 x 1200 x 450

265

441245/TC4B

ÂŁ264.00

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 50 x TC4 Red

1800 x 1200 x 450

265

441245/TC4R

ÂŁ264.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 44

Description Eco-Rax Eco-Rax Eco-Rax Eco-Rax Eco-Rax

Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard

H x W x D (mm) Bay Bay Bay Bay Bay

c/w c/w c/w c/w c/w

4 4 4 4 4

x x x x x

Multi-Functional Multi-Functional Multi-Functional Multi-Functional Multi-Functional

info@storage-design.co.uk

Containers Containers Containers Containers Containers

(Mixed Lids) (Blue Lids) (Red Lids) (Green Lids) (Yellow Lids)

1800 1800 1800 1800 1800

x x x x x

900 900 900 900 900

www.storage-design.co.uk 45

x x x x x

450 450 450 450 450

Shelf Capacity (Kg) 265 265 265 265 265

Order Ref.

Price (Each)

440945/MFM 440945/MFB 440945/MFR 440945/MFG 440945/MFY

ÂŁ177.00 ÂŁ177.00 ÂŁ177.00 ÂŁ177.00 ÂŁ177.00

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013 Eco-Rax kitted with our 24 and 35 litre Topbox allows for storage of various items with full visibility of stored goods.

Eco-Rax kitted with our 24 litre Storemaster containers allows for storage of various items with full visibility of stored goods. â&#x20AC;˘ Fully adjustable â&#x20AC;˘ Bolt-free system available pre-kitted â&#x20AC;˘ # $

and home â&#x20AC;˘ All components are lightweight â&#x20AC;˘ Complete with 5 chipboard shelves â&#x20AC;˘ Shelf capacity of 265Kg (UDL)

SHELVING

â&#x20AC;˘ Fully adjustable â&#x20AC;˘ Bolt-free system available pre-kitted â&#x20AC;˘ # $

warehouse and home â&#x20AC;˘ All components are lightweight â&#x20AC;˘ Complete with 5 chipboard shelves â&#x20AC;˘ Shelf capacity of 265Kg (UDL)

, - &

!" "

!" ,'"

EQUIPMENT

$ ,'"

EQUIPMENT

Eco-Rax - 24 Litre Storemaster Kits

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Shelf Capacity (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Shelf Capacity (Kg)

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 8 x 35Ltr Topbox

1800 x 900 x 450

265

440945/35L

Order Ref

Price (Each)

ÂŁ144.00

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 14 x 24Ltr Storemaster Containers

1800 x 900 x 450

265

440945/SM24

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 12 x 24Ltr Topbox

1800 x 1200 x 450

265

441245/24L

ÂŁ223.00

ÂŁ160.00

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 21 x 24Ltr Storemaster Containers

1800 x 1200 x 450

265

441245/SM24

ÂŁ324.00

Eco-Rax - 40 Litre Storemaster Kits

Eco-Rax - Archive Kits Archive boxes provide optimum quality with corrugated cardboard reinforced handles for sturdy and comfortable handling.

Eco-Rax kitted with our 40 litre Storemaster containers allows for storage of various items with full visibility of stored goods.

This archive box can accommodate magazine $ \

literature.

â&#x20AC;˘ Fully adjustable â&#x20AC;˘ Bolt-free system available pre-kitted â&#x20AC;˘ # $

and home â&#x20AC;˘ All components are lightweight â&#x20AC;˘ Complete with 5 chipboard shelves â&#x20AC;˘ Shelf capacity of 265Kg (UDL)

â&#x20AC;˘ Fully Adjustable â&#x20AC;˘ Bolt-free system available pre-kitted â&#x20AC;˘ # $

and home â&#x20AC;˘ All components are lightweight â&#x20AC;˘ Complete with 5 chipboard shelves â&#x20AC;˘ Shelf capacity of 265Kg (UDL)

STORAGE

Eco-Rax - Topbox Kits

, - &

) * &

!" ,'

!" ! +%%

! $ ,'

$ ! +%%

2013/14

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Shelf Capacity (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 10 x Brown Archive Boxes c/w Lids

1800 x 900 x 450

265

440945/10ABB

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 15 x Brown Archive Boxes c/w Lids

1800 x 1200 x 450

265

441245/15ABB

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Shelf Capacity (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

ÂŁ122.00

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 8 x 40Ltr Storemaster Containers

1800 x 900 x 450

265

440945/SM40

ÂŁ182.00

ÂŁ172.00

Eco-Rax Standard Bay c/w 12 x 40Ltr Storemaster Containers

1800 x 1200 x 450

265

441245/SM40

ÂŁ262.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 46

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 47

2013/14

SHELVING

Flexibility

Clean, fully tooled components ensure the complete absence of sharp edges to safeguard you and your goods from damage.

Using standard frame ties with specially designed brackets, and two diameters of hanging rail for differing sizes of hangers. It is an ideal way for the storage of clothing and other garments.

The unique design of Toprax allows clear, unlimited entry, as there are no cross braces or gussets to restrict the loading of shelves or the selection of products.

;

Â&#x201A;

;;

J ; !

;

J ; !

Garment Hanging

Cable Reel Dispensing

;

with accessories to make the system suitable for garment hanging. The bays can be clad on the sides and rear with mesh or steel panels to make ; ;

EQUIPMENT

Using the same principle as Garment Hanging, the Toprax Cable Reel System is an extremely effective way of storing cable reels and offers quick dispensing with minimum of effort. Replacing empty cable reels is quick and easy as the cable reel support can simply be lifted from the bracket enabling quick changeover.

A wide choice of frames and shelves are available. Shelves are fully adjustable on 50mm (2â&#x20AC;?) centres and bays can be extended as required

Toprax is a high quality, fully adjustable bolt-free shelving system, J $ ! # ; ;

$ ;;

whilst the unpierced face of the uprights and beams provide the style

J $ ; !

SHELVING

Toprax - Bolt Free Adjustable Shelving

The special design of the hanging rail bracket allows full adjustment ! Â&#x2019; $ ;

place preventing unnecessary movement.

For added convenience and faster installation, all units are supplied with full instructions for self-assembly.

;

Â&#x201A;

;;

J ; !

j $ ;

epoxy powder coated silver/grey and shelves are galvanised as standard (other colours are available upon request, refer to choice on page 49).

Cladding Standard Single Bay

Garment Hanging

Toprax also offers the option for rear and side cladding. Available in either a 50 x 50mm mesh grid or galvanised steel sheet, for effective segregation of bays.

STORAGE

Toprax - Bolt Free Adjustable Shelving

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Black

Red

n ee Gr

Yel lo

Orange Upright Colour Options

ple

Standard Single Bay + Extension Bay

2013/14

Double Bay

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 48

Cable Reel Dispensing

info@storage-design.co.uk

Cladding â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Mesh Sides / Steel Rear

www.storage-design.co.uk 49

Blue (Standard)

Gre y

Br ow

Pur

This option will only be considered on higher volume orders. Please check with the Sales Department.

2013/14

970mm Shelf Width

Shelf Depth Overall Depth Order Ref Price (Each) Order Ref Price (Each)

1500mm High Single Bays

290mm

328mm

022410SI

ÂŁ226.21

022490SI

ÂŁ233.04

c/w 5 x Shelves

440mm

478mm

022430SI

ÂŁ252.89

022510SI

ÂŁ261.57

2000mm High Single Bays

290mm

328mm

023410SI

ÂŁ240.61

023490SI

ÂŁ247.43

c/w 5 x Shelves

440mm

478mm

023430SI

ÂŁ267.28

023510SI

ÂŁ275.96

Description

Order ref

SHELVING

Standard Bays

Standard Extension Single Bays

910mm Overall Width 1010mm Overall Width 870mm Shelf Width

Description

970mm Shelf Width

Shelf Depth Overall Depth Order Ref Price (Each) Order Ref Price (Each)

Fully adjustable bolt free pre-kitted system TC container colour options in blue, red, green or yellow Other combinations are available, please contact our Sales Department Overall standard bay size H1500 x W942 x D328 mm / double bay D625mm Shelf size W870 x D290 mm

Blue Bins

Red Bins

Price

Green Bins

Yellow Bins

(Each)

Standard Initial Bay c/w 40 x TC4 Bins & 5 shelves

022410SI/TC4B

022410SI/TC4R

022410SI/TC4G

022410SI/TC4Y

ÂŁ368.16

Standard Extension Bay c/w 40 x TC4 Bins & 5 shelves

022410SE/TC4B

022410SE/TC4R

022410SE/TC4G

022410SE/TC4Y

ÂŁ309.06

Double Initial Bay c/w 80 x TC4 Bins & 10 shelves

022410DI/TC4B

022410DI/TC4R

022410DI/TC4G

022410DI/TC4Y

ÂŁ670.81

Double Extension Bay c/w 80 x TC4 Bins & 10 shelves

022410DE/TC4B

022410DE/TC4R

022410DE/TC4G

022410DE/TC4Y

ÂŁ575.09

1500mm High Single Bays

290mm

328mm

022410SE

ÂŁ166.88

022490SE

ÂŁ173.70

Standard Initial Bay c/w 28 x TC5 Bins & 3 shelves

022410SI/TC5B

022410SI/TC5R

022410SI/TC5G

022410SI/TC5Y

ÂŁ334.58

c/w 5 x Shelves

440mm

478mm

022430SE

ÂŁ190.88

022510SE

ÂŁ199.56

Standard Extension Bay c/w 28 x TC5 Bins & 3 shelves

022410SE/TC5B

022410SE/TC5R

022410SE/TC5G

022410SE/TC5Y

ÂŁ275.48

2000mm High Single Bays

290mm

328mm

023410SE

ÂŁ174.07

023490SE

ÂŁ180.90

c/w 5 x Shelves

440mm

478mm

023430SE

ÂŁ198.08

023510SE

ÂŁ206.76

EQUIPMENT

Standard Initial Double Bays

942mm Overall Width 1042mm Overall Width 870mm Shelf Width

Description

970mm Shelf Width

2 x 290mm

625mm

022410DI

ÂŁ392.80

022490DI

ÂŁ405.64

Bays c/w 10 x Shelves

2 x 440mm

925mm

022430DI

ÂŁ446.15

022510DI

ÂŁ462.70

2000mm High Double

2 x 290mm

625mm

023410DI

ÂŁ414.39

023490DI

ÂŁ427.23

Bays c/w 10 x Shelves

2 x 440mm

925mm

023430DI

ÂŁ467.74

023510DI

ÂŁ484.29

Standard Extension Double Bays

Double Initial Bay c/w 56 x TC5 Bins & 6 shelves

022410DI/TC5B

022410DI/TC5R

022410DI/TC5G

022410DI/TC5Y

ÂŁ603.65

Double Extension Bay c/w 56 x TC5 Bins & 6 shelves

022410DE/TC5B

022410DE/TC5R

022410DE/TC5G

022410DE/TC5Y

ÂŁ507.93

Standard Initial Bay c/w 14 x TC6 Bins & 3 shelves

022410SI/TC6B

022410SI/TC6R

022410SI/TC6G

022410SI/TC6Y

ÂŁ330.28

Standard Extension Bay c/w 14 x TC6 Bins & 3 shelves

022410SE/TC6B

022410SE/TC6R

022410SE/TC6G

022410SE/TC6Y

ÂŁ271.18

Double Initial Bay c/w 28 x TC6 Bins & 6 shelves

022410DI/TC6B

022410DI/TC6R

022410DI/TC6G

022410DI/TC6Y

ÂŁ595.05

Double Extension Bay c/w 28 x TC6 Bins & 6 shelves

022410DE/TC6B

022410DE/TC6R

022410DE/TC6G

022410DE/TC6Y

ÂŁ499.33

' ) 02 ! 3 ) 451 6

Shelf Depth Overall Depth Order Ref Price (Each) Order Ref Price (Each)

1500mm High Double

% 7 ) .1

910mm Overall Width 1010mm Overall Width 870mm Shelf Width

Description

" ! ,. / " ! , . , % 0 , % 0

SHELVING

870mm Shelf Width Description

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

942mm Overall Width 1042mm Overall Width

Standard Initial Single Bays

Toprax - Standard Bay Shelving c/w TC Bin Kits

STORAGE

Toprax - Standard Kit

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

970mm Shelf Width

Shelf Depth Overall Depth Order Ref Price (Each) Order Ref Price (Each)

1500mm High Double

2 x 290mm

625mm

022410DE

ÂŁ296.73

022490DE

Bays c/w 10 x Shelves

2 x 440mm

925mm

022430DE

ÂŁ344.73

022510DE

ÂŁ361.28

2000mm High Double

2 x 290mm

625mm

023410DE

ÂŁ307.52

023490DE

ÂŁ320.36

Bays c/w 10 x Shelves

2 x 440mm

925mm

023430DE

ÂŁ355.53

023510DE

ÂŁ372.08

Standard Initial Bays c/w 15 x 24 Ltr. Containers

ÂŁ309.56

022410DI + 022410DE

910mm Overall Width 870mm Shelf Width

Description

Shelf Depth Overall Depth Order Ref Price (Each)

1500mm High Single Bays c/w 5 x Shelves and

400mm

478mm

023355SIPC

ÂŁ374.83

15 x 24 Ltr. Containers

Standard Extension Bays c/w 15 x 24 Ltr. Containers

022410SI/TC5Y 910mm Overall Width 870mm Shelf Width

Description

Shelf Depth Overall Depth Order Ref Price (Each)

1500mm High Single Bays c/w 5 x Shelves and

400mm

478mm

023355SEPC

ÂŁ285.82

15 x 24 Ltr. Containers

"" ! ,. #

' ) 2 451 6 89 "$ : ! 3 ) $9 "$ : ! 3 ) 89

: ! 3 ) $9 $ : ! 3 ) &

Â&#x192; $ J

Z[Â&#x160;

2013/14

" ,. / " ,

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 50

Â&#x192; $ J

Z[Â&#x160;

info@storage-design.co.uk

"" ! 1. %

www.storage-design.co.uk 51

2013/14

Toprax - Garment Hanging

Space Bin Container Kits

; ! % '

using standard frame ties with specially designed brackets and 2 hanging rails (32mm diameter), the second option simply uses the frame beams. Compatible with different sized hangers.

An ideal storage solution for storage of larger products or multiple storage of bulk items. Large open fronted bins allows easy access for stored products.

;

Â&#x201A;

;; J ; ! Hanging Method Section:

Option 1

SHELVING

â&#x20AC;˘ Supplied with 2 shelf levels â&#x20AC;˘ Shelf size W970 x D440mm 32mm

"" ! ,. ,%

EQUIPMENT

Overall Size H x W x D (mm) 1500 x 1042 x 478 1500 x 1010 x 478 1500 x 1042 x 925 1500 x 1010 x 925

Description Standard Initial Bay c/w 8 Space Bin Containers Standard Extension Bay c/w 8 Space Bin Containers Double Initial Bay c/w 16 Space Bin Containers Double Extension Bay c/w 16 Space Bin Containers

Order Ref

Price (Each)

022510SI/SB 022510SE/SB 022510DI/SB 022510DE/SB

ÂŁ261.42 ÂŁ199.42 ÂŁ461.64 ÂŁ334.31

' 02 " 3 451 6 ) * ( ; 7) ) * 0 ) ) ) 2!

Multi-Functional Container Kits " ,. ?@

An alternative storage system which uses containers complete with lids, keeping ; ! # $ ! =

kit options are available using containers with single coloured hinged lids and options with mixed coloured lids in blue, red, green and yellow (supplied in equal quantities). The mixed colour lid option is ideal for product segregation.

" 1. ?

" ,. ? / " , ?

These containers are both stackable with or without lids and nestable when not in use.

â&#x20AC;˘ Supplied with 2 shelf levels â&#x20AC;˘ Shelf size W870 x D440mm

"" 1. ''(

Standard Initial Bay c/w 8 Multi-Functional Containers - Blue Lids Standard Extension Bay c/w 8 Multi-Functional Containers - Blue Lids Double Initial Bay c/w 16 Multi-Functional Containers - Blue Lids Double Extension Bay c/w 16 Multi-Functional Containers - Blue Lids

Overall Size H x W x D (mm) 1500 x 942 x 478 1500 x 910 x 478 1500 x 942 x 925 1500 x 910 x 925

022430SI/BMF 022430SE/BMF 022430DI/BMF 022430DE/BMF

Price (Each) ÂŁ458.21 ÂŁ396.21 ÂŁ856.04 ÂŁ729.93

Standard Initial Bay c/w 8 Multi-Functional Containers - Red Lids Standard Extension Bay c/w 8 Multi-Functional Containers - Red Lids Double Initial Bay c/w 16 Multi-Functional Containers - Red Lids Double Extension Bay c/w 16 Multi-Functional Containers - Red Lids

1500 1500 1500 1500

x x x x

942 910 942 910

x x x x

478 478 925 925

022430SI/RMF 022430SE/RMF 022430DI/RMF 022430DE/RMF

ÂŁ458.21 ÂŁ396.21 ÂŁ856.04 ÂŁ729.93

Standard Initial Bay c/w 8 Multi-Functional Containers - Green Lids Standard Extension Bay c/w 8 Multi-Functional Containers - Green Lids Double Initial Bay c/w 16 Multi-Functional Containers - Green Lids Double Extension Bay c/w 16 Multi-Functional Containers - Green Lids

1500 1500 1500 1500

x x x x

942 910 942 910

x x x x

478 478 925 925

022430SI/GMF 022430SE/GMF 022430DI/GMF 022430DE/GMF

ÂŁ458.21 ÂŁ396.21 ÂŁ856.04 ÂŁ729.93

Standard Initial Bay c/w 8 Multi-Functional Containers - Yellow Lids Standard Extension Bay c/w 8 Multi-Functional Containers - Yellow Lids Double Initial Bay c/w 16 Multi-Functional Containers - Yellow Lids Double Extension Bay c/w 16 Multi-Functional Containers - Yellow Lids

1500 1500 1500 1500

x x x x

942 910 942 910

x x x x

478 478 925 925

022430SI/YMF 022430SE/YMF 022430DI/YMF 022430DE/YMF

ÂŁ458.21 ÂŁ396.21 ÂŁ856.04 ÂŁ729.93

Standard Initial Bay c/w 8 Multi-Functional Containers - Mixed Lids Standard Extension Bay c/w 8 Multi-Functional Containers - Mixed Lids Double Initial Bay c/w 16 Multi-Functional Containers - Mixed Lids Double Extension Bay c/w 16 Multi-Functional Containers - Mixed Lids

1500 1500 1500 1500

x x x x

942 910 942 910

x x x x

478 478 925 925

022430SI/MMF 022430SE/MMF 022430DI/MMF 022430DE/MMF

ÂŁ458.21 ÂŁ396.21 ÂŁ856.04 ÂŁ729.93

Description

Order Ref

' 02 " 3 451 6 ) *

( ; 7) ) * 0 ) ) ) 2!

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 52

Standard Initial Bay Standard Extension Bay Double Initial Bay Double Extension Bay Standard Initial Bay Standard Extension Bay Double Initial Bay Double Extension Bay

Overall Size H x W x D (mm) 2000 x 942 x 478 2000 x 910 x 478 2000 x 942 x 925 2000 x 910 x 925 2000 x 942 x 628 2000 x 910 x 628 2000 x 942 x 1225 2000 x 910 x 1225

Standard Initial Bay Standard Extension Bay Double Initial Bay Double Extension Bay Standard Initial Bay Standard Extension Bay Double Initial Bay Double Extension Bay

2000 x 1242 x 478 2000 x 1210 x 478 2000 x 1242 x 925 2000 x 1210 x 925 2000 x 1242 x 628 2000 x 1210 x 628 2000 x 1242 x 1225 2000 x 1210 x 1225

023440SI/GH 023440SE/GH 023440DI/GH 023440DE/GH 023445SI/GH 023445SE/GH 023445DI/GH 023445DE/GH

ÂŁ203.59 ÂŁ128.06 ÂŁ336.74 ÂŁ213.68 ÂŁ208.34 ÂŁ130.43 ÂŁ346.24 ÂŁ218.43

023440SI/G 023440SE/G 023440DI/G 023440DE/G 023445SI/G 023445SE/G 023445DI/G 023445DE/G

ÂŁ176.23 ÂŁ107.26 ÂŁ281.14 ÂŁ169.29 ÂŁ179.79 ÂŁ109.04 ÂŁ288.27 ÂŁ169.29

Standard Initial Bay Standard Extension Bay Double Initial Bay Double Extension Bay Standard Initial Bay Standard Extension Bay Double Initial Bay Double Extension Bay

2600 x 942 x 628 2600 x 910 x 628 2600 x 942 x 1225 2600 x 910 x 1225 2600 x 1242 x 628 2600 x 1210 x 628 2600 x 1242 x 1225 2600 x 1210 x 1225

023450SI/GH 023450SE/GH 023450DI/GH 023450DE/GH 023455SI/GH 023455SE/GH 023455DI/GH 023455DE/GH

ÂŁ269.70 ÂŁ157.92 ÂŁ443.52 ÂŁ260.35 ÂŁ278.01 ÂŁ166.23 ÂŁ456.95 ÂŁ273.78

023450SI/G 023450SE/G 023450DI/G 023450DE/G 023455SI/G 023455SE/G 023455DI/G 023455DE/G

ÂŁ243.08 ÂŁ137.49 ÂŁ389.40 ÂŁ213.88 ÂŁ249.46 ÂŁ143.87 ÂŁ398.97 ÂŁ218.78

Description

2013/14

Option 2 ""--

Containers are both stackable and nestable when not in use.

STORAGE

Toprax - Container Kits

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

C/W 2 Hanging Rails (Option 1) Order Ref Price (Each) 023430SI/GH ÂŁ195.28 023430SE/GH ÂŁ119.74 023430DI/GH ÂŁ323.31 023430DE/GH ÂŁ200.25 023435SI/GH ÂŁ200.03 023435SE/GH ÂŁ122.12 023435DI/GH ÂŁ332.81 023435DE/GH ÂŁ205.00

W/O Hanging Rails (Option 2) Order Ref Price (Each) 023430SI/G ÂŁ169.84 023430SE/G ÂŁ100.87 023430DI/G ÂŁ271.57 023430DE/G ÂŁ159.72 023435SI/G ÂŁ173.41 023435SE/G ÂŁ102.66 023435DI/G ÂŁ278.70 023435DE/G ÂŁ159.72

' 02 ( ) 4< !6 = > 451 6 ( - ) 4< "6 = ! > 451 6 4 * 0 ) 7 ) ) 0 6

( ; 7) ) * 0 ) ) ) 2!

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 53

2013/14

For added stability of the beams a Beam Tie is also available.

Based upon the standard Toprax design, it is a cost saving alternative to conventional fully braced longspan systems with a comparable load capacity. Toprax longspan can be supplied with galvanised steel or chipboard shelves.

â&#x20AC;˘ Available with either 3 or 4 shelf versions

Beam Tie, Shelf Stop + Steel Shelf

EQUIPMENT

Toprax also offers unrivalled versatility as you can mix standard bays with longspan bays as shown, to offer multiple options dependant upon the type of goods to be stored.

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Fully adjustable bolt free pre-kitted system TC container colour options in blue, red, green or yellow Other combinations are available, please contact our Sales Department Overall bay size H1500 x W1812 x D328 mm / Double bay D625mm Shelf size W1740 x D290 mm

Description Longspan Bays with Steel Shelves Standard Initial Bay c/w 72 x TC4 Bins & 4 shelves Standard Extension Bay c/w 72 x TC4 Bins & 4 shelves Double Initial Bay c/w 144 x TC4 Bins & 8 shelves Double Extension Bay c/w 144 x TC4 Bins & 8 shelves

Blue Bins 023370SI/TC4B 023370SE/TC4B 023370DI/TC4B 023370DE/TC4B

Order ref Red Bins Green Bins 023370SI/TC4R 023370SI/TC4G 023370SE/TC4R 023370SE/TC4G 023370DI/TC4R 023370DI/TC4G 023370DE/TC4R 023370DE/TC4G

Yellow Bins 023370SI/TC4Y 023370SE/TC4Y 023370DI/TC4Y 023370DE/TC4Y

Price (Each) ÂŁ639.88 ÂŁ574.33 ÂŁ1208.98 ÂŁ1111.81

Standard Initial Bay c/w 56 x TC5 Bins & 3 shelves Standard Extension Bay c/w 56 x TC5 Bins & 3 shelves Double Initial Bay c/w 112 x TC5 Bins & 6 shelves Double Extension Bay c/w 112 x TC5 Bins & 6 shelves

023370SI/TC5B 023370SE/TC5B 023370DI/TC5B 023370DE/TC5B

023370SI/TC5R 023370SE/TC5R 023370DI/TC5R 023370DE/TC5R

023370SI/TC5G 023370SE/TC5G 023370DI/TC5G 023370DE/TC5G

023370SI/TC5Y 023370SE/TC5Y 023370DI/TC5Y 023370DE/TC5Y

ÂŁ599.06 ÂŁ533.51 ÂŁ1127.34 ÂŁ1031.62

Standard Initial Bay c/w 28 x TC6 Bins & 3 shelves Standard Extension Bay c/w 28 x TC6 Bins & 3 shelves Double Initial Bay c/w 56 x TC6 Bins & 6 shelves Double Extension Bay c/w 56 x TC6 Bins & 6 shelves

023370SI/TC6B 023370SE/TC6B 023370DI/TC6B 023370DE/TC6B

023370SI/TC6R 023370SE/TC6R 023370DI/TC6R 023370DE/TC6R

023370SI/TC6G 023370SE/TC6G 023370DI/TC6G 023370DE/TC6G

023370SI/TC6Y 023370SE/TC6Y 023370DI/TC6Y 023370DE/TC6Y

ÂŁ590.46 ÂŁ524.91 ÂŁ1110.14 ÂŁ1014.42

Longspan Bays with Chipboard Shelves Standard Initial Bay c/w 72 x TC4 Bins & 4 shelves Standard Extension Bay c/w 72 x TC4 Bins & 4 shelves Double Initial Bay c/w 144 x TC4 Bins & 8 shelves Double Extension Bay c/w 144 x TC4 Bins & 8 shelves

023375SI/TC4B 023375SE/TC4B 023375DI/TC4B 023375DE/TC4B

023375SI/TC4R 023375SE/TC4R 023375DI/TC4R 023375DE/TC4R

023375SI/TC4G 023375SE/TC4G 023375DI/TC4G 023375DE/TC4G

023375SI/TC4Y 023375SE/TC4Y 023375DI/TC4Y 023375DE/TC4Y

ÂŁ585.12 ÂŁ519.57 ÂŁ1099.46 ÂŁ1002.30

023375SI/TC5B 023375SE/TC5B 023375DI/TC5B 023375DE/TC5B

023375SI/TC5R 023375SE/TC5R 023375DI/TC5R 023375DE/TC5R

023375SI/TC5G 023375SE/TC5G 023375DI/TC5G 023375DE/TC5G

023375SI/TC5Y 023375SE/TC5Y 023375DI/TC5Y 023375DE/TC5Y

ÂŁ557.99 ÂŁ492.44 ÂŁ1045.20 ÂŁ949.48

023375SI/TC6B 023375SE/TC6B 023375DI/TC6B 023375DE/TC6B

023375SI/TC6R 023375SE/TC6R 023375DI/TC6R 023375DE/TC6R

023375SI/TC6G 023375SE/TC6G 023375DI/TC6G 023375DE/TC6G

023375SI/TC6Y 023375SE/TC6Y 023375DI/TC6Y 023375DE/TC6Y

ÂŁ549.39 ÂŁ483.84 ÂŁ1028.00 ÂŁ932.28

SHELVING

â&#x20AC;˘ Shelf sizes W 1740mm x D 290mm / D 440mm

Toprax can also be used as a Longspan shelving system for the storage of longer/ larger goods where a standard shelving system would not be suitable.

â&#x20AC;˘ Shelving bays available H 1500mm / H 2000mm

Toprax - Longspan Bay Shelving c/w TC Bin Kits

STORAGE

Toprax - Longspan Shelves

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Max capacity per pair of beam levels: 450kg each (UDL)

Chipboard Shelf

% 7 ) .1

Longspan Bay Toprax Longspan Description Standard Initial Bay c/w 3 Levels Standard Extension Bay c/w 3 Levels Double Initial Bay c/w 6 Levels Double Extension Bay c/w 6 Levels Standard Initial Bay c/w 3 Levels Standard Extension Bay c/w 3 Levels Double Initial Bay c/w 6 Levels Double Extension Bay c/w 6 Levels

Overall Size H x W x D (mm) 1500 x 1812 x 328 1500 x 1780 x 328 1500 x 1812 x 625 1500 x 1780 x 625 1500 x 1812 x 478 1500 x 1780 x 478 1500 x 1812 x 925 1500 x 1780 x 925

Steel Shelves Order Ref Price (Each) 023371SI ÂŁ324.55 023371SE ÂŁ259.00 023371DI ÂŁ578.31 023371DE ÂŁ482.60 023372SI ÂŁ336.94 023372SE ÂŁ271.91 023372DI ÂŁ628.92 023372DE ÂŁ521.33

Chipboard Shelves Order Ref Price (Each) 023376SI ÂŁ292.50 023376SE ÂŁ226.94 023376DI ÂŁ514.21 023376DE ÂŁ418.49 023377SI ÂŁ291.53 023377SE ÂŁ228.94 023377DI ÂŁ538.10 023377DE ÂŁ430.51

Standard Initial Bay c/w 4 Levels Standard Extension Bay c/w 4 Levels Double Initial Bay c/w 8 Levels Double Extension Bay c/w 8 Levels Standard Initial Bay c/w 4 Levels Standard Extension Bay c/w 4 Levels Double Initial Bay c/w 8 Levels Double Extension Bay c/w 8 Levels

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

023373SI 023373SE 023373DI 023373DE 023374SI 023374SE 023374DI 023374DE

023378SI 023378SE 023378DI 023378DE 023379SI 023379SE 023379DI 023379DE

x x x x x x x x

1812 1780 1812 1780 1812 1780 1812 1780

x x x x x x x x

328 328 625 625 478 478 925 925

ÂŁ403.43 ÂŁ330.67 ÂŁ677.82 ÂŁ622.35 ÂŁ431.03 ÂŁ355.60 ÂŁ733.02 ÂŁ672.21

ÂŁ360.69 ÂŁ287.93 ÂŁ592.34 ÂŁ538.67 ÂŁ370.48 ÂŁ295.06 ÂŁ611.93 ÂŁ551.12

" 9 ,. A

" 9 ,. %

' 0 - * 2 3 ) 451 6

( ; 7) ) * 0 ) ) ) 2!

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 54

( ; 7) ) * 0 ) ) ) 2!

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 55

" 9 1. #

2013/14

Plastic Plus Shelving

Eclipse wire shelving is suitable for restaurants, hotels, retail out $ ;

home.

Heavy duty steel plastic coated shelving. Combines the corrosion resistant qualities of plastic with the strength of steel. Shelf panels are guaranteed for life against corrosion.

Bays can be made suitable for the electronics industry with the addition of conductive components (please enquire).

Designed to carry up to 360Kg per shelf (UDL) Temperature resistant from -29 to 88Â°C Removable solid or vented dishwasher friendly shelf panels Adjustable post feet for uneven surfaces Also available as mobile units (see opposite page for castor codes/prices) â&#x20AC;˘ Other heights and shelf sizes are also available (please enquire)

/ Heavy duty with a 300Kg shelf load capacity (UDL). Units can be customised with a wide range of accessories (please J '

$ ; ;

;

damp environments such as cold rooms or freezers.

EQUIPMENT

Alternative to Stainless Steel (additional components required - please enquire)

Eclipse Chrome Wire Shelving - Complete Bays Finish

Chrome

Perma Plus

1625 x 610 x 460 1625 x 915 x 460 1625 x 1220 x 460 1625 x 1520 x 460

4 Tier Starter Bay Price (Each) EC40 ÂŁ100.00 EC44 ÂŁ124.00 EC45 ÂŁ152.00 EC46 ÂŁ184.00

1625 x 610 x 610

EC47A

ÂŁ124.00

EC47AAO

ÂŁ118.00

EC2424

ÂŁ22.00

1625 x 915 x 610 1625 x 1220 x 610 1625 x 1520 x 610 1625 x 610 x 460 1625 x 915 x 460 1625 x 1220 x 460 1625 x 1520 x 460 1625 x 610 x 610 1625 x 915 x 610 1625 x 1220 x 610

EC48 EC49 EC50 EPP40 EPP44 EPP45 EPP46 EPP47A EPP48 EPP49

ÂŁ156.00 ÂŁ192.00 ÂŁ228.00 ÂŁ100.00 ÂŁ124.00 ÂŁ152.00 ÂŁ176.00 ÂŁ120.00 ÂŁ148.00 ÂŁ180.00

EC48AO EC49AO EC50AO EPP40AO EPP44AO EPP45AO EPP46AO EPP47AAO EPP48AO EPP49AO

ÂŁ150.00 ÂŁ186.00 ÂŁ222.00 ÂŁ94.00 ÂŁ118.00 ÂŁ146.00 ÂŁ170.00 ÂŁ114.00 ÂŁ142.00 ÂŁ174.00

EC2436 EC2448 EC2460 EPP1824 EPP1836 EPP1848 EPP1860 EPP2424 EPP2436 EPP2448

ÂŁ30.00 ÂŁ39.00 ÂŁ48.00 ÂŁ16.00 ÂŁ22.00 ÂŁ29.00 ÂŁ35.00 ÂŁ21.00 ÂŁ28.00 ÂŁ36.00

1625 x 1520 x 610

EPP50

ÂŁ212.00

EPP50AO

ÂŁ206.00

EPP2460

ÂŁ44.00

Size H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

4 Tier Extension Bay Price (Each) EC40AO ÂŁ94.00 EC44AO ÂŁ118.00 EC45AO ÂŁ146.00 EC46AO ÂŁ178.00

SHELVING

Â&#x2021;

Â&#x201A; ity at 25mm pitches.

Order Ref

Additional Shelf Price (Each) EC1824 ÂŁ16.00 EC1836 ÂŁ22.00 EC1848 ÂŁ29.00 EC1860 ÂŁ37.00

Order Ref

Other heights and shelf sizes are available (please enquire).

Eclipse Chrome Wire Shelving - Castors Castor Size/Type

Order Ref

Style

Solid Panel

Vented Panel

4 Tier Bay

Additional Shelf

Size H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1625 x 460 x 610

8168S

ÂŁ208.00

PP1824S

ÂŁ43.00

1620 x 460 x 915

8170S

ÂŁ260.00

PP1836S

ÂŁ56.00

1620 x 460 x 1220

8172S

ÂŁ324.00

PP1848S

ÂŁ72.00

1620 x 460 x 1520

8174S

ÂŁ396.00

PP1860S

ÂŁ90.00

1620 x 610 x 610

8164S

ÂŁ232.00

PP2424S

ÂŁ49.00

1620 x 610 x 915

8186S

ÂŁ288.00

PP2436S

ÂŁ63.00

1620 x 610 x 1220

8188S

ÂŁ364.00

PP2448S

ÂŁ82.00

1620 x 610 x 1520

8190S

ÂŁ428.00

PP2460S

ÂŁ98.00

1625 x 460 x 610

8168V

ÂŁ200.00

PP1824V

ÂŁ41.00

1620 x 460 x 915

8170V

ÂŁ244.00

PP1836V

ÂŁ52.00

1620 x 460 x 1220

8172V

ÂŁ308.00

PP1848V

ÂŁ68.00

1620 x 460 x 1520

8174V

ÂŁ376.00

PP1860V

ÂŁ85.00

1620 x 610 x 610

8164V

ÂŁ220.00

PP2424V

ÂŁ46.00

1620 x 610 x 915

8186V

ÂŁ264.00

PP2436V

ÂŁ57.00

1620 x 610 x 1220

8188V

ÂŁ340.00

PP2448V

ÂŁ76.00

1620 x 610 x 1520

8190V

ÂŁ400.00

PP2460V

ÂŁ91.00

Price (Each)

Ă&#x2DC;75mm Unbraked

R75UB

ÂŁ9.00

Ă&#x2DC;75mm Braked

R75BR

ÂŁ10.00

Ă&#x2DC;100mm Unbraked

R100UB

ÂŁ10.00

Ă&#x2DC;100mm Braked

R100BR

ÂŁ12.00

Ă&#x2DC;120mm Unbraked

R120UB

ÂŁ12.00

Ă&#x2DC;120mm Braked

R120BR

ÂŁ14.00

= - + ( )

0 ,) - 0 3 Vented Panel

2013/14

SHELVING

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Assembles in minutes with no specialist tools required.

STORAGE

Eclipse - Chrome Wire Shelving

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 56

info@storage-design.co.uk

1 ) - *

www.storage-design.co.uk 57

Snap on plastic shelf panels to the frame

2013/14

Longspan Shelving

Longspan shelving is perfectly designed to meet all types of requirements for storing medium weight items of different sizes. It is very quick and easy to assemble.

Additional Shelf Levels (2 x Z74 Beams, 1 x Chipboard Shelves & 4 x Locking Pins) Frame Depth 400mm Deep

Beam Length

Order Ref

Price (Each)

500mm Deep Order Ref

Price (Each)

600mm Deep Order Ref

Price (Each)

800mm Deep Order Ref

Price (Each)

900mm Deep Order Ref

1000mm Deep

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1200mm Deep Order Ref

Price (Each)

950mm 3249540S ÂŁ28.46 3249550S ÂŁ30.96 3249560S ÂŁ30.96 3249580S ÂŁ39.21 3249590S ÂŁ39.21 3249510S ÂŁ39.21 3249512S ÂŁ39.21 1150mm 3241140S ÂŁ32.96 3241150S ÂŁ35.96 3241160S ÂŁ35.96 3241180S ÂŁ45.96 3241190S ÂŁ45.96 3241110S ÂŁ45.96 3241112S ÂŁ45.96 1350mm 3241340S ÂŁ37.98 3241350S ÂŁ41.98 3241360S ÂŁ41.98 3241380S ÂŁ54.48 3241390S ÂŁ54.48 3241310S ÂŁ54.48 3241312S ÂŁ54.48 1850mm 3241840S ÂŁ51.76 3241850S ÂŁ58.26 3241860S ÂŁ58.26 3241880S ÂŁ78.26 3241890S ÂŁ78.26 3241810S ÂŁ78.26 3241812S ÂŁ78.26 2250mm 3242240S ÂŁ58.76 3242250S ÂŁ65.26 3242260S ÂŁ65.26 3242280S ÂŁ85.26 3242290S ÂŁ85.26 3242210S ÂŁ85.26 3242212S ÂŁ85.26

EQUIPMENT

Frames are a fully bolted construction consisting of epoxy powder coated blue uprights with galvanised bracings and beams are epoxy powder coated orange as standard, however, other colours are available.

2400mm 3242440S ÂŁ61.42 3242450S ÂŁ67.92 3242460S ÂŁ67.92 3242480S ÂŁ87.92 3242490S ÂŁ87.92 3242410S ÂŁ87.92 3242412S ÂŁ87.92 2700mm 3242740S ÂŁ70.16 3242750S ÂŁ78.16 3242760S ÂŁ78.16 3242780S ÂŁ103.16 3242790S ÂŁ103.16 3242710S ÂŁ103.16 3242712S ÂŁ103.16

Longspan Shelving - Euro Container Kits

SHELVING

1500mm 3241540S ÂŁ40.62 3241550S ÂŁ44.62 3241560S ÂŁ44.62 3241580S ÂŁ57.12 3241590S ÂŁ57.12 3241510S ÂŁ57.12 3241512S ÂŁ57.12

A wide range of frames, beams and components make this longspan shelving system highly versatile, suitable for storing most types of products from small components to heavy cartons.

All chipboard shelves are 25mm thick, quality P2 grade to increase the weight loading capabilities.

STORAGE

Longspan Shelving

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Longspan Kits Starter Bay (2 x 2000mm high End Frames, 6 x Z74 Beams, 3 x Chipboard Shelves, 12 x Locking Pins & 4 x Floor Fixings) Frame Depth 400mm Beam Length

Order Ref

Price (Ea)

500mm Order Ref

Price (Ea)

600mm Order Ref

Price (Each)

800mm Order Ref

Price (Each)

900mm Order Ref

Price (Each)

1000mm Order Ref

Price (Each)

1200mm Order Ref

Price (Each)

950mm

323001S ÂŁ163.97 323009S ÂŁ173.01 323017S ÂŁ174.59 323025S ÂŁ202.78 323033S ÂŁ204.60 323041S ÂŁ206.44 323049S ÂŁ210.28

1150mm

323002S ÂŁ177.47 323010S ÂŁ188.01 323018S ÂŁ189.59 323026S ÂŁ223.03 323034S ÂŁ224.85 323042S ÂŁ226.69 323050S ÂŁ230.53

1350mm

323003S ÂŁ192.53 323011S ÂŁ206.07 323019S ÂŁ207.65 323027S ÂŁ248.59 323035S ÂŁ250.41 323043S ÂŁ252.25 323051S ÂŁ256.09

1500mm

323004S ÂŁ200.45 323012S ÂŁ213.99 323020S ÂŁ215.57 323028S ÂŁ256.51 323036S ÂŁ258.33 323044S ÂŁ260.17 323052S ÂŁ264.01

1850mm

323005S ÂŁ233.87 323013S ÂŁ254.91 323021S ÂŁ256.49 323029S ÂŁ319.93 323037S ÂŁ321.75 323045S ÂŁ323.59 323053S ÂŁ327.43

2250mm

323006S ÂŁ254.87 323014S ÂŁ275.91 323022S ÂŁ277.49 323030S ÂŁ340.93 323038S ÂŁ342.75 323046S ÂŁ344.59 323054S ÂŁ348.43

2400mm

323007S ÂŁ262.85 323015S ÂŁ283.89 323023S ÂŁ285.47 323031S ÂŁ348.91 323039S ÂŁ350.73 323047S ÂŁ352.57 323055S ÂŁ356.41

2700mm

323008S ÂŁ289.07 323016S ÂŁ314.61 323024S ÂŁ316.19 323032S ÂŁ394.63 323040S ÂŁ396.45 323048S ÂŁ398.29 323056S ÂŁ402.13

Extension Bay (1 x 2000mm high End Frame, 6 x Z74 Beams, 3 x Chipboard Shelves, 12 x Locking Pins & 2 x Floor Fixings) Frame Depth 400mm Beam Length

2013/14

Order Ref

Price (Each)

500mm Order Ref

Price (Each)

600mm Order Ref

Price (Each)

800mm Order Ref

Price (Each)

" "!,

? <

; ; ; ?

goods or bulk items which require segregation or for ease of storage and forward transport. Containers are stackable.

900mm Order Ref

Price (Each)

1000mm Order Ref

Price (Each)

1200mm Order Ref

Price

9 &

(Each)

950mm

323001A ÂŁ124.67 323009A ÂŁ132.94 323017A ÂŁ133.73 323025A ÂŁ160.20 323033A ÂŁ161.11 323041A ÂŁ162.03 323049A ÂŁ163.95

1150mm

323002A ÂŁ138.17 323010A ÂŁ147.94 323018A ÂŁ148.73 323026A ÂŁ180.45 323034A ÂŁ181.36 323042A ÂŁ182.28 323050A ÂŁ184.20

1350mm

323003A ÂŁ153.23 323011A ÂŁ166.00 323019A ÂŁ166.79 323027A ÂŁ206.01 323035A ÂŁ206.92 323043A ÂŁ207.84 323051A ÂŁ209.76

Description

Bay Size H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

2000 x 1850 x 600

323021S/EC4

ÂŁ845.45

1500mm

323004A ÂŁ161.15 323012A ÂŁ173.92 323020A ÂŁ174.71 323028A ÂŁ213.93 323036A ÂŁ214.84 323044A ÂŁ215.76 323052A ÂŁ217.68

Starter Bay c/w 48 no. E4322-11 Euro Containers

1850mm

323005A ÂŁ194.57 323013A ÂŁ214.84 323021A ÂŁ215.63 323029A ÂŁ277.35 323037A ÂŁ278.26 323045A ÂŁ279.18 323053A ÂŁ281.10

Extension Bay c/w 48 no. E4322-11 Euro Containers

2000 x 1850 x 600

323021E/EC4

ÂŁ804.59

2250mm

323006A ÂŁ215.57 323014A ÂŁ235.84 323022A ÂŁ236.63 323030A ÂŁ298.35 323038A ÂŁ299.26 323046A ÂŁ300.18 323054A ÂŁ302.10

Starter Bay c/w 24 no. E6420-11 Euro Containers

2000 x 1850 x 600

323021S/EC6

ÂŁ640.49

2400mm

323007A ÂŁ223.55 323015A ÂŁ243.82 323023A ÂŁ244.61 323031A ÂŁ306.33 323039A ÂŁ307.24 323047A ÂŁ308.16 323055A ÂŁ310.08

Extension Bay c/w 24 no. E6420-11 Euro Containers

2000 x 1850 x 600

323021E/EC6

ÂŁ599.63

2700mm

323008A ÂŁ249.77 323016A ÂŁ274.54 323024A ÂŁ275.33 323032A ÂŁ352.05 323040A ÂŁ352.96 323048A ÂŁ353.88 323056A ÂŁ355.80

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 58

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 59

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

ÂŁ46.56

3242550

ÂŁ47.59

3242560

ÂŁ48.66

3242580

ÂŁ50.92

3242590

ÂŁ52.10

3242510

ÂŁ53.29

3242512

ÂŁ55.75

3000mm 3243040

ÂŁ55.94

3243050

ÂŁ57.07

3243060

ÂŁ58.28

3243080

ÂŁ60.85

3243090

ÂŁ62.21

3243010

ÂŁ63.60

3243012

ÂŁ66.47

Order Ref

2000mm 3242040

Price

600mm Deep

Price

800mm Deep

Price

900mm Deep

1000mm Deep

Price

1200mm Deep Price

(Each)

Order Ref

(Each)

Order Ref

(Each)

Order Ref

(Each)

Order Ref

(Each)

Order Ref

(Each)

Order Ref

(Each)

ÂŁ38.10

3242050

ÂŁ38.87

3242060

ÂŁ39.66

3242080

ÂŁ41.38

3242090

ÂŁ42.29

3242010

ÂŁ43.21

3242012

ÂŁ45.13

SHELVING

3500mm 3243540

ÂŁ62.54

3243550

ÂŁ63.69

3243560

ÂŁ64.89

3243580

ÂŁ67.46

3243590

ÂŁ68.81

3243510

ÂŁ70.22

3243512

ÂŁ73.09

4000mm 3244040

ÂŁ71.95

3244050

ÂŁ73.20

3244060

ÂŁ74.53

3244080

ÂŁ77.42

3244090

ÂŁ78.97

3244010

ÂŁ80.55

3244012

ÂŁ83.85

Beam Length

Order Ref

500mm Deep

Price

600mm Deep

Price

800mm Deep

Price

With a mobile shelving system you can almost double your existing storage capacity or regain almost 50% of the space already used by conventional static shelving. In some cases this can remove the need to relocate an entire organisation. The most common system uses a hand wheel to move the mobile shelving along the tracks to

Chipboard Shelves (25mm Thick) 400mm Deep

` ; ;

space saving concept that allows for cost savings across retail, industry and commerce.

900mm Deep

1000mm Deep

Price

1200mm Deep Price

EQUIPMENT

(Each)

Order Ref

(Each)

Order Ref

(Each)

Order Ref

(Each)

Order Ref

(Each)

Order Ref

(Each)

Order Ref

950mm 3249540

ÂŁ8.38

3249550

ÂŁ10.88

3249560

ÂŁ10.88

3249580

ÂŁ19.13

3249590

ÂŁ19.13

3249510

ÂŁ19.13

3249512

ÂŁ19.13

1150mm 3241140

ÂŁ9.38

3241150

ÂŁ12.38

3241160

ÂŁ12.38

3241180

ÂŁ22.38

3241190

ÂŁ22.38

3241110

ÂŁ22.38

3241112

ÂŁ22.38

(Each)

1350mm 3241340

ÂŁ10.88

3241350

ÂŁ14.88

3241360

ÂŁ14.88

3241380

ÂŁ27.38

3241390

ÂŁ27.38

3241310

ÂŁ27.38

3241312

ÂŁ27.38

1500mm 3241540

ÂŁ10.88

3241550

ÂŁ14.88

3241560

ÂŁ14.88

3241580

ÂŁ27.38

3241590

ÂŁ27.38

3241510

ÂŁ27.38

3241512

ÂŁ27.38

1850mm 3241840

ÂŁ15.88

3241850

ÂŁ22.38

3241860

ÂŁ22.38

3241880

ÂŁ42.38

3241890

ÂŁ42.38

3241810

ÂŁ42.38

3241812

ÂŁ42.38

2250mm 3242240

ÂŁ15.88

3242250

ÂŁ22.38

3242260

ÂŁ22.38

3242280

ÂŁ42.38

3242290

ÂŁ42.38

3242210

ÂŁ42.38

3242212

ÂŁ42.38

2400mm 3242440

ÂŁ15.88

3242450

ÂŁ22.38

3242460

ÂŁ22.38

3242480

ÂŁ42.38

3242490

ÂŁ42.38

3242410

ÂŁ42.38

3242412

ÂŁ42.38

2700mm 3242740

ÂŁ19.38

3242750

ÂŁ27.38

3242760

ÂŁ27.38

3242780

ÂŁ52.38

3242790

ÂŁ52.38

3242710

ÂŁ52.38

3242712

ÂŁ52.38

The smooth and controlled operation of the mobile units ensure operator safety. The system can be installed almost anywhere ; ??

Frame Height

500mm Deep

STORAGE

400mm Deep

EQUIPMENT

2500mm 3242540

Mobile Shelving Bases

Frames

SHELVING

STORAGE

Longspan Shelving - Components

Without doubt a mobile shelving system is the most cost effective way of increasing your storage capacity.

Sundries

Z 74 Beams Length

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Product Details

Order Ref

Price (Each)

950mm

3240900

ÂŁ9.54

Beam Locking Pins

3240010

ÂŁ0.25

1150mm

3241100

ÂŁ11.29

Levelling Plates

3240011

ÂŁ0.43

1350mm

3241300

ÂŁ13.05

12 x 80mm Floor Fixings

3240020

ÂŁ0.60

Splice Plates

3240021

ÂŁ3.07

1500mm

3241500

ÂŁ14.37

1850mm

3241800

ÂŁ17.44

2250mm

3242200

ÂŁ20.94

2400mm

3242400

ÂŁ22.27

2700mm

3242700

ÂŁ24.89

Longspan Shelving - Loading Data Frame Loading Capacities

2013/14

Distance Between Beam Levels

Max. Load (Kg)

Up to 500mm

Load capacities per pair of beams (Kg UDL) Length

Z74 Beam

950mm

1525

7500

1150mm

1275

500 - 1000mm

6000

1350mm

1050

1000 - 1500mm

4000

1500mm

975

1500 - 2000mm

2250

1850mm

790

2250mm

660

2400mm

505

2700mm

430

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 60

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 61

2013/14

OFFICE EQUIPMENT

Sheet Rack

` ; $ J ;

Sheet racks simplify the storage and access problems of all sheet material, panels and boards. Minimum base frame ; ! # ;;

%$ '! Supplied in knock down form. Racks are powder coated in blue and have three storage divisions spaced nominally 155mm apart.

Product

Lead Time

Page

(Working Days)

/ SHELVING

. . . . . . . . .

(5-7)

Topshelf - Magazine File and Book Rack Kits . . . . . .

(5-7)

65-66

Magazine Files, Archive Boxes and Filebox . . . . . . .

(5-7)

66-67

Literature Stands

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(5-7)

Mailroom Storage

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (15-20)

Topshelf - Wall Mounted Shelving

OFFICE

STORAGE

Racking

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

EQUIPMENT

Tambour Cupboards, Filing Cabinets and Stationary Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . (15-20) . . . (15-20)

71-73

Canteen and Meeting Room Stacking Tables . . . . . . (15-20)

74-75

Stacking Chairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (15-20)

76-77

Wooden Bookcases, Cupboards and Filing Cabinets Product Description Sheet Rack

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

900 x 600 x 600

SR/0.6

ÂŁ261.56

70-71

Bar Rack Heavy-duty horizontal bar racks are freestanding units for the storage of bars, pipes and tubes etc. End stops retain

! ~ $ %$ '!

require no bracing, therefore can be positioned as required. Racks can be positioned back to back to provide double-sided units. Maximum capacity per rack - 4000Kg 0 + -

%+#5 ,,

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED PRIMROSE HILL

%+#5 ,,

COWBRIDGE Description

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price

Bar Rack Single Unit

1840 x 840 x 890

BARU/SS

ÂŁ465.00 (Each)

2 x Single Unit

BARU/SS/2

ÂŁ930.00 (Per Pair)

Bar Rack Double Unit (as shown above)

SOUTH WALES CF71 7DU TEL: 01446 772614 FAX: 01446774770 INFO@STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK WWW.STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 62

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 63

2013/14

Topshelf - Magazine Files & Book Rack Kits

Topshelf is an attractive and durable wall mounted steel shelving system that is fully adjustable in height to suit almost every need. Supplied epoxy powder coated in white, Topshelf gives a fresh look to any environment.

Topshelf complete with Adjustable Book Racks gives a clean and clear look to your environment. They are an effective and stylish way to store all of your literature or documents. Full details of the Adjustable Book Rack can be seen on page 67

EQUIPMENT

;

$ ! <

shelf is 1 metre wide and is supplied in a range of depths for many applications.

Topshelf with Executive Adjustable Book Rack

Features: â&#x20AC;˘ Available in a choice of blue or black. â&#x20AC;˘ ;

$ !

â&#x20AC;˘ Extension kits add on to starter kits using the existing upright and bracket.

Topshelf with Executive Magazine Files

â&#x20AC;˘ Shelf capacity - 50kg (UDL). < ; ? $

! ; ? $

effective at holding paper, books, magazines and even small folders. There is ample storage space with four shelves $ ; ? $ ! ; ;

; ;! Â&#x192;

details of the Executive Magazine Files can be seen on page 67.

â&#x20AC;˘ Upright slot pitch - 30mm

OFFICE

Topshelf - Wall Mounted Shelving

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Features: â&#x20AC;˘ Available in a choice of blue or black. â&#x20AC;˘ ;

$ !

7 &

020786S Book End

Topshelf - Complete Kits Topshelf - Standard Components Description

Quantity per Pack

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Slotted Upright, White, 1048mm Long Slotted Upright, White, 1524mm Long Shelving Bracket, White, 220mm Shelving Bracket, White, 270mm Shelving Bracket, White, 320mm Shelving Bracket, White, 370mm Wall Mounted Shelf, White, 1m x 220mm Wall Mounted Shelf, White, 1m x 270mm

2 2 8 8 8 8 4 4

020703/2 020705/2 020713/8 020723/8 020715/8 020727/8 020733/4 020743/4

ÂŁ13.37 ÂŁ18.27 ÂŁ19.92 ÂŁ23.24 ÂŁ26.08 ÂŁ32.48 ÂŁ81.32 ÂŁ92.01

Topshelf Wall Mounted Shelf, White, 1m x 320mm

020735/4

ÂŁ103.88

Topshelf Wall Mounted Shelf, White, 1m x 370mm

020737/4

ÂŁ112.19

Topshelf Bookend / Shelf End Support, White, 150mm Sq

020747/2

ÂŁ10.58

Topshelf Topshelf Topshelf Topshelf Topshelf Topshelf Topshelf Topshelf

" 9 ,

Topshelf - Kits c/w 4 Shelves

020753S

020751S

Shelf Depths 220mm Order Ref

Description

Price (Each)

270mm Order Ref

Price (Each)

320mm Order Ref

Price (Each)

370mm Order Ref

Price (Each)

Description

Overall Bay Size

No. Of

H x W x D (mm)

Shelves

Order Ref: Blue

Order Ref: Black

Price (Each)

Topshelf Starter Unit H 1048 x W 1000mm

020781S ÂŁ107.52 020775S ÂŁ119.09 020787S ÂŁ133.34 020790S ÂŁ144.02

Topshelf Starter Unit c/w 8 Bookends + 36 Magazine Files

1524 x 1000 x 270

020750S

020751S

Topshelf Extension Unit H 1048 x W 1000mm

020781E ÂŁ94.42 020775E ÂŁ105.55 020787E ÂŁ118.61 020790E ÂŁ128.11

Topshelf Extension Unit c/w 4 Bookends + 36 Magazine Files

1524 x 1000 x 270

020750E

020751E

ÂŁ245.81

Topshelf Starter Unit H 1524 x W 1000mm

020782S ÂŁ112.19 020785S ÂŁ123.77 020788S ÂŁ138.01 020791S ÂŁ148.70

Topshelf Starter Unit c/w 36 Magazine Files

1524 x 1000 x 270

020752S

020753S

ÂŁ250.11

Topshelf Extension Unit H 1524 x W 1000mm

020782E ÂŁ96.76 020785E ÂŁ107.89 020788E ÂŁ120.95 020791E ÂŁ130.44

Topshelf Extension Unit c/w 36 Magazine Files

1524 x 1000 x 270

020752E

020753E

ÂŁ234.23

Topshelf Starter Unit H 1524 x W 1000mm c/w 8 Bookends

020783S ÂŁ146.03 020786S ÂŁ147.84 020789S ÂŁ161.16 020792S ÂŁ171.85

Topshelf Starter Unit c/w 12 Adjustable Book Racks

1524 x 1000 x 270

020754S

020755S

ÂŁ284.88

Topshelf Extension c/w 12 Adjustable Book Racks

1524 x 1000 x 270

020754E

020755E

ÂŁ269.00

Topshelf Extension Unit H 1524 x W 1000mm c/w 4 Bookends 020783E ÂŁ119.02 020786E ÂŁ119.46 020789E ÂŁ132.52 020792E ÂŁ142.02

ÂŁ273.26

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 64

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 65

2013/14

Office Products

; ? $

and effective at holding paper, books, magazines and even small folders.

Magazine Files

EQUIPMENT

A simple but stylish design, an easy way to store papers, magazines, books, and even small folders. This is perfect for keeping all your literature organized on your desktop or shelving system.

; $

; ? $ ! ;

;

; ;! Features: â&#x20AC;˘ Magazine Files are available in either red, blue, yellow or natural (see below for product details). â&#x20AC;˘ Overall bay size (H x W x D) - 1524 x 1000 x 270mm. â&#x20AC;˘ Each shelf will accommodate 9 no. coloured or 12

! ; ? $ ! â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2019; $ !

Features â&#x20AC;˘ Available in a choice of Blue and Black. â&#x20AC;˘ Can be kitted with Topshelf shelving systems (See pages 65 for Kits) â&#x20AC;˘ Lightweight, but strong polystyrene plastic in

$ ! A % 5 " / A % > "

Image for illustration purposes only No. Of

Description

Shelves

Topshelf Starter Bay c/w 40 no. Magazine Files

Red

Blue

Yellow

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Adjustable Book Rack

Natural Order Ref

Price (Each)

020785S/MFR 020785S/MFB 020785S/MFY ÂŁ178.00 020785S/MFN ÂŁ173.00

Topshelf Starter Bay c/w 40 no. Magazine Files + 8 Bookends

020786S/MFR 020786S/MFB 020786S/MFY ÂŁ201.00 020786S/MFN ÂŁ196.00

Topshelf Extension Bay c/w 40 no. Magazine Files

020785E/MFR 020785E/MFB 020785E/MFY ÂŁ162.00 020785E/MFN ÂŁ157.00

Topshelf Extension Bay c/w 40 no. Magazine Files + 4 Bookends

020786E/MFR 020786E/MFB 020786E/MFY ÂŁ173.00 020786E/MFN ÂŁ169.00

The adjustable book rack is a stylish yet effective way to store all of your folders, books, magazines and papers. With a modular design each unit can be broken down into six individual sections, for full customisation.

Cardboard Magazine Files

Features

Natural: â&#x20AC;˘ Suitable for A4 items e.g. brochures, leaf folders, books etc. â&#x20AC;˘ Finger holes and labelling areas on front and back.

â&#x20AC;˘ Available in a choice of Blue and Black. â&#x20AC;˘ Can be kitted with Topshelf shelving system (See pages 65 for Kits) â&#x20AC;˘ Lightweight, but strong polystyrene plastic in

$ ! â&#x20AC;˘ Each unit comes complete with six dividers.

Coloured: â&#x20AC;˘ <

`Z ? $ ! â&#x20AC;˘ Finger holes and labelling areas on back and labelling area on front â&#x20AC;˘ Available in three colour choices of red, blue or yellow. â&#x20AC;˘ All supplied as packs of 100.

Storemaster File Box

Internal Dimensions L x W x H (mm)

Description

OFFICE

Topshelf - Cardboard Magazine File Kits

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

External Dimensions L x W x H (mm)

Order Ref

Price (per pack)

Natural Magazine Files

260 x 75 x 315

265 x 78 x 318

012475N/100

ÂŁ94.00

Red Magazine Files

257 x 97x 317

262 x 100 x 320

012475R/100

ÂŁ101.00

Blue Magazine Files

257 x 97x 317

262 x 100 x 320

012475B/100

ÂŁ101.00

Yellow Magazine Files

257 x 97x 317

262 x 100 x 320

012475Y/100

ÂŁ101.00

9 A % 5 !" 9 A % > !"

Our Storemaster File Box is a strong and durable hinged lidded container designed for the storage and transport of A4 and Foolscap suspension $ ! The lid locks securely with a hinged clip and has a handle for ease and comfort when carrying. (Files not included)

Archive Boxes Natural: â&#x20AC;˘ Reinforced handles for sturdy and comfortable handling. â&#x20AC;˘ ` ; \

$ ! â&#x20AC;˘ Supplied in packs of 20.

Description Archive Box c/w Lid

2013/14

Internal Dimensions External Dimensions H x W x D (mm) H x W x D (mm) 266 x 330 x 413

280 x 343 x 438

Order Ref

Price (per pack)

012476/20

ÂŁ65.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 66

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref: Black

Order Ref: Blue

Pack Qty

Magazine File

300 x 100 x 266

036YT/BLK/24

036YT/BLU/24

ÂŁ84.23

Adjustable Book Rack

240 x 300 x 230

073YT/BLK/12

073YT/BLU/12

ÂŁ161.12

File Box

280 x 470 x 240

012474/10

ÂŁ75.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 67

Price (Per Pack)

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Steel Vertical Literature Stands

EQUIPMENT

Literature Stands : â&#x20AC;˘ Cold rolled all steel construction. â&#x20AC;˘ Contoured pocket design to eliminate paper curl. â&#x20AC;˘ Each pocket can hold up to 150 sheets of A4 paper. â&#x20AC;˘ Ideal for waiting/reception areas, offices and warehouses. â&#x20AC;˘ Keyhole slots on the back enable wall mounting

"= 8 (fixings not supplied). â&#x20AC;˘ Supplied fully assembled. â&#x20AC;˘ Choice of three colours.

Modern Mailroom Compartments

EQUIPMENT

!=$

OFFICE

Literature Stands

Literature Rack Base (to be ordered seperately): â&#x20AC;˘ Cold rolled all steel construction. â&#x20AC;˘ Fits all sizes of the Steel Vertical Literature Stands to create a freestanding unit. â&#x20AC;˘ Supplied fully assembled. â&#x20AC;˘ Choice of three colours.

8= 8=+

Description

8=$ =+

H x W x D (mm) No. of Pockets Black Order Ref Grey Order Ref

8=9 =+

Tan Order Ref

Price (Each)

5 Pocket Literature Rack

515 x 248 x 105

403-08

403-95

403-75

ÂŁ74.31

11 Pocket Literature Rack

915 x 248 x 105

402-08

402-95

402-75

ÂŁ106.15

20 Pocket Literature Rack

1474 x 248 x 105

400-08

400-95

400-75

ÂŁ123.08

23 Pocket Literature Rack

1664 x 248 x 105

401-08

401-95

401-75

ÂŁ132.69

Literature Rack Base

150 x 257 x 356

n/a

408-08-A

408-95-A

408-75-A

ÂŁ35.38

Contemporary Literature Stands

Whether your business is moving or your mailroom just needs a fresh start, our mailroom compartments could be what youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re looking for. Mailsort Units are available in a choice of 18, 20 or 24 compartments, and comes complete with plain labels and label clips. Shelves are easily adjustable, and extra shelves are available. Available in blue, red or silver/grey (please specify at time of order).

Steel and Plastic Floor Stands: â&#x20AC;˘ Sleek curves and open design create a modern literature stand ideal for reception areas, waiting rooms and trade shows. â&#x20AC;˘ Six A4 frosted plastic pockets ideal for magazines or catalogues. â&#x20AC;˘ Sturdy steel base with support aid for balance. â&#x20AC;˘ Available in brushed steel or matt black.

',5"

Plastic Counter Top: â&#x20AC;˘ Sleek, high end alternative to literature holders. â&#x20AC;˘ Available in leaflet or magazine size. â&#x20AC;˘ Crystal clear pockets with built-in business card holder moulded into unit that keeps cards accessible. â&#x20AC;˘ Available in black or silver.

2013/14

Description

H x W x D (mm)

No. of Pockets

Order Ref

Price (Each)

6 Pocket Floor Stand - Silver

385 x 385 x 1250

693145

ÂŁ206.00

6 Pocket Floor Stand - Black

385 x 385 x 1250

693104

ÂŁ206.00

; Â&#x2018; % ? ' Â

156 x 171 x 349

693604

ÂŁ35.00

',5" ',5!8

Description

Order Ref

Internal Comp H x W x D (mm)

Overall Dimensions H x W x D mm

Price (Each)

; Â&#x2018; % ? '

156 x 171 x 349

693645

ÂŁ35.00

18 Compartments c/w Plain Labels and Label Clips

MSU18

171 x 343 x 380

1067 x 1067 x 381

ÂŁ196.88

Contemporary Counter Top Literature Holder (Magazine Size) Black

156 x 284 x 349

693704

ÂŁ56.00

20 Compartments c/w Plain Labels and Label Clips

MSU20

197 x 292 x 380

1067 x 1219 x 381

ÂŁ215.00

Contemporary Counter Top Literature Holder (Magazine Size) Silver

156 x 284 x 349

693745

ÂŁ56.00

4 Compartments c/w Plain Labels and Label Clips

MSU24

171 x 254 x 380

1067 x 1067 x 381

ÂŁ223.12

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 68

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 69

2013/14

OFFICE

Tambour Cupboards and Filing Cabinets

Stationary Cupboards

` J $

J ;

$ ; !

$ ;

giving excellent practicality in areas with restricted access space as well as modern aesthetics.

These stationary cupboards are designed for maximum storage capacity but are economical on space. In recognition ; $ ; ! Â $

Â&#x192; [ â&#x20AC;˘ ; ; $ J ;

^^Â&#x2030;;; ! â&#x20AC;˘ Z\Â? j= }^Â? % $ '! â&#x20AC;˘ Unobtrusive integrated handle. â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2018; $ !

Available in three heights, these cupboards have a three-point locking system for added security.

Note: All cupboards are supplied without shelves (please order seperately).

OFFICE

EQUIPMENT

` $ ;

$ * J ; !

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

%5#

#<,((

, 98C CST65W < 4 0 - 62 ? ? 0

% 3

Description H x W x D (mm) , C

Small Medium Large

%%, !

, *

Tambour Cupboards

Description

? ? 0

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Small

1016 x 1000 x 470

CST40W

ÂŁ418.00

Lateral Filing Rail

BUR

ÂŁ32.00

Medium

1651 x 1000 x 470

CST65W

ÂŁ494.00

Roll-out Suspension Filing Frame

ROSFF

ÂŁ112.00

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Large

1968 x 1000 x 470

CST78W

ÂŁ523.00

Standard Shelf

BBSP1

ÂŁ30.00

Filing Cabinets $

environment. ! â&#x20AC;˘ 100% Extension Drawers. â&#x20AC;˘ Fully welded carcass for greater strength. < 4 0 - 62 % 3

GX Filing Cabinets â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

High quality 25mm easy clean melamine tops with 3mm protective PVC edge banding â&#x20AC;˘ All drawers are fully locking and have an anti-tilt device which only allows one drawer to open at a time. " Â&#x192; `Z $ " Â&#x2021; Â $ â&#x20AC;˘ 5 year manufacturers guarantee â&#x20AC;˘ Delivered fully assembled

HxWxD Order Ref (mm) 2 Drawer Cabinet (integrated handle) 711 x 470 x 622 CC2H1A 3 Drawer Cabinet (integrated handle) 1016 x 470 x 622 CC3H1A 4 Drawer Cabinet (integrated handle) 1321 x 470 x 622 CC4H1A } = % ' 711 x 470 x 622 AOC2 ^ = % ' 1016 x 470 x 622 AOC3 Z = % ' 1321 x 470 x 622 AOC4 Description

2013/14

< 4 0 - 62

Internal Fitments

Description

? ? 0

1000 x 914 x 400 1806 x 914 x 400 1950 x 914 x 400

No. Price Order Ref Shelves (Each) 1 E402A01 ÂŁ231.00 3 E722A03 ÂŁ285.00 4 E782A04 ÂŁ326.00

Price (Each) ÂŁ164.00 ÂŁ191.00 ÂŁ204.00 ÂŁ164.00 ÂŁ191.00 ÂŁ204.00

Description +< "

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 70

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

2 Drawer Filing Cabinet (Beech)

725 x 478 x 605

GX2DFIL600

ÂŁ273.00

3 Drawer Filing Cabinet (Beech)

1000 x 478 x 605

GX3DFIL600

ÂŁ317.33

4 Drawer Filing Cabinet (Beech)

1300 x 478 x 605

GX4DFIL600

ÂŁ357.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 71

2013/14

Range Store

GS Economy Range Book Case

; $

! ` ; = < Â Â&#x192;

and Tambour Cupboards.

GS Economy Bookcases

Beech Selector Desk End Book Case & Cupboards

EQUIPMENT

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

18mm easy clean melamine tops and bases with 2mm protective PVC edge banding 18mm carcass & 4mm MDF back panel Â&#x2021; Â $ 5 year manufacturers guarantee Delivered fully assembled

Description

â&#x20AC;˘ High quality â&#x20AC;˘ 25mm easy clean melamine tops with 3mm protective PVC edge banding â&#x20AC;˘ 18mm carcass, back panel and doors for stability â&#x20AC;˘ Adjustable shelf into pre drilled sides â&#x20AC;˘ Adjustable glide feetCupboards are lockable for secure storage â&#x20AC;˘ 5 year manufacturers guarantee â&#x20AC;˘ Delivered fully assembled

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Bookcase c/w 1 Fixed Shelf

730 x 760 x 310

GS17300

ÂŁ94.50

Bookcase c/w 1 Fixed and 1 Adjustable Shelf

1240 x 760 x 310

GS21240

ÂŁ116.67

Bookcase c/w 1 Fixed and 2 Adjustable Shelves

1620 x 760 x 310

GS31620

ÂŁ137.67

Bookcase c/w 1 Fixed and 3 Adjustable Shelves

2000 x 760 x 310

GS42000

Price (Each)

Description

ÂŁ145.13

Extra Shelf (shipped with bookcase)

760 x 310

GS PLUS

ÂŁ21.00

Extra Shelf (shipped separate)

760 x 310

GS PLUS

ÂŁ38.45

GX Range Storage

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Desk High Bookcase

725 x 800 x 400

7B8

ÂŁ205.33

Desk High Cupboard

725 x 800 x 605

7D8

ÂŁ228.67

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

725 x 800 x605

2SF8

ÂŁ396.67

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

725 x 975 x 725

7ST8

ÂŁ368.67

Beech Selector Desk End Side Filer

` J ; $

! Â&#x2022;] ;

;

GX Bookcases â&#x20AC;˘ High quality â&#x20AC;˘ 25mm easy clean melamine tops and bases with 3mm protective PVC edge banding â&#x20AC;˘ 18mm carcass and back panel for stability â&#x20AC;˘ Adjustable height shelves â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2021; Â $ â&#x20AC;˘ 5 year manufacturers guarantee â&#x20AC;˘ Delivered fully assembled Description

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Bookcase c/w1 Shelf

1000 x 800 x 400

GX2BC

ÂŁ148.17

Bookcase c/w 2 Shelves

1200 x 800 x 400

GX3BC

ÂŁ183.75

Bookcase c/w 3 Shelves

1800 x 800 x 400

GX4BC

ÂŁ221.67

Bookcase c/w 4 Shelves

2000 x 800 x 400

GX5BC

ÂŁ257.25

â&#x20AC;˘ High quality â&#x20AC;˘ 25mm easy clean melamine tops with 3mm protective PVC edge banding â&#x20AC;˘ 18mm carcass, back panel and doors for stability â&#x20AC;˘ Full wraparound drawer with central divider â&#x20AC;˘ Anti-Tilt drawers â&#x20AC;˘ Lockable for secure storage â&#x20AC;˘ Adjustable glide feet â&#x20AC;˘ 5 year manufacturers guarantee â&#x20AC;˘ Delivered fully assembled

Description Side Filer

Beech Selector Tambour Units â&#x20AC;˘ Full range of front or side opening Tambour units â&#x20AC;˘ 25mm easy clean melamine tops with 3mm protective PVC edge banding â&#x20AC;˘ 18mm carcass, back panel and doors for stability â&#x20AC;˘ Adjustable shelf into pre drilled sides â&#x20AC;˘ Lockable twin silver slatted sliding doors â&#x20AC;˘ Adjustable glide feet â&#x20AC;˘ 5 year manufacturers guarantee â&#x20AC;˘ Delivered fully assembled

GX Cupboards â&#x20AC;˘ High quality â&#x20AC;˘ 25mm easy clean melamine tops and bases with 3mm protective PVC edge banding â&#x20AC;˘ 18mm carcass, back panel and doors for stability â&#x20AC;˘ Lockable for secure storage â&#x20AC;˘ Adjustable height internal shelves â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2021; Â $

â&#x20AC;˘ 5 year manufacturers guarantee â&#x20AC;˘ Delivered fully assembled Description

2013/14

OFFICE

Office Furniture

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Cupboard c/w 1 Shelf

725 x 975 x 560

GX528DCB

ÂŁ211.17

Cupboard c/w 1 Shelf

725 x 975 x 605

GX600DCB

ÂŁ222.83

Cupboard c/w 1 Shelf

725 x 800 x 800

GX800DCB

ÂŁ235.67

Cupboard c/w 2 Shelves

1200 x 975 x 560

GX12HBC

ÂŁ272.30

Description

Cupboard c/w 3 Shelves

1600 x 975 x 560

GX16HBC

ÂŁ351.17

Side Opening Tambour

Cupboard c/w 4 Shelves

1800 x 975 x 560

GX18HBC

ÂŁ395.50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 72

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 73

2013/14

1600mm Wide x 800mm Deep x 730mm High

EQUIPMENT

Top Colour

Frame Colour

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Beech

Tungsten

GST168 BT

ÂŁ126.00

Beech

Black

GST168 BB

ÂŁ126.00

â&#x20AC;˘ 18mm tops with 2mm protective edge banding

Maple

Tungsten

GST168 MT

ÂŁ126.00

â&#x20AC;˘ 800mm Square, or 4 sizes of Rectangles, with a Semi Circular & Trapezoidal shapes

Maple

Black

GST168 MB

ÂŁ126.00

Oak

Tungsten

GST168 OT

ÂŁ126.00

Oak

Black

GST168 OB

ÂŁ126.00

Â&#x2021;

and conference/meeting environments.

â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2021; Â Â&#x2021; $ â&#x20AC;˘ Choice of epoxy powder coated Tungsten (Silver) or Black frame

1800mm Wide x 800mm Deep x 730mm High

â&#x20AC;˘ 5 year manufacturers guarantee â&#x20AC;˘ Delivered fully assembled

Top Colour

Frame Colour

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Beech

Tungsten

GST188 BT

ÂŁ140.00

Beech

Black

GST188 BB

ÂŁ140.00

Maple

Tungsten

GST188 MT

ÂŁ140.00

Maple

Black

GST188 MB

ÂŁ140.00

Oak

Tungsten

GST188 OT

ÂŁ140.00

Oak

Black

GST188 OB

ÂŁ140.00

OFFICE

Stacking Canteen and Meeting Tables

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Trapezoidal and Semi Circular Tables

% ) D % 3

% ) D

' D % 3

' D

< 3 D % 3

< 3 D

Square/Rectangular Tables

Trapezoidal - 1600mm Wide x 690mm Deep x 730mm High

800mm Wide x 800mm Deep x 730mm High Top Colour

Frame Colour

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Beech Beech

Tungsten

GST88 BT

ÂŁ98.00

Black

GST88 BB

ÂŁ98.00

Maple

Tungsten

GST88 MT

ÂŁ98.00

Maple

Black

GST88 MB

ÂŁ98.00

Oak

Tungsten

GST88 OT

ÂŁ98.00

Oak

Black

GST88 OB

ÂŁ98.00

1200mm Wide x 800mm Deep x 730mm High

Top Colour

Frame Colour

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Beech

Tungsten

GSTTRA BT

ÂŁ170.33

Beech

Black

GSTTRA BB

ÂŁ170.33

Maple

Tungsten

GSTTRA MT

ÂŁ170.33

Maple

Black

GSTTRA MB

ÂŁ170.33

Oak

Tungsten

GSTTRA OT

ÂŁ170.33

Oak

Black

GSTTRA OB

ÂŁ170.33

Semi-Circular - 1600mm Wide x 800mm Deep x 730mm High Top Colour

Frame Colour

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Beech

Tungsten

GSTSEM BT

ÂŁ170.33

Top Colour

Frame Colour

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Beech

Black

GSTSEM BB

ÂŁ170.33

Beech

Tungsten

GST128 BT

ÂŁ115.50

Maple

Tungsten

GSTSEM MT

ÂŁ170.33

Beech

Black

GST128 BB

ÂŁ115.50

Maple

Black

GSTSEM MB

ÂŁ170.33

Maple

Tungsten

GST128 MT

ÂŁ115.50

Oak

Tungsten

GSTSEM OT

ÂŁ170.33

Maple

Black

GST128 MB

ÂŁ115.50

Oak

Black

GSTSEM OB

ÂŁ170.33

Oak

Tungsten

GST128 OT

ÂŁ115.50

Oak

Black

GST128 OB

ÂŁ115.50

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1400mm Wide x 800mm Deep x 730mm High

2013/14

Image shows:

Top Colour

Frame Colour

Beech

Tungsten

GST148 BT

ÂŁ119.00

Beech

Black

GST148 BB

ÂŁ119.00

Maple

Tungsten

GST148 MT

ÂŁ119.00

Maple

Black

GST148 MB

ÂŁ119.00

Oak

Tungsten

GST148 OT

ÂŁ119.00

Oak

Black

GST148 OB

ÂŁ119.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 74

2 no. Trapezoidal 2 no. Rectangular 6 no. Conference Chairs (please refer to page 76-77 for full details)

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 75

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

All chairs are subject to a two year guarantee from manufacturing faults. All fabric chairs are supplied in G5 Ignition Source 1, 2, & 5 BS7176 Medium Hazard and BS5852 Ignition Source 5. All ;

$ !

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

EQUIPMENT

All chairs are supplied fully assembled in packs of 4.

Galaxy Chair General purpose side chair. Large and comfortable seat and back. Excellent support for long use. Black epoxy powder coated square section steel frame. Stacks up to10 high when not in use.

Fabric chairs are available in a choice of three colours as shown. Cobalt Blue

Sterling Chair â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

% 0

)

Ideal low cost meeting room or visitor chair. Low padded back stacking chair. Deep padded seat for comfort. Black epoxy powder coated steel frame. Stacks up to 4 high when not in use.

Seat H x W x D (mm)

Back Height (mm)

Overall Height (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Per pack of 4)

Galaxy Stacking Chair ( G5 Cobalt)

430 x 410 x 410

420

850

PS902/COB

ÂŁ228.67

Galaxy Stacking Chair ( G5 Burgundy)

430 x 410 x 410

420

850

PS902/BUR

ÂŁ228.67

Galaxy Stacking Chair ( G5 Charcoal)

430 x 410 x 410

420

850

PS902/CHA

ÂŁ228.67

Description

OFFICE

Stacking Canteen and Meeting Chairs

Tommy Polyprop Chair Seat H x W x D (mm)

Overall Height

Order Ref

Price (Per pack of 4)

Sterling Stacking Chair ( G5 Cobalt)

460 x 410 x 410

790

PS4040/COB

ÂŁ168.00

Sterling Stacking Chair ( G5 Burgundy)

460 x 410 x 410

790

PS4040/BUR

ÂŁ168.00

Sterling Stacking Chair ( G5 Charcoal)

460 x 410 x 410

790

PS4040/CHA

ÂŁ168.00

Description

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Polypropylene moulded seat and back. Available in blue and black. Black epoxy powder coated steel frame. Stacks up to 10 high when not in use.

Conference Chair â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Seat H x W x D (mm)

Overall Height (mm)

Tommy Polyprop Seat (Black)

440 x 460 x 390

Tommy Polyprop Seat (Blue)

440 x 460 x 390

Description

Traditional style conference chair. Upholstered seat and back with plastic reverse. Black epoxy powder coated steel frame. Stacks up to 5 high when not in use.

Order Ref

Price (Per pack of 4)

780

PS520/BLA

ÂŁ191.33

780

PS520/BLU

ÂŁ191.33

Polypropylene Chair

Seat H x W x D (mm)

Back Height (mm)

Overall Height (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Per pack of 4)

Conference Chair ( G5 Cobalt)

440 x 460 x 420

340

840

PS4144/COB

ÂŁ177.33

Conference Chair ( G5 Burgundy)

440 x 460 x 420

340

840

PS4144/BUR

ÂŁ177.33

Conference Chair ( G5 Charcoal)

440 x 460 x 420

340

840

PS4144/CHA

ÂŁ177.33

Description

High back general purpose chair. Popular with hotels, restaurants and canteens. Black epoxy powder coated steel frame. Stacks up to 5 high when not in use.

Seat H x W x D (mm)

Overall Height (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Per pack of 4)

Polypropylene Stacking Chair (Black)

430 x 420 x 370

770

PS1111

ÂŁ108.27

Polypropylene Stacking Chair (Blue)

430 x 420 x 370

770

PS1116

ÂŁ108.27

Stacking Chair Trolley â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Ideal for moving most stacking chairs Rubberized wheels. Black epoxy coated steel Supplied fully assembled.

For other chair trolley please refer to page 106

Seat H x W x D (mm)

Overall Height (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Per pack of 4)

Hospitality Banqueting Chair ( G5 Cobalt)

460 x 390 x 390

900

PS916/COB

ÂŁ224.00

Hospitality Banqueting Chair ( G5 Burgundy)

460 x 390 x 390

900

PS916/BUR

ÂŁ224.00

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Platform Length (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Hospitality Banqueting Chair ( G5 Charcoal)

460 x 390 x 390

900

PS916/CHA

ÂŁ224.00

Stacking Chair Trolley

1330 x 450 x 800

470

ÂŁ74.67

Description

2013/14

Economical, practical stacking chair. Ideal for canteens, training or meeting rooms. Available in blue and black. Black epoxy powder coated steel frame. Stacks up to 10 high when not in use.

Description

Banqueting Chair â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 76

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 77

2013/14

Lead Time

Page

Â&#x192;

$ [

(Working Days)

Locker Seats, Stands and Accessories . . . . . . . . (15-20)

Multi Compartment Lockers . . . . . . . . . . . . (15-20)

Cube Lockers and Personal Effects Lockers

. . . . . . (15-20)

EQUIPMENT

Cloakroom Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10-20)

84-85

Canteen Furniture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (15-20)

â&#x20AC;˘ "

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ "

CANTEEN

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (15-20)

Standard Lockers

CLOAKROOM

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10-20)

Will not rust, dent or corrode. 7 Year Guarantee. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Ideal in damp, humid and corrosive environments Hinges tested to 7 times FIRA industry standard Three heights (450, 600, 900mm), all units 320mm wide x 460mm deep. Tough polyethylene material - highly vandal resistant Â&#x152; $ ~ Grey bodies with blue, red, yellow or green doors Very strong hinge that can withstand 3200N (327kg) before breaking Label position and air vents on all door sizes <

; $

EQUIPMENT

/ Plastic Lockers

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

/ CANTEEN

Three lock types available: 1. Camlock with 2 keys

FURNITURE

2. Swivel catch for use with padlock (padlock not supplied) 3. Coin return for wet and dry environment.

Height (mm)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

450

PRIMROSE HILL COWBRIDGE

600

SOUTH WALES CF71 7DU TEL: 01446 772614 FAX: 01446774770

900

Lock Option

Blue Order Ref

Red Order Ref

Yellow Order Ref

Green Order Ref

Price (Each)

Camlock

02-04000

02-04001

02-04002

02-04003

ÂŁ111.00

Swivel Catch

02-04004

02-04005

02-04006

02-04007

ÂŁ111.00

Coin Return

02-04008

02-04009

02-04010

02-04011

ÂŁ147.00

Camlock

02-04012

02-04013

02-04014

02-04015

ÂŁ129.00

Swivel Catch

02-04016

02-04017

02-04018

02-04019

ÂŁ129.00

Coin Return

02-04020

02-04021

02-04022

02-04023

ÂŁ165.00

Camlock

02-04024

02-04025

02-04026

02-04027

ÂŁ151.50

Swivel Catch

02-04028

02-04029

02-04030

02-04031

ÂŁ151.50

Coin Return

02-04032

02-04033

02-04034

02-04035

ÂŁ187.50

Sloping Top (Grey) to suit all units

CLOAKROOM

Product

Our revolutionary tough polyethylene plastic lockers offer an alternative to conventional metal lockers. They are robust, hygienic and secure.

Lockers, canteen furniture and cloakroom equipment to suit all requirements.

Plastic Lockers

LOCKERS

LOCKERS / CLOAKROOM EQUIPMENT / CANTEEN FURNITURE

FURNITURE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

ÂŁ43.50

INFO@STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK WWW.STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK 2013/2014

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 78

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 79

2013/2014

Locker Seats, Stands & Accessories

Â&#x2014; ; ;

;

! Â&#x2021; ?

$ ! The modular design means itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s easily adapted in height, width and depth to suit your individual requirements for easier installation.

CANTEEN

Door Colours:

RAL 1018 Zinc Yellow

EQUIPMENT

CLOAKROOM

Choice of 300, 380 and 450mm widths. Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2,000 differs. Each locker is supplied with two keys. } ^ Z

Q $

; ; ! $

! $

; ; ! Strengthened and ventilated doors with rubber buffers. Powder coated grey (RAL 7035) carcass with Germ Guard Active Technology.

RAL 5012 Light Blue

RAL 3003 Ruby Red

/ FURNITURE 2013/2014

Locker Accessories RAL 7035 Light Grey

Type (A) Vertical Divider

RAL 6024 $ Â&#x2022; Please specify colour when ordering Tiers

Order Ref

Price (Each)

HxWxD 1800 x 300 x 450mm Order Ref

Price (Each) ÂŁ82.11

HxWxD 1800 x 380 x 380mm Order Ref LS1838381

HxWxD 1800 x 450 x 450mm

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

ÂŁ84.82

LS1845451

ÂŁ92.80

LS1830301

ÂŁ70.40

LS1830451

LS1830302

ÂŁ86.67

LS1830452

ÂŁ96.67

LS1838382

ÂŁ93.98

LS1845452

ÂŁ105.42

LS1830303

ÂŁ97.04

LS1830453

ÂŁ107.23

LS1838383

ÂŁ102.40

LS1845453

ÂŁ120.00

LS1830304

ÂŁ100.83

LS1830454

ÂŁ117.12

LS1838384

ÂŁ115.83

LS1845454

ÂŁ134.23

LS1830306

ÂŁ123.56

LS1830456

ÂŁ134.17

LS1838386

ÂŁ135.00

LS1845456

ÂŁ139.73

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 80

Order Ref

Price (Each)

D 300

CVD/30

ÂŁ17.92

D 380

CVD/38

ÂŁ22.40

D 450

CVD/46

ÂŁ25.76

W 300 x D 300

ST/30/30

ÂŁ6.02

W 300 x D 450

ST/30/46

ÂŁ7.70

W 380 x D 380

ST/38/38

ÂŁ7.23

W 450 x D 300

ST/46/30

ÂŁ7.70

W 450 x D 450

ST/46/46

ÂŁ9.63

L2COATHOZZXX

ÂŁ1.96

L2COATRLZZXX

(D) Perforated Shelf

(D) Perforated Base

(E) Number Plates - Self Adhesive Batch of 50

LNP

ÂŁ67.76

W 300 x D 300

L2LS30301LXX

W 300 x D 450

L2LS30451LXX

W 380 x D 380

L2LS38381LXX

ÂŁ9.24

W 450 x D 450

L2LS45451LXX

ÂŁ11.76

(B) Sloping Tops

HxWxD 1800 x 300 x 300mm

Locker Components To Fit (mm)

(F) Locker Shelves

info@storage-design.co.uk

Type

Price

(G) Locker Stand (H) Skirted Electric Heater

Price is subject to size of item

CANTEEN

RAL 5017 $ Â

Locks Lock Type

Code

Price (Each)

(I) Swivel Latch

L2LATCHLOCKX

ÂŁ3.92

ÂŁ3.96

(J) Combination Padlock

L2UPROGCOMLK

ÂŁ12.04

ÂŁ3.64

(K) Combination

L2COMBLOCKXX

ÂŁ31.29

ÂŁ3.64

(L) Mechanical Combination

L2MECHCOMBLK

ÂŁPOA

ÂŁ8.12

(M) Digital Keypad

L2ELECOMBLCK

ÂŁPOA

ÂŁ9.24

(N) Coin Return

L2COINRT1XXX

ÂŁ23.35

www.storage-design.co.uk 81

CLOAKROOM

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ "

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

LOCKERS

Standard Lockers

FURNITURE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

2013/2014

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

CLOAKROOM

â&#x20AC;˘

Price (Each)

UG303030Z

ÂŁ38.33

380 x 380 x 380

UG383838Z

ÂŁ45.00

450 x 450 x 450

UG464646Z

ÂŁ49.17

Internal Shelf for 450 x 450 x 450 Locker H x W x D (mm) 170 x 450 x 450

Price (Each) ÂŁ19.89

Please specify door colour when ordering (choices below):

EQUIPMENT

Staff Locker (Shown with sloping top please refer to page 81)

Clean & Dirty Locker

Duo Locker

Twin Locker

/ FURNITURE

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

All lockers are 1800mm high. Strengthened and ventilated doors with rubber buffers. Each locker is supplied with two keys. Powder coated grey (RAL 7035) carcass with Germ Guard Active Technology paint.

RAL 3003 Ruby Red

RAL 5017 $ Â

RAL 7035 Light Grey

RAL 6024 $ Â&#x2022;

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Top Shelf, Central Divider & 3 Shelves

1800 x 450 x 450

LG184545S

ÂŁ129.07

â&#x20AC;˘

Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2,000 differs. Each locker is supplied with two keys. Through frame shelf for extra security Compartment entry aperture: (H) 150mm x (W)163mm x (D)360mm. Powder coated grey (RAL 7035) carcass with Germ Guard Active Technology paint. Pre-drilled for nesting

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Clean and Dirty Lockers Description

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Top Shelf & Central Divider

1800 x 450 x 450

LG184545G

ÂŁ114.13

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

CANTEEN

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

RAL 5012 Light Blue

An ideal way of providing secure storage for smaller items offering increased security in the workplace.

Staff Lockers

These lockers provide alternatives to usual locker formats. From lockers offering storage for both clean and dirty apparel and full height twin lockers, to staff and duo lockers that provide multiple storage compartments within the locker for each individual.

RAL 1018 Zinc Yellow

Personal Effects Lockers

Duo Lockers

H x W x D (mm)

Tiers

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1285 x 900 x 380

LR129038H

ÂŁ354.13

2 Full Width Tiers & 2 Slim Tiers

1800 x 450 x 300

LG184530D

ÂŁ132.27

940 x 900 x 380

LR909038Y

ÂŁ248.93

1800 x 450 x 450

LG184545D

ÂŁ148.33

1800 x 450 x 380

LR184538Y

ÂŁ248.93

1800 x 900 x 380

LR189038F

ÂŁ480.00

Twin Lockers Description

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

2 Full Height Tiers

1800 x 450 x 300

LG184530T

ÂŁ117.33

1800 x 450 x 450

LG184545T

ÂŁ133.17

Please specify door colour when ordering (choices below):

RAL 1018 Zinc Yellow

2013/2014

Order Ref UGES4646ZLXX

RAL 5012 Light Blue

RAL 3003 Ruby Red

RAL 5017 $ Â

RAL 7035 Light Grey

RAL 6024 $ Â&#x2022;

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 82

CANTEEN

â&#x20AC;˘

Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2,000 differs. Each locker is supplied with two keys. Rubber door buffers. Powder coated grey (RAL 7035) carcass with Germ Guard Active Technology paint. Pre-drilled for nesting

Order Ref

300 x 300 x 300

â&#x20AC;˘

H x W x D (mm)

EQUIPMENT

Cube Lockers are an excellent way of providing space saving ; $

where space is at a premium.

CLOAKROOM

Cube Lockers

info@storage-design.co.uk

RAL 1018 Zinc Yellow

RAL 5012 Light Blue

RAL 3003 Ruby Red

RAL 5017 $ Â

RAL 7035 Light Grey

RAL 6024 $ Â&#x2022;

www.storage-design.co.uk 83

LOCKERS

Multi-Compartment Lockers

FURNITURE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

2013/2014

Coat Rails

Cloakroom Units

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

â&#x20AC;˘ Supplied with unbreakable plastic hooks â&#x20AC;˘ Ash or Sapele timber

â&#x20AC;˘ Strong and Sturdy - Manufactured from Epoxy powder coated 38 x 38mm RHS steel frame "

; â&#x20AC;˘ Top & seat slats are 70 x 32mm sapele timber or ash, with 4 radiused corners and have been sanded, sealed and polished with a tough water based lacquer â&#x20AC;˘ Black, grey and blue frames.

Strong wire mesh baskets black plastic coated To suit cloakroom units & benches 1525mm long L x H x D: 1200 x 320 x 270mm (SB1 & SB10) L x H x D: 1200 x 170 x 270mm (SB5) Bench Seats to be ordered separately 4 8 6

CLOAKROOM

CANTEEN

Shoe Baskets

,%!

Complete with Hangers (1800mm high)

No. of Sections 1 5 10

SHOE BASKETS Order Ref SB1 SB5 SB10

Price (Each) ÂŁ90.20 ÂŁ97.60 ÂŁ106.30

No. of Hooks 6 9 12

COAT RAILS (70 x 20mm) Length Order Ref 915mm CR6 1220mm CR9 1525mm CR12

Price (Each) ÂŁ48.80 ÂŁ51.60 ÂŁ55.80

Â&#x192; $

! Complete with Unbreakable Plastic Hooks (1730mm high)

CANTEEN

Length (mm) 915 1220 1525

No. of Hooks 6 9 12

Single Sided Order Ref SS6 SS9 SS12

Price (Each) ÂŁ220.20 ÂŁ246.80 ÂŁ273.50

FURNITURE

No. of Hooks 12 18 24

Double Sided Order Ref DS12 DS18 DS24

Price (Each) ÂŁ286.70 ÂŁ331.00 ÂŁ366.60

No. of Hooks 12 16 20

Double Sided Order Ref DS12H DS16H DS20H

Price (Each) ÂŁ382.80 ÂŁ439.00 ÂŁ504.10

Hooks Complete with Black Plastic Hangers (1800mm high)

Our unbreakable plastics hooks have been designed with safety in mind and are manufactured from an engineering grade nylon making them completely maintenance free in a range of 8 colours. â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Unbreakable Perfect for all schools Ideal for locker rooms Soft curves and radiused edges

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

% 0

% ) #

Length (mm) 915 1220 1525

Maintenance free ; $

Vandal proof 8 colours

No. of Hangers 6 9 12

Single Sided Order Ref SS6H SS8H SS10H

Price (Each) ÂŁ263.00 ÂŁ289.70 ÂŁ329.60

% ) %

Bench Seats Fixings not included Description Plastic Hook (Burgundy) Plastic Hook (Bright Red) Plastic Hook (Blue) Plastic Hook (Bright Blue) Plastic Hook (Green) Plastic Hook (Yellow) Plastic Hook (Black) Plastic Hook (Grey)

Order Ref HKS/BUR HKS/BRED HKS/BLUE HKS/BBLU HKS/GRN HKS/YEL HKS/BLK HKS/GREY

Price (Each) ÂŁ1.25 ÂŁ1.25 ÂŁ1.25 ÂŁ1.25 ÂŁ1.25 ÂŁ1.25 ÂŁ1.25 ÂŁ1.25

A 7

CLOAKROOM

EQUIPMENT

1,"

Complete with Hooks (1730mm high)

1," @

EQUIPMENT

/ 2013/2014

Cloakroom Equipment

LOCKERS

Cloakroom Equipment

FURNITURE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

â&#x20AC;˘ Strong and Sturdy â&#x20AC;˘ Frame & Seat slats as Cloakroom Units above â&#x20AC;˘ Black, grey and blue frames. Â&#x192; $

100 55

% 3

? 0

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 84

Length 915mm 1220mm 1525mm

BENCH SEATS (H 400 x D 300mm) Order Ref Price (Each) B36 ÂŁ116.80 B48 ÂŁ124.20 B60 ÂŁ133.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 85

2013/2014

Width 1690mm

` ?

Product

2 Seater 530mm 4 Seater 1070mm 6 Seater 1580mm

2 Seater Canteen Unit

Blue Seated, Wall Unit 1690 x 600 mm

Order Ref

Price (Each)

B6FASTFD2SEX

ÂŁ168.42

88-89

Fire Protection Safes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

89-90

Securistore - High Security Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

Safestore - Premium Hazardous Substance Cabinets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

Economy Hazardous Substance Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10-15)

Safestore - Acid Substance Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

Safestore - COSHH Substance Cabinets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

Safestore - Pesticide Substance Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

Safestore - Flame-Safe Storage Bin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

Safestore - Tool Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

Flammable and Chemical Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (20-25)

96-97

Secure Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (20-25)

97-98

Storage Cabins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Please enquire)

99-100

Drum/IBC Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Please enquire)

101

Relocatable Safety Store. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Please enquire)

102

SAFE

Security Safes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

A ND

Key Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

F I R E

Unit Lengths:

Size (W x D)

Page

S E C U R I T Y,

EQUIPMENT

Fully welded canteen unit with polypropylene seat shells. Powder coated frames in black. Seats are available in blue. Laminate table tops come in a light grey colour. Available in 2 seater single entry, 4 seater single entry, 4 seater double entry, 6 seater single entry and 6 seater double entry.

Lead Time (Working Days)

Seat Height 430mm

CLOAKROOM

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Table Height 725mm

Height 760mm

LOCKERS

SECURITY, FIRE AND SAFE STORAGE

Canteen Furniture

STO RAG E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

CANTEEN

4 Seater Canteen Unit Size (W x D)

FURNITURE

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Blue Seated, 2 Way Entry 1690 x 1070 mm

B6FASTFD4DEX

ÂŁ245.43

Blue Seated, Wall Unit 1690 x 1070 mm

B6FASTFD4SEX

ÂŁ245.43

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Blue Seated, 2 Way Entry 1690 x 1600 mm

B6FASTFD6DEX

ÂŁ338.63

Blue Seated, Wall Unit 1690 x 1600 mm

B6FASTFD6SEX

ÂŁ338.63

6 Seater Canteen Unit STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Size (W x D)

PRIMROSE HILL COWBRIDGE SOUTH WALES CF71 7DU TEL: 01446 772614 FAX: 01446774770 INFO@STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK WWW.STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK

2013/2014

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 86

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 87

2013/2014

â&#x20AC;˘ High security range of safes tested to European S2 EN14450 security standard. â&#x20AC;˘ ÂŁ4,000 cash cover and ÂŁ40,000 valuables cover. â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with a high security double bitted VDS Class 1 key lock (K Series) or high security VDS Class 1 electronic lock with time delay function (E Series). â&#x20AC;˘ Double wall construction with anti-drill plates and re-locker protection for the door which provides a safe of great strength. â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x152; $ % $ '

Order Ref Key Store Safe

A ND

Order Ref

H x W x D (mm)

Weight (Kg)

Price (Each)

KS0001C

100 x 65 x 35

0.4

ÂŁ22.00

KS0002C

115 x 62 x 58

ÂŁ29.50

SS1181K SS1181E >, ! > 0 ,

SS1182K

>, " > 0 ,

SS1182E SS1183K

SA F E

SS1183E

HxWxD (mm)

No. of Shelves Capacity Provided (Litres)

Weight (Kg)

220 x 350 x 300

350 x 450 x 350

550 x 450 x 350

Price (Each) ÂŁ225.00 ÂŁ495.00 ÂŁ330.00 ÂŁ589.00 ÂŁ435.00 ÂŁ710.00

Electronic Key Safe

STOR A G E

â&#x20AC;˘ A range of heavy duty, high security key safes. â&#x20AC;˘ # ; $ ! â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with a user-friendly electronic lock with key override. â&#x20AC;˘ Safes have a slot to allow keys to be deposited without the need to open the safe door. â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2019; ; % $ '! â&#x20AC;˘ Complete with key rings and coloured tabs.

> 0 1 ,

Electronic Key Safes Order Ref

HxWxD (mm)

Key Weight Capacity (Kg)

KS0031E

280 x 300 x 100

ÂŁ95.00

KS0032E

365 x 300 x 100

ÂŁ105.00

KS0033E

660 x 430 x 130

144

ÂŁ225.00

,,!!8 >

Fire Protection Safes Titan II Fire Protection Safe

Price (Each)

>, !

>, "

Security Safes

â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2018; $

residential and business usage. â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2021; QÂ&#x2030; ; $

NT Fire 017 standard. â&#x20AC;˘ Gives ideal protection for paper records, digital media, DVDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s, USB sticks etc. â&#x20AC;˘ ÂŁ2,000 cash cover and ÂŁ20,000 valuables cover.. (,!"9" (,!"9 â&#x20AC;˘ Electronic lock with LCD. Programmable with (,!"9! users own code (up to six digits). Titan II Fire Protection Series Safes â&#x20AC;˘ Built-in alarm and internal key hooks. â&#x20AC;˘ Drop tested from nine metres. HxWxD No. of Shelves Capacity Weight Price Order Ref (mm) Provided (Litres) (Kg) (Each) â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x152; $ % $

supplied) FS1271E 308 x 410 x 342 0 16 26 ÂŁ230.00

Electronic Security Safe ,, 9""

â&#x20AC;˘ A range of compact security safes. â&#x20AC;˘ #

; $

of valuables and cash. â&#x20AC;˘ ÂŁ1,000 cash cover and ÂŁ10,000 valuables cover. â&#x20AC;˘ Simple to use electronic lock with key override. â&#x20AC;˘ 4mm steel plate door, 1.5mm body with twin locking bolts and concealed hinges. â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x152; $ %$

supplied)

FS1272E

420 x 352 x 433

ÂŁ265.00

FS1273E

522 x 404 x 440

ÂŁ299.00

Excel Vertical Fire File Safes â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

â&#x20AC;˘

Â&#x2021; >Â&#x2030; ; $ ! Width adjustable rails to accept foolscap, A4 and `\ $ ! High security key lock (K Series) or electonic lock (E Series). â&#x20AC;˘ Independent drawer locking and optional Data Protection insert (please enquire). Excel Vertical Fire File Safes

Electronic Security Safes Order Ref

HxWxD (mm)

Capacity Weight (Litres) (Kg)

Price (Each)

SS0721E

170 x 230 x 170

ÂŁ50.50

SS0722E

200 x 310 x 200

8.5

ÂŁ61.00

SS0723E

250 x 350 x 250

ÂŁ92.00

No. of Drawers

Weight (Kg)

805 x 530 x 675

145

1495 x 530 x 675

266

Order Ref H x W x D (mm) FS2242K ,, 9"

FS2242E FS2244K

,, 9"!

FS2244E

Price (Each) ÂŁ1,026.00 ÂŁ1,175.00 ÂŁ1,605.00 ÂŁ1,755.00 (,""

2013/2014

,,!!8">

,,!!8!>

Fortress Electronic Security Safes

A ND

FIR E

â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2019; ; % $ ' â&#x20AC;˘ Two-piece, high strength cast alloy body with a simple to change combination lock. â&#x20AC;˘ Internal key hook. â&#x20AC;˘ Designed to accept individual bunches of keys. â&#x20AC;˘ Ideal for keeping control of spare or emergency keys. â&#x20AC;˘ KS0002C has a weatherproof cover.

F I R E

Key Store Safe

SAFE

Fortress Electronic Security Safe

S E C U R I T Y,

Key Security

STO RAG E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 88

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 89

(,"" ">

2013/2014

Fire Ranger Safes

; $

at home. â&#x20AC;˘ ; Â&#x160;!\;;

~ $

and bottom of the sidewalls. â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2018; _

! #

;

cabinets. â&#x20AC;˘ Wrap around welded construction severely restricts leverage with jemmies or screwdrivers.

A ND

! !

SA F E

(,! ! >

(,! !!

47 ) ! 6

Ventilation top and bottom in side walls.

STOR A G E

H x W x D (mm)

No. of Shelves Provided

Capacity (Litres)

Weight (Kg)

1220 x 600 x 520

230

1220 x 930 x 520

359

Price (Each)

FS1511K

ÂŁ795.00

FS1511E

ÂŁ865.00

FS1512K

ÂŁ1,045.00

FS1512E

ÂŁ1,115.00

FS1513K

ÂŁ1,359.00 1950 x 930 x 520

615

142

FS1513E FS1514K

! !

(,! !">

Fire Ranger Series Order Ref

A ND

â&#x20AC;˘ ~

ÂŁ1,430.00 1950 x 1250 x 520

815

F I R E

FIR E

â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2021; ^Â&#x2030; ; $

paper records at 500Â°C. â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with a high security double bitted VDS Class 1 key lock (K Series) or a high security, user-friendly electronic lock (E Series). â&#x20AC;˘ Supplied with height adjustable shelves that also support hanging

$ ! â&#x20AC;˘ ÂŁ1,500 cash cover and ÂŁ15,000 valuables cover. â&#x20AC;˘ High security three-way espagnolette bolt work provides great strength and attack resistance.

SAFE

S E C U R I T Y,

Fire Protection Safes

STO RAG E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

ÂŁ1,750.00

200

FS1514E

ÂŁ1,825.00

Fire Commander Safes â&#x20AC;˘ Gives unrivalled protection for all documents, digital media, data and cash. â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2021; Â&#x160;}Â&#x2030; ; $

paper records tested to Swedish NT Fire 017 standard. â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2021; QÂ&#x2030; ; $

digital media to DIP-60DM standard. â&#x20AC;˘ Fire and impact tested from 9.1 metres. â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with a high security, userfriendly electronic lock. â&#x20AC;˘ Supplied with a lockable drawer unit and height adjustable shelves. â&#x20AC;˘ ÂŁ2,500 cash cover and ÂŁ25,000 valuables cover.

! "

(,!$

(,!$ "

Description Securistore Cabinet Securistore Cabinet Securistore Cabinet Securistore Cabinet Securistore Cabinet

(,!$ !

Fire Commander Series

2013/2014

! !

Order Ref

H x W x D (mm)

No. of Shelves Provided

No. of Drawers

Capacity (Litres)

Weight (Kg)

Price (Each)

FS1901E

1250 x 655 x 560

163

228

ÂŁ1,339.00

FS1902E

1715 x 775 x 650

380

388

ÂŁ2,119.00

FS1903E

1770 x 1124 x 700

699

548

ÂŁ3,242.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 90

c/w c/w c/w c/w c/w

2 2 2 1 1

Key Key Key Key Key

H x W x D (mm) 2000 x 900 x 500 2000 x 475 x 500 1400 x 900 x 500 1400 x 475 x 500 652 x 475 x 500

Locks & 1 Slam Lock - (Double) Locks - (Single) Locks & 1 Slam Lock - (Double) Lock - (Single) Lock - (Single)

Order Ref 015500 015501 015502 015503 015504

Price (Each) ÂŁ970.70 ÂŁ631.32 ÂŁ939.71 ÂŁ550.94 ÂŁ500.35

Order Ref 015505 015506

Price (Each) ÂŁ28.07 ÂŁ55.62

Accessories Description Securistore Shelf - (Single) Securistore Shelf - (Double)

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 91

2013/2014

Economy Hazardous Substance Cabinets

Our range of Hazardous Substance Storage Cabinets are designed to provide safe storage of Flammable Liquids, Chemicals, Paints, Pesticide and other Hazardous Substance.

It is vital that employers and employees comply with the control of hazardous substances in all working environments.

A ND

Constructed in 1.2mm thick mild steel, with welded seams.

â&#x20AC;˘

Steel â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Lâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; style lever handle and two steel locking rods top and bottom (supplied with two keys).

â&#x20AC;˘

Supplied with fully welded shelf trays (adjustable on 25mm pitches) to retain minor spills .

â&#x20AC;˘

Integral, non-removable, spillage sump in the base of the cabinet/bin (50 - 100mm dependant upon cabinet size).

â&#x20AC;˘

Epoxy polyester powder coated in yellow.

â&#x20AC;˘

Supplied with the relevant warning labels displayed on the doors in accordance with BS5378.

" Â&#x192; $ }~ ! â&#x20AC;˘ Adjustable spill-retaining galvanised shelves.

SAFE

â&#x20AC;˘

This range of cupboards and cabinets enables the separate storage and transportation of hazardous substances as demanded by the COSHH regulations.

â&#x20AC;˘ Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct handling of spills through the use of absorbents. â&#x20AC;˘ Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for

; %$ '!

A ND

FIR E

Cabinets and bins comply with the requirements of: Â&#x2DC; The guidelines set out in the Health and Safety Executive Guide HSG51 for the Storage of Flammable Liquids in Containers. Â&#x2DC; The Highly Flammable Liquids and Liquid Gases Regulations, Section 5 (1,D) and the guide to regulation No. 5 (17) Â&#x2DC; $ ` @ ! Â&#x160; ^

Z! Â&#x2DC; The Dangerous Substance and Explosive Atmospheres Regulations (DSEAR) Approved Code of Practice (ACoP) L136 paragraphs 94-96 along with Appendices A & B and paragraph 104.

â&#x20AC;˘ Stands raise cupboards by 500mm with an adjustable foot for uneven surfaces. â&#x20AC;˘ Epoxy powder coated in yellow.

Wall Cupboard

SA F E

S E C U R I T Y,

Mobile Cupboard HIGHLY FLAMMABLE

STOR A G E

! " '=! =,5 , ! " , > &

F I R E

S E C U R I T Y,

Safestore - Premium Hazardous Substance Cabinets

STO RAG E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

( , "

( ( !

! ! Cabinets Description

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Extra Shelves

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

1800 x 900 x 460

CZ189046ZYXX

ÂŁ273.15

CZES9046ZYXX

Price (Each) ÂŁ28.32

1800 x 1200 x 460

CZ181246ZYXX

ÂŁ322.02

CZES1246ZYXX

ÂŁ32.68

1200 x 900 x 460

CZ129046ZYXX

ÂŁ232.03

CZES9046ZYXX

ÂŁ28.32

900 x 460 x 460

CZ904646ZYXX

ÂŁ143.04

CZES4646ZYXX

ÂŁ21.79

900 x 900 x 460

CZ909046ZYXX

ÂŁ183.72

CZES9046ZYXX

ÂŁ28.32

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Hazardous Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

457 x 457 x 305

016427

ÂŁ147.06

Hazardous Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

609 x 457 x 457

016428

ÂŁ162.94

Hazardous Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

915 x 457 x 457

016430

ÂŁ170.83

Hazardous Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

900 x 600 x 500

016419

ÂŁ160.77

Hazardous Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

711 x 915 x 457

016431

ÂŁ247.58

Hazardous Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

915 x 915 x 457

016432

ÂŁ264.37

Hazardous Substance Cabinet c/w 2 Shelves

1219 x 915 x 457

016438

ÂŁ342.36

700 x 350 x 300

CZ703530ZYXX

ÂŁ121.39

CZES3530ZYXX

ÂŁ17.43

Hazardous Substance Cabinet c/w 2 Shelves

1524 x 915 x 457

016439

ÂŁ381.19

700 x 900 x 460

CZ709046ZYXX

ÂŁ167.77

CZES9046ZYXX

ÂŁ28.32

Hazardous Substance Cabinet c/w 3 Shelves

CZES9046ZYXX

ÂŁ28.32

N/A

Floor Cupboard c/w 3 Shelves Floor Cupboard c/w 2 Shelves

Floor Cupboards c/w 1 Shelf

1829 x 915 x 457

016433

ÂŁ400.41

Hazardous Substance Cabinet Additional Shelf

457 x 457

016435

ÂŁ29.04

Hazardous Substance Cabinet Additional Shelf

915 x 457

016436

ÂŁ29.04

Hazardous Substance Cabinet Stand (suitable for 016431 & 016432 only)

460 x 915 x 457

016434

ÂŁ84.34

Wall Cupboard c/w 1 Shelf

Hazardous Substance Flat Top Storage Bin

508 x 609 x 330

FLFT1

ÂŁ146.62

Floor Stand (to suit CZ904646ZYXX)

Hazardous Substance Flat Top Storage Bin

609 x 1168 x 457

FLFT2

ÂŁ327.05

Hazardous Substance Sloping Top Storage Bin

660 x 609 x 330

FLST1

ÂŁ179.14

Floor Stand (to suit CZ909046ZYXX & CZ709046ZYXX)

Hazardous Substance Sloping Top Storage Bin

760 x 1170 x 460

FLST2

ÂŁ332.00

Floor Stand (to suit CZ703530ZYXX)

M-10-SU

ÂŁ19.90

10 Litre Spill Kit (includes 7 pads, 1 pillows and 1 disposal bags)

2013/2014

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 92

1040 x 900 x 460

CZ109046MYXX

ÂŁ291.94

840 x 900 x 460

CZ849046MYXX

ÂŁ267.86

570 x 850 x 255

CZ578525ZYXX

ÂŁ159.04

500 x 460 x 460

CZST4646ZYXX

ÂŁ65.36

500 x 900 x 460

CZST9046ZYXX

ÂŁ72.99

500 x 350 x 300

CZST3530ZYXX

ÂŁ65.36

Mobile Cupboards c/w 1 Shelf

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 93

2013/2014

Safestore - Pesticide Substance Cabinets #/22/3)6%

â&#x20AC;˘ Constructed in 1.2mm thick mild steel, with welded seams ! !

â&#x20AC;˘

Constructed in 1.2mm thick mild steel, with welded seams ! 9

FIR E

" Â&#x152;

with a two point lockable handle. â&#x20AC;˘ Doors and rear of each cabinet is vented. â&#x20AC;˘ Adjustable shelves with 25mm pitches â&#x20AC;˘ Built-in spillage sump, which is not removable â&#x20AC;˘ Highly visible polyester powder coated in red with appropriate warning label.

â&#x20AC;˘ Adjustable shelves with 25mm pitches â&#x20AC;˘ Built-in spillage sump, which is not removable â&#x20AC;˘ Highly visible polyester powder coated in white with Highly Flammable warning labels â&#x20AC;˘ @ $

minimum

POISON

A ND

! 9

Description

SA F E STOR A G E

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Acid Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

457 x 457 x 305

016527

ÂŁ154.34

Acid Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

609 x 457 x 457

016528

ÂŁ177.29

Acid Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

915 x 457 x 457

016530

ÂŁ184.46

Acid Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

711 x 915 x 457

016531

ÂŁ263.56

Acid Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

915 x 915 x 457

016532

ÂŁ283.17

Acid Substance Cabinet c/w 2 Shelves

1219 x 915 x 457

016538

ÂŁ364.22

Acid Substance Cabinet c/w 2 Shelves

1524 x 915 x 457

016539

ÂŁ403.05

Acid Substance Cabinet c/w 3 Shelves

1829 x 915 x 457

016533

ÂŁ419.87

Acid Substance Cabinet Additional Shelf

457 x 457

016535

ÂŁ33.61

Acid Substance Cabinet Additional Shelf

915 x 457

016536

ÂŁ33.61

460 x 915 x 457

016534

ÂŁ102.37

Acid Substance Cabinet Stand Suitable for Models: 016531 and 016532 only

Note that these cabinets hold any acid based product. They are painted in one of the hardest paints available to provide a "

Safestore - COSHH Substance Cabinets The Cabinets are designed to satisfy the terms of the COSHH regulations by providing safe storage and isolation of hazardous substances. â&#x20AC;˘

Constructed in 1.2mm thick mild steel, with welded seams

â&#x20AC;˘

Adjustable shelves with 25mm pitches

! " HARMFUL !

" Â&#x152;

lockable handle â&#x20AC;˘

Highly visible polyester powder coated in grey with a pack of 4 COSHH labels to be labelled as required

! !

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

457 x 457 x 305

016727

ÂŁ180.80

Pesticide Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

609 x 457 x 457

016728

ÂŁ203.75

Pesticide Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

915 x 457 x 457

016730

ÂŁ210.93

Pesticide Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

711 x 915 x 457

016731

ÂŁ290.02

Pesticide Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

915 x 915 x 457

016732

ÂŁ309.64

Pesticide Substance Cabinet c/w 2 Shelves

1219 x 915 x 457

016738

ÂŁ390.69

Pesticide Substance Cabinet c/w 2 Shelves

1524 x 915 x 457

016739

ÂŁ429.52

Pesticide Substance Cabinet c/w 3 Shelves

1829 x 915 x 457

016733

ÂŁ446.34

Pesticide Substance Cabinet Additional Shelf

457 x 457

016735

ÂŁ33.61

Pesticide Substance Cabinet Additional Shelf

915 x 457

016736

ÂŁ33.61

460 x 915 x 457

016734

ÂŁ102.37

Pesticide Substance Cabinet Stand Suitable for Models: 016731, 016732 only

Safestore - Flame-Safe Storage Bin " Â&#x160;\Â&#x2030; ;; J ! "

\Â&#x2030;;; $

seal the opening when heated. â&#x20AC;˘ Manufactured from 1.6mm thick polyester coated steel. â&#x20AC;˘ Conditions of licence for petroleum use are printed on the lid. â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with a hasp and staple closure and two carry handles. â&#x20AC;˘ Suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.

HIGHLY FLAMMABLE

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

685 x 915 x 635

017429FS

ÂŁ497.93

Safestore - Tool Cabinet Order Ref

Price (Each)

COSHH Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

457 x 457 x 305

016627

ÂŁ147.06

COSHH Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

609 x 457 x 457

016628

ÂŁ162.94

COSHH Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

915 x 457 x 457

016630

ÂŁ170.83

COSHH Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

711 x 915 x 457

016631

ÂŁ247.58

COSHH Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

915 x 915 x 457

016632

ÂŁ264.37

COSHH Substance Cabinet c/w 2 Shelves

1219 x 915 x 457

016638

ÂŁ342.36

COSHH Substance Cabinet c/w 2 Shelves

1524 x 915 x 457

016639

ÂŁ381.19

COSHH Substance Cabinet c/w 3 Shelves

1829 x 915 x 457

016633

ÂŁ400.41

COSHH Substance Cabinet Additional Shelf

457 x 457

016635

ÂŁ29.04

COSHH Substance Cabinet Additional Shelf

915 x 457

016636

ÂŁ29.04

COSHH Substance Cabinet Stand Suitable for Models: 016631, 016632 only

460 x 915 x 457

016634

ÂŁ84.34

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 94

H x W x D (mm)

Pesticide Substance Cabinet c/w 1 Shelf

Flame-Safe Storage Bin !

Description

" Â&#x2018; ;

orange warning label

2013/2014

! 9 "

SAFE

â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x152;

lockable handle

! 9

Pesticides present a substantial danger to people and the environment when improperly stored. Our Pesticide cabinets provide safe, secure storage of pesticides herbicides, fertilizers and other turf chemicals.

A ND

The Acid Substance Cabinets are designed to store acids safely, supplied with adjustable shelves and liquid tight sump tray

F I R E

S E C U R I T Y,

Safestore - Acid Substance Cabinets

STO RAG E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Designed for the workshop, factory, automotive and many other

Â&#x201A;

tray to the top of the cabinet for retaining tools and components. Fully welded construction with reinforced doors supplied with 2 keys.

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Tool Cabinet

930 x 600 x 500

016409

ÂŁ133.56

016425

ÂŁ11.62

Additional Cabinet Shelf

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 95

2013/2014

Flamstor Flammable Storage

Transbank Flammable Storage

Description

H x W x D (mm)

TransBank

350 x 420 x 410

Weight (Kg) Order Ref 14

TRB1

Price (Each) ÂŁ133.85

TransBank

520 x 520 x 480

TRB2

Transbank

520 x 685 x 480

TRB3

TransBank

520 x 880 x 480

TransBank

520 x 1280 x 480

SA F E

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Weight (Kg)

ÂŁ198.46

FlamStor Unit

2100 x 1200 x 1200

230

FS1.2

ÂŁ2,050.00

ÂŁ236.92

FlamStor Unit

2100 x 1200 x 1800

310

FS1.8

ÂŁ2,518.75

TRB4

ÂŁ272.31

FlamStor Unit

2100 x 2000 x 2000

450

FS2.0

ÂŁ3,443.75

TRB6

ÂŁ376.92

FlamStor Unit

2100 x 2000 x 3000

600

FS3.0

ÂŁ4,500.00

FlamStor Unit

2100 x 2000 x 4000

750

FS4.0

ÂŁ5,718.75

Flambank Flammable Storage

STOR A G E

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ "

â&#x20AC;˘ "

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Secure Storage

Heavy-duty, steel plate construction, giving maximum protection. Assists towards compliance of regulations for transporting fuel or chemicals. Fully welded and tested sump base to prevent any leakage. Gas struts on all sizes to ease lifting of lid. Robust internal 5 lever deadlock with serial numbers for fast replacement keys. ^Â&#x2030; ; $ ! Â&#x192; ? $

! Â&#x2C6;

; ;

? ! SiteChests are supplied with one internal shelf. Fork Pocket Size (W x H): 140 x 80mm (No fork pockets on FB1) Vanbox is ideal for storage in vans or trucks.

Tuffbank Secure Storage â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ "

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ SiteBox

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Weight (Kg)

VanBox

475 x 985 x 540

SiteBox

665 x 760 x 675

SiteBox

Fork Pocket Size W x H (mm)

VanBox

475 x 985 x 540

n/a

TB1

ÂŁ176.92

SiteBox

455 x 1275 x 510

n/a

TB12

ÂŁ253.85

ÂŁ492.31

SiteBox

665 x 760 x 675

140 x 80

TB21

ÂŁ307.69

ÂŁ730.77

SiteBox

665 x 1275 x 675

140 x 80

TB2

ÂŁ369.23

SiteChest

1275 x 760 x 675

140 x 80

TBC2

ÂŁ561.54

SiteChest

1275 x 1275 x 675

140 x 80

170

TBC4

ÂŁ753.85

SiteChest

1275 x 1585 x 675

140 x 80

200

TBC5

ÂŁ930.77

TruckBox

970 x 1275 x 675

140 x 80

100

TB3

ÂŁ530.77

TruckBox

665 x 1970 x 675

140 x 80

115

TB6

ÂŁ661.54

Price (Each)

FB1

ÂŁ284.62

FB21

ÂŁ415.38

665 x 1275 x 675

FB2

SiteChest

1275 x 760 x 675

FBC2

SiteChest

1275 x 1275 x 675

170

FBC4

ÂŁ846.15

SiteChest

1275 x 1585 x 675

200

FBC5

ÂŁ1092.31

SiteChest

Flamstor Flammable Storage Cabinet â&#x20AC;˘

Secure robust steel cabinet, for keeping hazardous substances safe, organised and accessible. â&#x20AC;˘ High & low level ventilation to prevent the build up ; $ ;

? ! â&#x20AC;˘ Fully welded and tested sump to prevent leakage. " ; ;; ! â&#x20AC;˘ Supplied with robust 5 lever deadlocks, with welded security ID numbers for fast replacement keys. " ^Â&#x2030; ; $ ! â&#x20AC;˘ Adjustable shelves, allow you to customise your unit, with the opportunity to purchase further shelves (please enquire). â&#x20AC;˘ Finished in bright red with relevant warning signs. No. of Fork Pocket Shelves Size (W x H)

Weight (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

950 x 500 x 530

110 x 80mm

FSC1

ÂŁ315.38

FlamStor Cabinet

1250 x 800 x 580

140 x 80mm

FSC2

ÂŁ623.08

1550 x 1200 x 580

140 x 80mm

Description

Weight Order (Kg) Ref

Price (Each)

Barrobox Mobile Secure Storage

FlamStor Cabinet

2013/2014

H x W x D (mm)

Heavy duty secure steel construction tool storage vaults. Gas struts on all sizes to ease lifting of lid. Robust internal 5 lever deadlock including anti-drill plates. Serial numbered for fast replacement keys. Optional high quality castors available to suit (please enquire). Anti-jemmy system and fully welded continuous piano hinge. $

! Vanbox and Truckbox are ideal for storage in vans or trucks. Finished in grey. H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Description

Order Ref Price (Each)

A ND

â&#x20AC;˘ Designed for safe storage of Fuels or Chemicals. â&#x20AC;˘ Suitably sized for Jerry cans (except TRB1). â&#x20AC;˘ Perfect for the back of a truck or van. â&#x20AC;˘ Constructed from robust steel plate giving maximum protection. â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2C6; ;

prevent the build up of fumes within the unit. â&#x20AC;˘ Fully welded sump to stop any accidental spillages from leaking out of the box. â&#x20AC;˘ Finished in bright red with relevant hazard $

! â&#x20AC;˘ Assists towards compliance of regulations for transporting fuel or chemicals.

F I R E

FIR E

â&#x20AC;˘ Ultra secure walk-in storage unit for storing larger quantities of hazardous substances. " ;; ; ! " Â&#x152;

; ~

;

any leakage. â&#x20AC;˘ Heavy-duty construction for maximum security. â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x192; ? $

! " Â&#x2018; $ \ ; J ;

keys. " ^Â&#x2030; ; $ ! â&#x20AC;˘ Crane lifting eyes. â&#x20AC;˘ Can also be built to order â&#x20AC;&#x201C; can be manufactured to your exact requirements.

SAFE

Flammable and Chemical Storage

S E C U R I T Y,

Flammable and Chemical Storage

STO RAG E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

150

FSC3

ÂŁ1015.38

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 96

â&#x20AC;˘ Unique versatile site box. â&#x20AC;˘ Self-contained wheel winder system which allows the box to be converted from mobile to static in seconds. " Â&#x2018; $ \

and anti-drill plates. â&#x20AC;˘ Ă&#x2DC;300mm rubber cushion wheels. " Â&#x2022; $ ! â&#x20AC;˘ Robust folding handles ensure that the BarroBox is easy to manoeuvre. â&#x20AC;˘ Perfect for those that need their tools by their side all of the time. â&#x20AC;˘ Fork Pocket Size (W x H): 140 x 100mm â&#x20AC;˘ Finished in grey. Description

H x W x D (mm) Weight (Kg) Order Ref

BarroBox

735 x 750 x 1070

info@storage-design.co.uk

BB2

Price (Each) ÂŁ433.33

www.storage-design.co.uk 97

2013/2014

FIR E A ND

â&#x20AC;˘ Ultra secure cabinet â&#x20AC;&#x201C; designed to keep tools safe, organised and accessible! â&#x20AC;˘ Constructed from heavy duty steel. â&#x20AC;˘ Reliable secure storage cabinets for expensive tools and equipment. â&#x20AC;˘ Adjustable shelving as standard. â&#x20AC;˘ Robust internal 5 lever deadlock with serial numbers for instant replacement keys. â&#x20AC;˘ Heavy duty castors available as an option (please enquire). â&#x20AC;˘ Ideal for the workshop or vehicle. â&#x20AC;˘ Finished in grey.

Each unit contains high and low natural ventilation, a 1140 litre capacity leakproof sump and comes complete with two bays of galvanised shelving along both sides of the store. Each unit is delivered fully assembled and ready to use. Please Note: The Economy Galvanised Bunded Store is not designed to store temperature sensitive liquids, such as low ;; ! Â&#x152; % Â&#x160;Â&#x2030;}'

for such liquids.

SAFE

The perfect solution where a bunded storage facility is required on a tight budget. This store is extremely durable and will ! ; ; $

;

$ ;!

dispersal is manufactured from galvanised steel roof cladding.

Tuffstor Secure Storage Cabinet

A ND

Economy Galvanised Store

STOR A G E

Description

H x W x D (mm)

No. of Shelves 2

Fork Pocket Size (W x H) 110 x 80mm

Weight (Kg) 50

Order Ref TSC1

Price (Each) ÂŁ269.23

TuffStor Cabinet

950 x 500 x 530

TuffStor Cabinet

1250 x 800 x 580

140 x 80mm

TSC2

ÂŁ515.38

TuffStor Cabinet

1550 x 1200 x 580

140 x 80mm

150

TSC3

ÂŁ900.00

S E C U R I T Y,

SA F E

F I R E

S E C U R I T Y,

Secure Storage

STO RAG E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Sitestation Secure Storage â&#x20AC;˘

A unique on-site workstation, being a â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;one-stopâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; unit for all your Tools, Fixings, PPE and much more! â&#x20AC;˘ Full width shelves to offer maximum storage capacity. " Â&#x2021; Â&#x160;Â&#x160;Â&#x2030; $

to improve on visibility. " Â&#x2018; J $

upper compartment. â&#x20AC;˘ Keyed-alike 2-point tamper-proof locking system serial numbered for fast key replacement. â&#x20AC;˘ Internal pockets on the doors for storing smaller components.

= ?%, ,

2013/2014

Description

H x W x D (mm)

SiteStation

2000 x 1350 x 825

No. of Shelves 3

Fork Pocket Size W x H (mm) 150 x 50

Weight (Kg) 280

Order Ref SS2

Price (Each) ÂŁ1,615.38

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 98

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Capacity (Ltrs)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Double Door

2700 x 3000 x 2000

1140

E-EGBS3D

ÂŁ3,575.00

Single Door

2700 x 3000 x 2000

1140

E-EGBS3S

ÂŁ3,294.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 99

2013/2014

Other features include high and low level vents, padlockable sliding doors (E-DPSU64/16C & E-DPSU96/24C have sliding doors on both long sides) and the upper level has support bearers. These units comply with the Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) (England) Regulations 2001, The Water Environment (Oil Storage) (Scotland) Regulations 2001, EA Guidance Note PPG26, The Health & Safety Executives Guidelines for the Storage of Flammable Liquids HSG51 and the current Health, Safety & Environmental regulations.

% ;

J '[

Optional Extras: â&#x20AC;˘ Removable galvanised grid shelving â&#x20AC;˘ Insulation â&#x20AC;˘ Heating â&#x20AC;˘ Temperature control â&#x20AC;˘ Lighting â&#x20AC;˘ Fire Detection

Ral 5005 Blue

Ral 6026 Green

% ;

J '[

Ral 3020 Red

Ral 1028 Yellow

Ral 5005 Blue

Ral 6026 Green

Ral 3020 Red

STOR A G E

S E C U R I T Y,

SA F E

Ral 1028 Yellow

They have a fully welded leakproof sump over the entire base area to a depth of 220mm and contain removable galvanised !

SAFE

Please Note: â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2022; ; J

;; ! Â&#x152; % Â&#x160;Â&#x2030;}'

liquids. â&#x20AC;˘ Â&#x2022; ~; $ !

A ND

Our Dual Purpose Units are designed to store 205 litre drums and 1000 litre IBCs. All units are welded for added strength and

; };; $ ; Â&#x160;Â&#x2030;Â&#x2030; \Â&#x2030; ^;; Â&#x152;Â&#x2018; !

A ND

FIR E

Dual Purpose Storage Unit

= ;; ;

? J ! Â&#x2022;

; };; $ ; \Â&#x2030;;; \Â&#x2030;;; ^;; Â&#x152;Â&#x2018; !

;

Â&#x160;>Â&#x2030;;;!

;

; ;

$ $ ;!

F I R E

S E C U R I T Y,

General Purpose Safety Store

STO RAG E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

=1 ,5 8 !" =? ,," Description

*Add 140mm to external width to allow for the rain gutters.

2013/2014

H x W x D (mm)

No. of Drums

No. of IBCs

Capacity (Ltrs)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Drum/IBC Storage

2400 x 3000 x 1650

1100

E-DPSU8/2SL

ÂŁ3,960.00

Drum/IBC Storage

3350 x 3000 x 1650

1125

E-DPSU16/4C

ÂŁ4,620.00

Drum/IBC Storage

3350 x 5900 x 1650

2000

E-DPSU32/8C

ÂŁ6,380.00

Drum/IBC Storage

3350 x 8900 x 1650

3000

E-DPSU48/12C

ÂŁ9,020.00

Description

External H x W x D (mm)

Internal H x W x D (mm)

Capacity (Ltrs)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Economy Store

2450 x 2100* x 2100

1900 x 2000 x 2000

800

E-GPSS1

ÂŁ3,078.87

Drum/IBC Storage

3350 x 5900 x 3300

4000

E-DPSU64/16C

ÂŁ10,010.00

Economy Store

2450 x 2500* x 2900

1900 x 2400 x 2800

1300

E-GPSS2

ÂŁ3,816.00

Drum/IBC Storage

3350 x 8900 x 3300

6000

E-DPSU96/24C

ÂŁ15,840.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 100

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 101

2013/2014

;; J ; ;

hazardous materials. The exterior wall panels and roof are manufactured from plastic coated sheet steel, giving superior performance, colour stability and resistance to degradation. The walls, doors and roof of the unit are insulated with 75mm Â&#x152; Â&#x192; !

; ! `

;

Â&#x203A;

! Â&#x2021; Â&#x153; Â&#x160; ; ; $

detection and temperature control as well as a variety of shelving options.

A comprehensive range of sack trucks, trolleys, cylinder/drum handling products, spill containment, waste management

FIR E

These units carry with them a One Hour Fire Rating as tested and approved by the Warrington Fire Research Centre in compliance with BS476: Part 22 1987 clause 5. @ [ $

and storage racks.

Product

Lead Time

A ND

Sack Trucks, Platform Trucks and Trolleys . . . . . . . (5-7)

104-113

Workbench Trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10-15)

112

Utility Platform Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

114-115

Sided Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10-15)

116

Mailroom Trolleys

117

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (7-10)

SA F E STOR A G E

Utility Tray Trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

118-119

Mesh Platform Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

120

Blue Plastic Dolly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

121

Platform Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10-15)

121-123

Mobile Storage Shelving . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10-15)

124

Bar/Premium Trucks

125

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

Pallet Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

126-127

Work Positioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

128

Stacker Trucks

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

Lift Table Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3-5)

Description

2013/2014

H x W x D (mm)

Capacity (Ltrs)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Relocatable Safety Store

2635 x 1372 x 1372

350

E-MSS50

ÂŁ3,560.98

Relocatable Safety Store

2635 x 1981 x 1981

740

E-MSS100

ÂŁ4,452.68

Relocatable Safety Store

2735 x 2565 x 2565

1200

E-SS8

ÂŁ7,352.88

Relocatable Safety Store

2735 x 2565 x 3657

1750

E-SS12

ÂŁ9,429.39

Relocatable Safety Store

2735 x 2565 x 4876

2350

E-SS16

ÂŁ12,139.36

Relocatable Safety Store

2735 x 2565 x 6096

2950

E-SS20

ÂŁ14,033.83

Relocatable Safety Store

2735 x 2565 x 7315

3550

E-SS24

ÂŁ16,240.60

Relocatable Safety Store

2735 x 2565 x 8534

4150

E-SS28

ÂŁ18,293.42

Relocatable Safety Store

2735 x 2565 x 9753

4750

E-SS32

ÂŁ20,152.35

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 102

129-130 131

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

132-133

Drum Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

134-139

Forklift Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

139

Drum and IBC Spill Pallets . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

140-141

Spill Kits and Absorbents . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

142-144

Waste Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

145-146

SpillKart and GritKart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

147

Steel Pallets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10-15)

148-149

Cylinder Handling

=,,"

Page

(Working Days)

Forklift Tilt Skips and Bins

. . . . . . . . . . (Please enquire) 150-151

Machinery Moving Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

152

Cable Dispensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

153

Laundry Trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-7)

154

info@storage-design.co.uk

HANDLING

MATERIALS HANDLING EQUIPMENT

MATERIALS

S E C U R I T Y,

Relocatable Safety Store

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

www.storage-design.co.uk 103

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013 EQUIPMENT

Toptruck - Folding Box Trolley

â&#x20AC;˘ Unique design, quick and easy to extend and fold.

HANDLING

A practical trolley perfect for manoeuvring small parts whilst goods are kept partially secure and side enclosed.

â&#x20AC;˘ Lightweight and simple to operate

â&#x20AC;˘ Extra lightweight

â&#x20AC;˘ 1500mm long elasticated retaining straps supplied

" Â&#x192;

â&#x20AC;˘ Durable aluminium frame

â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with a telescopic aluminium handle

â&#x20AC;˘ Occupies very little space when folded/collapsed

" ; $

â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with rubber cushion wheels

Product Description

â&#x20AC;˘ Telescopic handle and folding footplate

Folded H x W x D (mm)

Open H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

420 x 405 x 80

981 x 405 x 380

FBT

ÂŁ27.09

Folding Box Trolley- Red/Black

Product Description

Open H x W x D (mm)

Folded H x W x D (mm)

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Toeplate W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

100Kg Telescopic Folding Truck

1080 x 500 x 520

800 x 500 x 60

175

485 x 385

LWFT/100

100

ÂŁ84.00

Toptruck - 125Kg Telescopic Folding Sack Truck

EQUIPMENT

Toptruck - Telescopic Folding Sack Truck

A lightweight aluminium sack truck with a large ! # $

A truck designed to transport small goods/parcels in almost any environment.

â&#x20AC;˘ Unique design, quick and easy to extend and fold. â&#x20AC;˘ Lightweight and simple to operate

â&#x20AC;˘ Lightweight aluminium

â&#x20AC;˘ Telescopic handle and folding footplate

â&#x20AC;˘ Collapses in overall size for compact storage

â&#x20AC;˘ 1500mm long elasticated retaining strap supplied

â&#x20AC;˘ Telescopic handle

â&#x20AC;˘ Durable aluminium frame

â&#x20AC;˘ Folding footplate

â&#x20AC;˘ Occupies very little space when folded/collapsed

â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with rubber cushion wheels

HANDLING

A lightweight aluminium sack truck with a large ! # $

MATERIALS

Toptruck - 100Kg Telescopic Folding Sack Truck

Toptruck - Sack Trucks, Platform Trucks and Trolleys

â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with rubber cushion wheels

HxWxD (mm)

Product Description Open

1105 x 400 x 410

Folded

740 x 400 x 180

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Toeplate W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

150

355 x 240

TAST

ÂŁ42.50

Product Description

Open H x W x D (mm)

Folded H x W x D (mm)

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Toeplate W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

125Kg Telescopic Folding Truck

1110 x 520 x 510

770 x 500 x 65

175

485 x 350

LWFT/125

125

ÂŁ112.00

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Toeplate W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

200

590 x 390

LWFT/200

200

ÂŁ185.00

Toptruck - 200Kg Telescopic Folding Sack Truck Toptruck - 60Kg Telescopic Folding Sack Truck

A lightweight aluminium sack truck with a large ! # $

â&#x20AC;˘ Unique design, quick and easy to extend and fold.

â&#x20AC;˘ Lightweight and simple to operate

â&#x20AC;˘ Telescopic handle and folding footplate

â&#x20AC;˘ 1500mm long elasticated retaining strap supplied

â&#x20AC;˘ 965mm long elasticated retaining strap supplied

â&#x20AC;˘ Durable aluminium frame

â&#x20AC;˘ Occupies very little space when folded/collapsed

â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with rubber cushion wheels

2013/14

Product Description

Open H x W x D (mm)

Folded H x W x D (mm)

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Toeplate W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

Product Description

Open Folded H x W x D (mm) H x W x D (mm)

60Kg Telescopic Folding Sack Truck

1010 x 400 x 390

645 x 385 x 65

125

387 x 279

LWFT/60

ÂŁ53.00

200Kg Telescopic Folding Truck

1125 x 600 x 600

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 104

info@storage-design.co.uk

900 x 595 x 97

www.storage-design.co.uk 105

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

â&#x20AC;˘ SDST has a solid toeplate and the HDST has an open toeplate. â&#x20AC;˘ Centre straps to provide rigidity on both models

â&#x20AC;˘ A chair truck option is also available for moving multiple stacked chairs

,1,

â&#x20AC;˘ Blue powder coated frames

% @1,

Product Description

H x W x D (mm)

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Toeplate W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

Standard Duty Sack Truck

1000 x 425 x 420

200

305 x 240

SDST

150

ÂŁ104.25

Heavy Duty Sack Truck

1210 x 580 x 600

200

400 x 300

HDST

250

ÂŁ146.80

Chair Truck

1115 x 730 x 330

200

H150 x W610 x D155

CBLT

ÂŁ95.00

EQUIPMENT

â&#x20AC;˘ The heavy duty sack truck has a larger frame with wheels positioned inside the truck frame to reduce the overall width allowing greater access.

This truck offers an open tubular frame with a folding footplate for easy storage when not in use. â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with rubber cushion wheels â&#x20AC;˘ Powder coated in red

Product Description

H x W x D (mm)

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Toeplate W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

Folding Foot Sack Truck

1155 x 565 x 640

200

370 x 395

HDFST

ÂŁ45.20

EQUIPMENT

Toptruck - Pneumatic Tyre Standard Sack Truck

Toptruck - â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Pâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Handle Sack Truck

` $ ;

items over uneven surfaces.

A â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Pâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; handled truck designed for one handed operation, when moving lighter/taller loads.

â&#x20AC;˘ Concave framed

â&#x20AC;˘ Steel concave frame

â&#x20AC;˘ Solid toeplate

â&#x20AC;˘ Pneumatic wheels

â&#x20AC;˘ Wheel guards

â&#x20AC;˘ Powder coated in red

HANDLING

â&#x20AC;˘ Heavy duty and standard duty options available

Toptruck - Folding Foot Sack Truck

MATERIALS

A range of premium robust, frequent use sack and chair trucks.

H AN D L IN G

HANDLING

â&#x20AC;˘ Rubber cushion wheels

MAT ER IA LS

MATERIALS

Toptruck - Standard/Heavy Duty Sack & Chair Trucks

â&#x20AC;˘ Powder coated in red

Product Description

H x W x D (mm)

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Toeplate W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

Product Description

H x W x D (mm)

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Toeplate W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

Pneumatic Tyre Standard Sack Truck

1155 x 550 x 450

260

350 x 200

PTST

150

ÂŁ44.72

â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Pâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Handle Sack Truck

1310 x 540 x 475

260

350 x 220

PHPTST

200

ÂŁ45.48

Toptruck - Pneumatic Tyre Heavy Duty Sack Truck

Toptruck - Aluminium Sack Truck

` $ ;

tyres ideal for transporting heavier loads over rough terrain. â&#x20AC;˘ 260mm diameter pneumatic tyres

A robust yet lightweight aluminium straight framed sack truck ideal for smaller goods/parcels.

â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with knuckle protection hand grips

â&#x20AC;˘ Powder coated in blue

â&#x20AC;˘ Large pneumatic wheels â&#x20AC;˘ Wheel guards â&#x20AC;˘ Solid aluminium toeplate

2013/14

Product Description

H x W x D (mm)

Toeplate W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

Pneumatic Tyre Heavy Duty Sack Truck

1180 x 590 x 555

380 x 305

SHDSB

300

ÂŁ105.34

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 106

Product Description

H x W x D (mm)

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Toeplate W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

Aluminium Sack Truck

1120 x 500 x 475

260

300 x 200

AST

ÂŁ76.50

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 107

2013/14

Toptruck - Folding Foot Stairclimber

This truck can transform easily from a conventional sack truck into a four wheeled platform trolley and is designed to cope with transporting items over uneven surfaces.

A sack truck designed to climb stairs and pavements due to its tri-star wheel design. â&#x20AC;˘ Supplied with rubber cushioned wheels

â&#x20AC;˘ Tubular steel construction

â&#x20AC;˘ Tubular steel frame construction

â&#x20AC;˘ Powder coated in red

â&#x20AC;˘ Folding foot toeplate " Â&#x2019; $

â&#x20AC;˘ Powder coated in blue

Product Description Two Position Cargo Truck

Sack Truck Platform Trolley H x W x D (mm) H x W x D (mm) 1200 x 620 x 550

930 x 1200 x 550

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm) 250mm Pneumatic 100mm Rubber Cushion

Toeplate W x D (mm) 335 x 330

Order Ref TPCT

Capacity (Kg) 250

Price (Each)

Product Description

ÂŁ77.03

Folding Foot Stairclimber

HxWxD (mm) 1150 x 605 x 765

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Toeplate W x D (mm)

Order Ref

6 x 160

365 x 365

FFS

EQUIPMENT

Toptruck - 3 Position Truck

Toptruck - Extendable Trolley

A truck designed to convert from a basic sack truck into either a four wheeled angled sack truck or platform truck.

This smart trolley can adapt to various load sizes as the overall base length can easily be extended.

â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with 100mm diameter double rear castors that provide extra stability

â&#x20AC;˘ Aluminium framed

Capacity (Kg) 120

Price (Each) ÂŁ92.30

â&#x20AC;˘ Collapses fully for compact storage

â&#x20AC;˘ Frame constructed from steel square tube

â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with a telescopic handle â&#x20AC;˘ Moulded plastic corner buffers for

â&#x20AC;˘ Powder coated in red

HANDLING

â&#x20AC;˘ Not designed for tight turning circles.

MATERIALS

Toptruck - Two Position Cargo Truck

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

added protection

Product Description 3 Position Truck

Overall Size H x W x D (mm) 1290 x 470 x 450

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm) 250mm Rubber Cushion 100mm Rubber Cushion

Toeplate W x D (mm)

Order Ref

470 x 190

3PT

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

300

ÂŁ105.34

Fully Extended

HxWxD (mm) 825 x 430 x 710

Collapsed

235 x 430 x 510

Product Description

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

100

MPT100

100

ÂŁ69.36

Toptruck - Two Position Aluminium Sack Truck Toptruck - 1 Tier Platform Truck These trucks easily convert from a sack truck to a four wheeled

warehouses.

â&#x20AC;˘ Frame constructed from aluminium â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with black powder coated steel toeplate

â&#x20AC;˘ The base is manufactured in wipe clean reinforced injection moulded plastic

â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with large pneumatic wheels and non-marking rear castors

â&#x20AC;˘ Epoxy powder coated steel foldable handle " Â&#x192; % $ '

Sack Truck

Overall Size H x W x D (mm) 1365 x 505 x 510

260mm Pneumatic &

Flatbed

1070 X 505 X 1190

130mm Rubber Cushion

Product Description

2013/14

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Toeplate W x D (mm) 460 x 230

Order Ref 2PT

Capacity (Kg) 120

Price (Each) ÂŁ171.06

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 108

Product Description 1 Tier Platform Truck

info@storage-design.co.uk

HxWxD (mm) 820 x 500 x 800

Folded Height (mm) 160

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Order Ref

100

PPT200

www.storage-design.co.uk 109

Capacity (Kg) 200

Price (Each) ÂŁ96.61

2013/14

Chrome Basket Trolley Complete Kit

A sturdy range of highly manouvreable steel trolleys suitable for transporting various goods. Ideal for indoor and outdoor use.

â&#x20AC;˘ Finished in hard wearing nickel chrome, the open wire design is easy to clean and offers excellent strength-to

" Â&#x192; ;

â&#x20AC;˘ Use for mobile dry store storage, small laundry & linen cart,

â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with non-slip rubber platforms and scuff resistant corners

â&#x20AC;˘ Basket position can be easily adjusted

" Â&#x192; ~; % $ '

â&#x20AC;˘ Protective bumpers supplied

stock transport trolley or post-room trolley.

(% (% !

Folding Flatbed

Overall Size H x W x D (mm) 810 x 470 x 730

Folded Height (mm) 230

Folding Flatbed

870 x 608 x 907

285

Product Description

â&#x20AC;˘ Ă&#x2DC;75mm rubber cushion castors (2 supplied as braked) For full range of Chrome shelving products please refer to page 56.

PFBT150

Capacity (Kg) 150

Price (Each) ÂŁ44.25

Product Description

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

PFBT300

300

ÂŁ89.73

Chrome Basket Trolley

1005 x 915 x 460

TCT1

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Order Ref

100 125

EQUIPMENT

Capacity (Kg) 150

Price (Each) ÂŁ204.00

Capacity (Kg) 100

Price (Each) ÂŁ124.04

Toptruck - Rough Terrain Platform Truck Toptruck - 1 Drawer Tool Trolley Steel constructed truck useful to cart items over uneven terrain

` $

and warehouses.

" Â&#x192; ; % $ '

â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with a handle for easy manouvrability

â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with non-slip rubber platforms and scuff resistant corners

â&#x20AC;˘ Lipped shelves help retain stored items

â&#x20AC;˘ Foldable for easy storage

$ Â&#x160;}\;; ;

â&#x20AC;˘ Powder coated steel handles

â&#x20AC;˘ Powder coated in red

Product Description Rough Terrain Platform Truck

Overall Size H x W x D (mm) 950 x 605 x 910

Folded Height (mm) 365

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Order Ref

200

PRTT

Capacity (Kg) 300

Price (Each) ÂŁ149.47

Product Description 1 Drawer Tool Trolley

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

820 x 840 x 410

1DTT

Toptruck - Shelf Trolleys

Toptruck - Heavy Duty Tray Trolleys

A lightweight range of trolleys suited to transport items in $

Robust trolleys that can be used in almost any environment.

HANDLING

â&#x20AC;˘ 90mm lip on baskets

â&#x20AC;˘ Powder coated steel handles

MATERIALS

Toptruck - Folding Flatbed Trolleys

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

â&#x20AC;˘ Fully welded steel construction

" < ; $ ;

" $

â&#x20AC;˘ Pressed steel shelves

â&#x20AC;˘ Lipped shelves help retain stored items

" ` $

;

" $

â&#x20AC;˘ Shelves have non-slip rubber surfaces

â&#x20AC;˘ Powder coated in blue

â&#x20AC;˘ Scuff resistant corners â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with non-marking wheels

@1 "

, "

@1 !

2 x Shelf Trolley

Overall Size H x W x D (mm) 920 x 470 x 725

3 x Shelf Trolley

950 x 470 x 725

Product Description

2013/14

100

Shelf Height (mm) 140/680

100

140/410/680

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Price (Each) ÂŁ116.52

Product Description

H x W x D (mm)

PST2

Capacity (Kg) 120

Small Heavy Duty Tray Trolley

860 x 500 x 1050

Trays W x D (mm) 500 x 900

Wheels (Ă&#x2DC;mm) 160

Shelf Height (mm) 255/560/860

PST3

120

ÂŁ124.43

Large Heavy Duty Tray Trolley

1160 x 500 x 1050

500 x 900

160

255/705/1160

Order Ref

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 110

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 111

HDTT1

Capacity (Kg) 350

Price (Each) ÂŁ345.00

HDTT2

350

ÂŁ355.00

Order Ref

2013/14

Adjustable Shelf Trolleys

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Â&#x192; $

Height of all shelves can be adjusted. Frames are constructed from epoxy powder coated steel in grey. Shelves are 12 mm laminated particle board with steel edging. Four swivel castors Ă&#x2DC; 125mm of which 2 are braked.

# + !

Two Shelf Trolleys: Shelf adjustments between 200-770mm. Load capacities: max 150kg/ trolley and max.50kg / shelf.

HANDLING

Four Shelf Trolleys: Shelf adjustments between 215-1340mm. Load capacities: max 300kg /trolley and max.50kg/ shelf.

Description

Shelf size Outer measurements W x D (mm) H x W x D (mm)

EQUIPMENT

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Two Shelf Trolley

800 x 430

1015 x 900 x 535

TRTA 4082

ÂŁ275.00

Two Shelf Trolley

1000 x 430

1015 x 1100 x 535

TRTA 4102

ÂŁ284.00

Two Shelf Trolley

800 x 530

1015 x 900 x 635

TRTA 5082

ÂŁ290.00

Two Shelf Trolley

1000 x 530

1015 x 1100 x 635

TRTA 5102

ÂŁ300.00

Four Shelf Trolley

1000 x 430

1535 x 1100 x 535

TRTA 4104

ÂŁ458.00

Four Shelf Trolley

1000 x 530

1535 x 1100 x 635

TRTA 5104

ÂŁ485.00

HANDLING

â&#x20AC;˘

Move the bench to the task. Fully welded tubular steel construction, with steel shelves and accessories: hard wearing. Two standard base sizes, all 1050mm high including 150mm diameter rubber tyred castors: braked castors are extra, please call sales for details. Recessed steel or MDF (Medium Density Fibreboard) top: to suit variety of uses.

MATERIALS

Workbench Trolleys

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Extra shelf TRHA: Shelves are 12mm laminated particle board with steel edging. Suitable for Trolley # , ! !" ,%

# , $ ,

Shelf size W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

TRTA4082

800 x 430

TRHA408

ÂŁ70.00

TRTA5082

800 x 530

TRHA508

ÂŁ76.00

TRTA4102/4104

1000 x 430

TRHA410

ÂŁ75.00

TRTA5102/5104

1000 x 530

TRHA510

ÂŁ84.00

# + 8"

Universal Trolley Universal trolley WTR 140 Standard trolley has 3 shelves (TS 605), size 650 x 530mm. Height of all shelves can be adjusted. Four swivel castors Ă&#x2DC;125mm of which two are braked, overall height of castor 141mm. Load capacity: 150kg. Outer dims (D x W x H): 650 x 650 x 1415mm. Extra shelf TS 605 25mm laminated particle board, size 650 x 530mm.

# ,! $ ,%

Steel Top Order Ref

Price

MDF Top Order Ref

Price (Each)

3 Tier

1050 x 900 x 600

RTST90603SL

ÂŁ349.00

N/A

1050 x 1200 x 600

RTST12603SL

ÂŁ369.00

N/A

2 Cupboards with Shelves

2013/14

#" ,! $ ,%

H x W x D (mm)

Cupboard & Shelf

Two Drawer Unit LMC 02 Two drawer unit epoxy powder coated steel; drawer fronts are composite F ,1 board with aluminium handles. This unit mounts underneath the worktop as shown in the image.

Adjustable shelf TAS 605 Continuous adjustment for depth, height and angle. Board size 650 x 530mm. Lipped front edge.

Trolley Description

Drawer & Shelf

Keyboard shelf NT 500 ESD A pull-out keyboard shelf with integral wrist support and mouse pad to mount underneath the worktop as shown in the image. Outer dims (D x W x H): 250 x 500 x 110 mm.

' "

Power channel TJK-404 Supplied prewired with 4 x UK sockets. 3m cable is included. ,

Sizes D x W x H (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Universal Trolley c/w 3 Shelves

650 x 530

WTR 140

ÂŁ585.00

Extra Shelf

650 x 530

TS 605

ÂŁ66.00

TAS 605

ÂŁ124.00

Description

1050 x 900 x 600

RTDS109060SB

ÂŁ387.54

RTDS109060M

ÂŁ369.00

1050 x 1200 x 600

RTDS101260SB

ÂŁ369.00

RTDS101260M

ÂŁ389.00

Adjustable Shelf

650 x 530

1050 x 900 x 600

RTCS109060SB

ÂŁ379.00

RTCS109060M

ÂŁ399.00

Power Channel c/w 4 Switch Single Sockets

Length 470

TJK 404

ÂŁ169.00

1050 x 1200 x 600

RTCS101260SB

ÂŁ399.00

RTCS101260M

ÂŁ420.00

Keyboard Shelf

250 x 500

NT 500 ESD

ÂŁ141.00

1050 x 900 x 600

R2CS109060SB

ÂŁ440.00

R2CS109060M

ÂŁ460.00

Two Drawer Unit

460 x 370 x 245

LMC 02

ÂŁ252.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 112

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 113

C # !

2013/14

Single ended Trolleys

Single Ended Trolleys

A selection of single ended trolleys suitable for heavy work loads in warehouses, workshops and factories. • • • •

• • • •

Plywood decks supplied on all trolley versions Angled handles designed for manoeuvring trolley Steel slot together and bolted system Braked and unbraked trolleys available

HANDLING

Product Description Single Ended with Open Handle (Small) Single Ended with Open Handle (Large) Single Ended with Handle and Plywood (Small) Single Ended with Handle and Plywood (Large) Single Ended with Handle and Mesh (Small) Single Ended with Handle and Mesh (Large)

Frame powder coated in blue 200mm Ø rubber wheels Capacity = 400kg (UDL) Platform height: 285mm Braked Trolleys Order Ref Price (Each) UPT101/BC £225.00 UPT201/BC £235.00 UPT103/BC £235.00 UPT203/BC £240.00 UPT104/BC £250.00 UPT204/BC £255.00

H x W x D (mm) 900 x 500 x 900 900 x 700 x 1100 900 x 500 x 900 900 x 700 x 1100 900 x 500 x 900 900 x 700 x 1100

Unbraked Trolleys Order Ref Price (Each) UPT101 £205.00 UPT201 £215.00 UPT103 £215.00 UPT203 £220.00 UPT104 £225.00 UPT204 £235.00

EQUIPMENT

Double ended Trolleys

UPT201 UPT103 UPT204

UPT101

Double Ended Trolleys

Double ended trolleys suitable for heavy work loads in warehouses, workshops and factories. • • • •

Plywood decks supplied on all trolley versions Angled handles designed for manoeuvring trolley Steel slot together and bolted system Braked and unbraked trolleys available

Product Description Double Ended with Open Handle (Small) Double Ended with Open Handle (Large) Double Ended with Handle and Plywood (Small) Double Ended with Handle and Plywood (Large) Double Ended with Handle and Mesh (Small) Double Ended with Handle and Mesh (Large)

• • • •

Frame powder coated in blue 200mm Ø rubber wheels Capacity = 400kg (UDL) Platform height: 285mm Braked Trolleys Order Ref Price (Each) UPT105/BC £275.00 UPT205/BC £285.00 UPT106/BC £295.00 UPT206/BC £300.00 UPT107/BC £320.00 UPT207/BC £330.00

H x W x D (mm) 900 x 500 x 900 900 x 700 x 1100 900 x 500 x 900 900 x 700 x 1100 900 x 500 x 900 900 x 700 x 1100

Unbraked Trolleys Order Ref Price (Each) UPT105 £255.00 UPT205 £265.00 UPT106 £270.00 UPT206 £280.00 UPT107 £295.00 UPT207 £310.00

Three and Four sided Trolleys

HANDLING

Utility Platform Trucks

MATERIALS

Utility Platform Trucks

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

UPT207

UPT205

UPT105

UPT106

Three and Four Sided Trolleys

Three and four sided trolleys suitable for heavy work loads in warehouses, workshops and factories. • • • •

Product Description Three Sided with Plywood (Small) Three Sided with Plywood (Large) Three Sided with Mesh (Small) Three Sided with Mesh (Large) Four Sided with Plywood (Small) Four Sided with Plywood (Large) Four Sided with Mesh (Small) Four Sided with Mesh (Large)

2013/14

• • • •

Plywood decks supplied on all trolley versions Angled handles designed for manoeuvring trolley Steel slot together and bolted system Braked and unbraked trolleys available

H x W x D (mm) 900 x 500 x 900 900 x 700 x 1100 900 x 500 x 900 900 x 700 x 1100 900 x 500 x 900 900 x 700 x 1100 900 x 500 x 900 900 x 700 x 1100

Frame powder coated in blue 200mm dia. rubber wheels Capacity = 400kg (UDL) Platform height: 285mm Braked Trolleys Order Ref Price (Each) UPT108/BC £310.00 UPT208/BC £320.00 UPT109/BC £350.00 UPT209/BC £365.00 UPT110/BC £325.00 UPT210/BC £335.00 UPT111/BC £380.00 UPT211/BC £400.00

Unbraked Trolleys Order Ref Price (Each) UPT108 £285.00 UPT208 £295.00 UPT109 £325.00 UPT209 £345.00 UPT110 £300.00 UPT210 £315.00 UPT111 £355.00 UPT211 £375.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 114

UPT209 UPT108

info@storage-design.co.uk

UPT110

www.storage-design.co.uk 115

UPT211

2013/14

Hand trucks with half closed or fully closed sides for load retention and safety. Available with plywood or steel mesh sides.

MT2 Mail Trolley - Light Duty, Medium Capacity

HANDLING

• • • • • •

Our MT2 Mail Trolley is highly manoeuvrable and has a contour design, buffer protectors and is suited for internal use.

Designed for doorway and narrow aisle access. Removable long side panels. 350kg capacity (UDL). Fitted with 2 fixed and 2 swivel heavy duty castors. Fully welded construction. Colour choices are yellow, blue or green (please specify at time of order)

Supplied with 2 removable baskets.

Description Mail Trolley c/w x 2 Baskets

3 Sided Trucks - Plywood Sides H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

830 x 600 x 900

RTBT3690P

£376.11

830 x 600 x 1200

RTBT3612P

£408.42

3 Sided Truck

Trolley Dimensions

Basket Dimensions

Order

Price

W x D x H (mm)

Ref

(Each)

555 x 735 x 940

457 x 279 x 360

MT2

£118.00

MT3 Mail Trolley - Heavy Duty, Large Capacity

EQUIPMENT

Our MT3 Mail Trolley is highly manoeuvrable and has a contour design, buffer protectors and is suited for internal use.

3 Sided Trucks - Mesh Sides H x W x D (mm)

Oder Ref

Price (Each)

830 x 600 x 900

RTBT3690M

£389.04

830 x 600 x 1200

RTBT3612M

£427.81

Supplied with 2 removable baskets and 1 removable pannier basket. Description Mail Trolley c/w 2 x Removable

Trolley Dimensions

Basket Dimensions

Order

Price

W x D x H (mm)

Ref

(Each)

(x2) 457 x 279 x 360

MT3

£175.00

555 x 775 x 1030

Baskets and 1 Removable Pannier

3 1/2 Sided Trucks - Plywood Sides H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

830 x 600 x 900

RTBT3569P

£390.33

830 x 600 x 1200

RTBT3561P

£423.93

(x1) 350 x 180 x 425

HANDLING

Mailroom Trolleys

MATERIALS

Sided Trucks

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Basket

MT4 Mail Trolley - Heavy Duty, Medium Capacity Our MT4 Mail Trolley is highly manoeuvrable and has a contour design, buffer protectors and is suited for internal use.

3 1/2 Sided Trucks - Mesh Sides H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

830 x 600 x 900

RTBT3569M

£409.72

830 x 600 x 1200

RTBT3561M

£448.49

3 1⁄2 Sided Truck

Supplied with 3 removable baskets.

Description Mail Trolley c/w x 3 Baskets

Trolley Dimensions

Basket Dimensions

Order

Price

W x D x H (mm)

Ref

(Each)

555 x 735 x 940

457 x 279 x 360

MT4

£164.06

Mobile Sackholder

4 Sided Trucks - Plywood Sides H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

830 x 600 x 900

RTBT4690P

£409.72

830 x 600 x 1200

RTBT4612P

£447.20

Our Mobile Sackholders hold a mailsack in the open position for ease of loading. The holders are available in two sizes - a single sackholder to hold one mailsack, or a double sackholder to hold two sacks (mailsacks not included).

4 Sided Trucks - Mesh Side HxWxD

2013/14

Description Order Ref

Price (Each)

830 x 600 x 900

RTBT4690M

£436.86

Single Sackholder

830 x 600 x 1200

RTBT4612M

£484.68

Double Sackholder

Dimensions W x D x H (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

400 x 400 x 1115

SH1

£77.44

790 x 400 x 1115

SH2

£103.69

4 Sided Truck

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 116

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 117

2013/14

A unique range of robust tray trolleys designed for most environments, including warehouses, garages, workshops, catering, serving and general everyday use. The specially formed aluminium uprights and ribbed plastic shelves provide strength, durability and stability. The trolleys are also fitted with hardwearing (100mm Dia.) thermoplastic swivel rubber castors (2 braked).

• Supplied with 3 Plastic Bin Trays (W575 x D430 x H180mm) • Supplied with 2 Plastic Side Bins (25 Ltr) (W385 x D265 x H480mm)

2 Shelf Trolleys

HANDLING

WHTT3SS/ACC Product Description (Standard) 3 Shelves c/w Accessories

Shelves L x W (mm) 630 x 424

Capacity (kg) 150

Order Ref WHTT3SS/ACC

Price (Each) £185.00

WHTT2SL

WHTT2SS

EQUIPMENT

Product Description (Standard) 2 Shelves (Large) 2 Shelves

H x W x D (mm) 1010 x 460 x 1090

H x W x D (mm) 940 x 460 x 750 970 x 513 x 990

Shelves L x W (mm) 630 x 424 866 x 500

Capacity (kg) 100 120

Order Ref WHTT2SS WHTT2SL

Price (Each) £110.00 £170.00

2 Shelf Trolleys with Drawer WHTT2SS/D1 • Lockable drawer with 2 keys supplied

3 Shelf Trolleys

• Inner rubber mat supplied to fit in drawer

WHTT2SS/D2 • Double drawer supplied with inner rubber mats WHTT2SS/D1

WHTT3SL

WHTT3SS Product Description (Standard) 3 Shelves (Large) 3 Shelves

H x W x D (mm) 980 x 460 x 750 1010 x 513 x 990

Shelves L x W (mm) 630 x 424 866 x 500

Capacity (kg) 150 200

Order Ref WHTT3SS WHTT3SL

Price (Each) £130.00 £215.00

Product Description (Standard) 2 Shelves c/w 1 Drawer - 2 keys (Standard) 2 Shelves c/w 2 Drawer

H x W x D (mm) 940 x 460 x 750 940 x 460 x 750

HANDLING

3 Shelf Trolleys with Accessories

MATERIALS

Utility Tray Trolleys

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Shelves L x W (mm) 630 x 424 630 x 424

WHTT2SS/D2

Capacity (kg) 100 100

Order Ref WHTT2SS/D1 WHTT2SS/D2

Price (Each) £220.00 £255.00

3 Shelf Trolleys with Drawer and Cabinet 3 Shelf Trolleys - Sides/Back Enclosed • Lockable cabinet and drawer, with 4 keys supplied

• Supplied with additional side panels on 3 sides to form a secure enclosure

• Cabinet door has a unique opening system without a hinge

WHTT3SS/CAB WHTT3SL/SB

WHTT3SS/SB Product Description (Standard) 3 Shelves c/w Sides/Back Enclosed (Large) 3 Shelves c/w Sides/Back Enclosed

2013/14

H x W x D (mm) 980 x 460 x 750 1010 x 513 x 990

Shelves L x W (mm) 630 x 424 866 x 500

Capacity (kg) 150 200

Order Ref WHTT3SS/SB WHTT3SL/SB

Price (Each) £165.00 £275.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 118

Product Description (Standard) 3 Shelves c/w 1 Drawer with 2 Keys and Cabinet with 2 keys

info@storage-design.co.uk

H x W x D (mm) 980 x 460 x 750

Shelves L x W (mm) 630 x 424

www.storage-design.co.uk 119

Capacity (kg) 150

Order Ref WHTT3SS/CAB

Price (Each) £375.00

2013/14

MATERIALS

Toptruck - Mesh Flatbed Platform Truck

Topstore - Blue Plastic Dolly

An ideal truck useful designed to move heavier items over even or uneven surfaces.

A lightweight polypropylene container dolly fitted with 4 x black swivel 80mm dia. nylon castors. Ideal for easy transportation of bulky items.

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

• Reinforced mesh steel platform/base • Designed with a 40mm raised edge on the platform to prevent goods from sliding off

• Injection moulded construction • Carrying handle for easy transportation when not in use.

• Large pneumatic wheels with extra rubber tread Product Description

H x W x D (mm)

Capacity (Kgs)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Blue Plastic Dolly

110 x 600 x 400

100

BPD

£27.10

Heavy Duty Dolly Truck

EQUIPMENT

Our heavy duty dolly trucks are suitable for use in various environments and applications including exhibition halls, bars and hotels, secure storage facilities, and offices for moving heavy/bulky items.

H x W x D Including Handle (mm)

Wheels (Ømm)

Platform Height From Ground (mm)

Overall Body Height (mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

Mesh Flatbed Platform Truck

1070 x 505 x 1135

260

285

310

TTFB

250

£137.66

Internal Flatbed Dimensions

22 x 495 x 955

Product Description

MATERIALS

HANDLING

• Powder coated in green

HANDLING

• Comfort handle for easy mobility

• Manufactured from enamelled blue steel. • Rubber top buffers give an element of grip assistance and protection. • Ø200mm Rubber Cushion wheels with two bearing options.

Toptruck - Mesh Sided Platform Truck A four sided mesh platform truck that has the option to drop down the side panels for ease when loading goods onto platform. Suitable for carrying items over flat or rough terrain. • Handle to aid manoeuvrability

Product Description

H x W x D (mm)

Heavy Duty Dolly Truck

225 x 406 x 711

Wheel Type Ø200mm Plain Bearing Ø200mm Roller Bearing

Capacity (Kgs) 200

Order Ref

Price (Each)

PT/955/PB

£133.00

PT/955/RB

£135.00

Order Ref

Price (Each)

• Large pneumatic wheels with extra rubber tread

Heavy Duty Long Load Truck

• Powder coated in green

Our Heavy Duty Long Load Truck is specifically designed for moving carpets, poles, pipes and other long bulky loads. • Manufactured from enamelled blue steel. • Ø400mm Pneumatic wheels with two bearing options.

Product Description Mesh Sided Platform Truck Internal Cage Dimensions

2013/14

H x W x D Including Handle (mm)

Wheels (Ømm)

Platform Height From Ground (mm)

Overall Body Height - Sides Raised (mm)

Order Ref

Capacity (Kg)

Price (Each)

1070 x 515 x 1170

260

285

535

TT4S

250

£143.19

245 x 480 x 935

Product Description -

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 120

Heavy Duty Long Load Truck

info@storage-design.co.uk

H x W x D (mm) 533 x 555 x 1515

Wheel Type Ø400mm Plain Bearing Ø400mm Roller Bearing

www.storage-design.co.uk 121

Capacity (Kgs) 300

CT/820/PB

£223.00

CT/820/RB

£226.00

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

• Steerable from both ends. • Choice of Ø355mm Rubber Cushion or Ø400mm Pneumatic Wheels.

HANDLING

Product Description

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Body Size H x W x D (mm)

Capacity (Kgs)

Ø355 Rubber Cushion Wheels

Ø400 Pneumatic Wheels

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

EQUIPMENT

Flatbed Balance Trolley

920 x 686 x 1310

686 x 1220

500

BT/9111/CT/RB

£299.00

BT/9111/PT/RB

£291.00

Flatbed Balance Trolley

920 x 762 x 1660

762 x 1524

500

BT/9121/CT/RB

£336.00

BT/9121/PT/RB

£328.00

Flatbed Balance Trolley

920 x 915 x 1905

915 x 1829

500

BT/9131/CT/RB

£389.00

BT/9131/PT/RB

£380.00

Sided Balance Trolley

920 x 686 x 1310

200 x 686 x 1220

500

BT/9112/CT/RB

£367.00

BT/9112/PT/RB

£359.00

Sided Balance Trolley

920 x 762 x 1660

200 x 762 x 1524

500

BT/9122/CT/RB

£414.00

BT/9122/PT/RB

£407.00

Sided Balance Trolley

920 x 915 x 1905

200 x 915 x 1829

500

BT/9132/CT/RB

£483.00

BT/9132/PT/RB

£475.00

• Blue enamelled steel handle and chassis . • Steerable front wheels. • Seasoned timber platform and sides (Fixed side versions only). • Ø200mm Rubber Cushion Wheels.

Product Description

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Body Size H x W x D (mm)

Deck Height (mm)

Capacity (Kgs)

Order Ref

Platform Trolley Platform Trolley c/w Fixed Sides

250 x 534 x 1100

534 x 1000

250

150

PT/881/PB

£151.00

375 x 534 x 1100

125 x 534 x 1000

250

150

PT/882/PB

£152.00

Platform Trolley c/w Fixed Sides

515 x 534 x 1100

305 x 534 x 1000

250

150

PT/883/PB

£181.00

Price (Each)

• Blue enamelled all steel welded construction. . • Steerable front wheels. • Softwood platform and sides (Slide in side versions only).

Single Handle Balance Trolleys • Choice of Ø355mm Rubber Cushion or Ø400mm Pneumatic Wheels.

Product Description

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Body Size H x W x D (mm)

Capacity (Kgs)

Ø355 Rubber Cushion Wheels

Ø400 Pneumatic Wheels

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Flatbed Balance Trolley

920 x 686 x 1310

686 x 1220

500

BT/9311/CT/RB

£306.00

BT/9311/PT/RB

£298.00

Flatbed Balance Trolley

920 x 762 x 1660

762 x 1524

500

BT/9321/CT/RB

£342.00

BT/9321/PT/RB

£334.00

Flatbed Balance Trolley

920 x 915 x 1905

915 x 1829

500

BT/9331/CT/RB

£395.00

BT/9331/PT/RB

£387.00

Sided Balance Trolley

920 x 686 x 1310

200 x 686 x 1220

500

BT/9312/CT/RB

£373.00

BT/9312/PT/RB

£365.00

Sided Balance Trolley

920 x 762 x 1660

200 x 762 x 1524

500

BT/9322/CT/RB

£419.00

BT/9322/PT/RB

£412.00

Sided Balance Trolley

920 x 915 x 1905

200 x 915 x 1829

500

BT/9332/CT/RB

£489.00

BT/9332/PT/RB

£481.00

Product Description

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Platform Trolley

515 x 711 x 1600

711 x 1524

500

Platform Trolley

515 x 762 x 1905

762 x 1828

500

Platform Trolley c/w Slide in Sides Platform Trolley c/w Slide in Sides

Body Size Capacity H x W x D (mm) (Kgs)

715 x 711 x 1600 200 x 686 x 1524

500

715 x 762 x 1905 200 x 686 x 1828

500

Ø355mm Rubber Ø400mm Rubber Cushion Cushion Price Price Order Ref Order Ref (Each) (Each) MPT/1091/CT/ MPT/1091/CT/ £457.00 £499.00 RB/1 RB/1 MPT/1101/CT/ MPT/1101/CT/ £489.00 £532.00 RB/1 RB/2 MPT/1092/CT/ MPT/1092/CT/ £562.00 £635.00 RB/1 RB/2 MPT/1102/CT/ MPT/1102/CT/ £598.00 £640.00 RB/1 RB/2

Ø400mm Pneumatic Order Ref MPT/1091/ PT/RB MPT/1101/ PT/RB MPT/1092/ PT/RB MPT/1102/ PT/RB

Price (Each) £432.00

HANDLING

Double Handle Balance Trolleys

EQUIPMENT

Platform Trolleys

Our range of Balance Trolleys are a fully welded, blue enamelled sturdy steel construction giving a 500Kg capacity with a choice of either solid rubber cushion or pneumatic wheels for rough terrain. The central axle gives perfect balance and ease of manouevrability. Each model has a softwood deck and ends with an optional removable sided trolley.

MATERIALS

Balance Trolleys

£464.00 £537.00 £573.00

• Blue enamelled all steel welded construction. . • Steerable front wheels. • Softwood platform and sides (Slide in side versions only).

Single Handle Balance Trolleys • Choice of Ø355mm Rubber Cushion or Ø400mm Pneumatic Wheels.

2013/14

Product Description

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Body Size H x W x D (mm)

Capacity (Kgs)

Flatbed Balance Trolley

920 x 686 x 1310

686 x 1220

500

Flatbed Balance Trolley

920 x 762 x 1660

762 x 1524

Flatbed Balance Trolley

920 x 915 x 1905

915 x 1829

Ø355 Rubber Cushion Wheels Order Ref

Price (Each)

BT/9511/CT/RB

£306.00

500

BT/9521/CT/RB

500

BT/9531/CT/RB

Ø400 Pneumatic Wheels

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Body Size H x W x D (mm)

Capacity (Kgs)

Platform Trolley

510 x 762 x 1600

762 x 1524

1000

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Platform Trolley

510 x 914 x 1930

914 x 1828

1000

BT/9511/PT/RB

£298.00

Platform Trolley

510 x 1000 x 2100

1000 x 2000

1000

£348.00

BT/9521/PT/RB

£340.00

200 x 762 x 1524

1000

BT/9531/PT/RB

£387.00

Platform Trolley c/w Fixed Sides Platform Trolley c/w Fixed Sides Platform Trolley c/w Fixed Sides

710 x 762 x 1600

£395.00

710 x 914 x 1930

200 x 914 x 1828

1000

710 x 1000 x 2100 200 x 1000 x 2000

1000

Sided Balance Trolley

920 x 686 x 1310

200 x 686 x 1220

500

BT/9512/CT/RB

£373.00

BT/9512/PT/RB

£365.00

Sided Balance Trolley

920 x 762 x 1660

200 x 762 x 1524

500

BT/9522/CT/RB

£419.00

BT/9522/PT/RB

£412.00

Sided Balance Trolley

920 x 915 x 1905

200 x 915 x 1829

500

BT/9532/CT/RB

£489.00

BT/9532/PT/RB

£481.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 122

Product Description

info@storage-design.co.uk

Ø355mm Rubber Cushion Price Order Ref (Each) LPT/1111/CT/ £549.00 RB/1 LPT/1121/CT/ £594.00 RB/1 LPT/1131/CT/ £689.00 RB/1 LPT/1112/CT/ £651.00 RB/1 LPT/1122/CT/ £716.00 RB/1 LPT/1132/CT/ £806.00 RB/1

www.storage-design.co.uk 123

Ø400mm Rubber Cushion Price Order Ref (Each) LPT/1111/CT/ £591.00 RB/2 LPT/1121/CT/ £652.00 RB/2 LPT/1131/CT/ £731.00 RB/2 LPT/1112/CT/ £693.00 RB/2 LPT/1122/CT/ £759.00 RB/2 LPT/1132/CT/ £849.00 RB/2

Ø400mm Pneumatic Order Ref

Price (Each)

LPT/1111/PT/RB £524.00 LPT/1121/PT/RB £585.00 LPT/1131/PT/RB £664.00 LPT/1112/PT/RB £626.00 LPT/1122/PT/RB £691.00 LPT/1132/PT/RB £781.00

2013/14

Bar/Premium Trucks

Mobile shelving and transportation system for warehouses, workshop storage and work in transit.

Specially designed trucks available in a choice of various capacities to suit most environments.

Available with or without fitted doors.

â&#x20AC;˘

Two adjustable plywood or steel shelves.

â&#x20AC;˘

100kg (UDL) load capacity per shelf.

â&#x20AC;˘

500kg (UDL) maximum load capacity.

HANDLING

â&#x20AC;˘

Fitted with two fixed and two swivel heavy duty castors.

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Extra shelves available. Colour choices are: Blue, Red, Yellow, Green and Light Grey (please specify at time of order).

â&#x20AC;˘ Both ranges manufactured from tough, food grade medium density blue polyethylene. â&#x20AC;˘ Smooth interiors for easy cleaning â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with nylon wheels/castors â&#x20AC;˘ Available in 100% recycled black (please note, recycled material is not food grade) â&#x20AC;˘ Other colours available (please enquire)

HANDLING

â&#x20AC;˘

Bar Trucks

Mobile Unit With Doors Mobile Unit Without Doors

â&#x20AC;˘ Available in 5 sizes without lids â&#x20AC;˘ Stackable and nestable â&#x20AC;˘ Specially produced for hotels, bars or work environments where space is at a premium â&#x20AC;˘ Both models fitted with 4 no. Ă&#x2DC;75mm swivel castors â&#x20AC;˘ Designed for confined spaces and storage of empty bottles and general waste. â&#x20AC;˘ Handles included on the trucks

EQUIPMENT

External Dimensions H x W x D (mm)

Internal Dimensions H x W x D (mm)

Capacity (Ltrs)

660 x 460 x 650mm

580 x 390 x 600

750 x 455 x 615mm

Blue

Recycled

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

135

RB0111

ÂŁ59.00

RB0111RC K

ÂŁ51.00

685 x 400 x 555

150

RB0113

ÂŁ59.00

RB0113RC K

ÂŁ51.00

620 x 455 x 820mm

555 x 405 x 780

165

RB0115

ÂŁ59.00

RB0115RC K

ÂŁ51.00

620 x 380 x 970mm

555 x 320 x 910

165

RB0118

ÂŁ59.00

RB0118RC K

ÂŁ51.00

620 x 615 x 670mm

560 x 555 x 610

185

RB0119

ÂŁ59.00

RB0119RC K

ÂŁ51.00

MATERIALS

Mobile Storage Shelving

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Premium Trucks â&#x20AC;˘ Available in 6 sizes with or without lids â&#x20AC;˘ Fully nestable for making transportation easier and highly cost effective â&#x20AC;˘ Ideal for storage and transportation in factories, retail outlets and catering " } ?

additional strength and support

External Dimensions H x W x D (mm)

Internal Dimensions H x W x D (mm)

Castors (Ă&#x2DC;mm)

Capacity (Ltrs)

510x 460 x 460

410 x 410 x 410

Lid to suit 72 litre truck

Mobile Storage Shelving

760 x 460 x 460

660 x 410 x 410

Overall Size H x W x D (mm) 1355 x 900 x 600

Fitted With Doors c/w 2 Shelves

Without Doors c/w 2 Shelves

Extra Shelves

2013/14

Steel Shelves

Plywood Shelves

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

XD139060MBXX

ÂŁ511.84

XD139060PBXX

ÂŁ533.12

1655 x 900 x 600

XD169060MBXX

ÂŁ539.84

XD169060PBXX

ÂŁ561.12

1955 x 900 x 600

XD199060MBXX

ÂŁ567.84

XD199060PBXX

ÂŁ590.24

1355 x 900 x 600

XW139060MBXX

ÂŁ405.44

XW139060PBXX

ÂŁ427.84

1655 x 900 x 600

XW169060MBXX

ÂŁ428.96

XW169060PBXX

ÂŁ450.24

1955 x 900 x 600

XW199060MBXX

ÂŁ448.00

XW199060PBXX

ÂŁ469.28

900 x 600

XWES9060MBXX

ÂŁ36.96

XWES9060PBXX

ÂŁ44.80

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 124

690 x 530 x 620

580 x 465 x 550

645 x 410 x 740

595 x 585 x 905

620 x 595 x 1225

RB0003RC K

ÂŁ54.00

RL0087

ÂŁ28.00

RL0087RC K

ÂŁ26.00

ÂŁ64.00

RB0120RC K

ÂŁ57.00

RL0087

ÂŁ28.00

RL0087RC K

ÂŁ26.00

135

RB0121

ÂŁ79.00

RB0121RC K

ÂŁ71.00

RL0088

ÂŁ30.00

RL0088RC K

ÂŁ27.00

100

200

RB0227

ÂŁ87.00

RB0227RC K

ÂŁ77.00

RL0089

ÂŁ31.00

RL0089RC K

ÂŁ29.00

100

320

RB0317

ÂŁ119.00

RB0317RC K

ÂŁ107.00

RL0090

ÂŁ42.00

RL0090RC K

ÂŁ39.00

100

455

RB0412

ÂŁ153.00

RB0412RC K

ÂŁ134.00

RL0091

ÂŁ53.00

RL0091RC K

ÂŁ45.00

Lid to suit 455 litre truck

info@storage-design.co.uk

ÂŁ59.00

Lid to suit 320 litre truck 755 x 730 x 1345

Price (Each)

RB0003

RB0120

Lid to suit 200 litre truck 735 x 685 x 1010

Order Ref

118

Lid to suit 135 litre truck 750 x 480 x 825

Recycled Price (Each)

Lid to suit 118 litre truck Description

Blue Order Ref

www.storage-design.co.uk 125

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

â&#x20AC;˘ Long life nylon or polyurethane steer wheels

â&#x20AC;˘ Conforms to BSEN1757-2:2001

â&#x20AC;˘ 3 position trigger

â&#x20AC;˘ Lowered Fork Height - 85mm

â&#x20AC;˘ Full bushing in key areas

â&#x20AC;˘ Raised Fork Height - 200mm

â&#x20AC;˘ Greasing points

â&#x20AC;˘ Individual Fork Dimensions - 160 x 50mm

â&#x20AC;˘ Overload/Pressure relief valve

â&#x20AC;˘ Steering Wheel Dimensions - 200 x 50mm

â&#x20AC;˘ Sealed bearings â&#x20AC;˘ Self-Lubricating bushes

â&#x20AC;˘ TNN = Tandem Roller Dimensions 80 x 70mm

â&#x20AC;˘ Sealed hydraulics

â&#x20AC;˘ SNN = Single Roller Dimensions 80 x 93mm

ECO Hand Pallet Truck

EQUIPMENT

Eco Warrior Single Nylon

2000

Fork Dimensions (mm) 1000 x 520

Eco Warrior Single Nylon

2000

1150 x 520

WRE20S115SNN

ÂŁ258.94

Eco Warrior Single Nylon

2000

1000 x 685

WRE20L100SNN

ÂŁ269.54

Eco Warrior Tandem Nylon

2500

1150 x 520

WRE25S115TNN

ÂŁ271.06

Eco Warrior Tandem Nylon

2500

1150 x 685

WRE25L115TNN

ÂŁ280.14

Product Description

Capacity (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

WRE20S100SNN

ÂŁ255.91

â&#x20AC;˘ Totalising Function

â&#x20AC;˘ 2 sizes

â&#x20AC;˘ High contrast display

â&#x20AC;˘ Polyurethane wheels/rollers to reduce vibration

â&#x20AC;˘ High battery autonomy with 70 hours of use

â&#x20AC;˘ Large click quality facia

â&#x20AC;˘ Water and dust proof to norm IP65

â&#x20AC;˘ Accuracy Âą 0.1%

â&#x20AC;˘ Optional built-in Thermal Printer Capacity (Kg)

Fork Dimensions (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Warrior Weigh Scale Pallet Truck

2000

1150 x 572

WRESR20STPP

ÂŁ1,305.31

Warrior Weigh Scale Pallet Truck

2000

1220 x 692

WRESR20LTPP

ÂŁ1,421.91

WarriorWeigh Scale Pallet Truck with printer

2000

1150 x 572

WRESR20SPRTPP ÂŁ1,603.63

Warrior Weigh Scale Pallet Truck with printer

2000

1220 x 692

WRESR20LPRTPP ÂŁ1,780.80

Product Description

Manual High Lift Pallet Truck Our Manual High Lift Pallet Truck is ideal for heavy duty applications as a combined pallet truck and lift table. The truck lifts by pumping the steering handle and lowers by pulling the hand trigger, allowing for stepless easy lowering even under maximum load.

Hand Pallet Truck Product Description

â&#x20AC;˘ Load read-out at 1Kg increments

Capacity (Kg)

Fork Dimensions (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Warrior Poly Wheels/Single Poly Roller

2500

800 x 450

WR25VS80SPP

ÂŁ290.74

Warrior Nylon Wheels

2500

800 x 450

WR25800450TNN

ÂŁ295.29

Warrior Nylon Wheels

2500

900 x 450

WR25900450TNN

ÂŁ295.29

Warrior Single Nylon Wheels

2500

1000 x 685

WR25L100SNN

ÂŁ302.86

Warrior Nylon Wheels

2500

1000 x 685

WR25L100TNN

ÂŁ295.29

Warrior Rubber Wheels/Poly

2500

1000 x 685

WR25L100TPR

ÂŁ295.29

â&#x20AC;˘ Lift height 800mm

â&#x20AC;˘ Quicklift below 250Kg

â&#x20AC;˘ Lowered height 85mm

â&#x20AC;˘ Adjustable stabilisers

Product Description

Warrior Single Nylon Wheels

2500

1000 x 540

WR25S100SNN

ÂŁ287.71

Warrior High Lift Pallet Truck

Warrior Nylon Wheels

2500

1000 x 540

WR25S100TNN

ÂŁ287.71

Warrior High Lift Pallet Truck

Warrior Poly Wheels

2500

1000 x 540

WR25S100TPR

ÂŁ271.06

Warrior Nylon Wheels

2500

800 x 450

WR25VS80TNN

ÂŁ290.74

Warrior Rubber Wheels/Poly

2500

800 x 450

WR25VS80TPR

ÂŁ286.20

Extra Long Pallet Truck â&#x20AC;˘ 6 further sizes available (please enquire) â&#x20AC;˘ Greasing points â&#x20AC;˘ Overload/pressure relief valve â&#x20AC;˘ Ideal for handling: non standard pallets, roll containers etc â&#x20AC;˘ Tandem rollers â&#x20AC;˘ Nylon steer wheels Product Description

Capacity (Kg)

Fork Dimension (mm)

Individual Fork Dimensions

Fork Roller Dimensions

Steer Wheel Dimensions

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1000

1170 x 540

160 x 50

75 x 50

180 x 50

WR10540

ÂŁ583.00

1000

1170 x 680

160 x 50

75 x 50

180 x 50

WR10680

ÂŁ660.23

Electric High Lift Pallet Truck Our Electric High Lift Pallet Trucks are suitable for use with open bottom euro pallets and stillages (will not work with full perimeter board pallets) and reduces the physical effort needed by operators and considerably improves the ergonomic conditions at work stations by raising the trucks to the desired height preventing bending and stooping. â&#x20AC;˘ Lift height 800mm

â&#x20AC;˘ 12v/60Ah Battery

â&#x20AC;˘ Lowered height 85mm

â&#x20AC;˘ Fork Dimensions 160 x 50mm

â&#x20AC;˘ Manual operation included

â&#x20AC;˘ Fork Roller /Dimensions 75 x 55mm

â&#x20AC;˘ Adjustable stabilisers

â&#x20AC;˘ Fork Length 1170mm

â&#x20AC;˘ Battery and charger included

â&#x20AC;˘ Steer Wheel Dimensions

â&#x20AC;˘ 0.8Kw lifting motor Capacity (Kg)

Fork Dimensions (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Warrior Heavy Duty Extra Long

3500

2500 x 540

WRL35SEELFTNN

ÂŁ881.31

Warrior Heavy Duty Extra Long

3500

2500 x 685

WRL35LEELFTNN

ÂŁ881.31

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 126

180 x 55mm

Capacity (Kg)

Overall Width (mm)

Weight (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1000

540

169

WREX

ÂŁ1,761.11

1000

680

169

WREXW

ÂŁ2,018.54

12 months ON SITE parts & labour warranty

2013/14

EQUIPMENT

â&#x20AC;˘ Exit/Entry rollers

HANDLING

â&#x20AC;˘ Long life nylon or polyurethane rollers

MATERIALS

Weigh Scale Pallet Truck

Pallet Trucks

12 months ON SITE parts & labour warranty

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 127

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Work Positioners

EQUIPMENT

Stackers Manual Stackers

• Compact Lightweight and manoeuvrable

Our Manual Stackers are a cost effective way of handling goods. high build quality and materials give these stackers durability and value. Various model options for most applications.

• WR200 with self sustaining winch • WR100E with overload protection, maintenance free battery and built in charger

Special designs available (please enquire)

HANDLING

• Mounted on 4 swivel castors

•

Pulling Handle

• Conforms to BS EN 1757 – 2:2001

•

Brake

•

Steer Wheel Foot Guards

•

Full Guarding

•

Tandem Lift Chains

Centre Capacity (Kg) Load (mm)

Product Description

Min Height Max Height Platform Size (mm) (mm) (mm)

Load Wheel (mm)

Steering Wheel Overall Dimensions (mm) LxWxH (mm)

Battery Service

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Manual Work Positioner

200

235

130

1500

470 x 600

125

870x600x1920

Free

WR200

£675.37

•

Manual Lift and Travel

Electric Work Positioner

100

235

130

1700

470 x 600

125

870x600x1790

24v/12Ah

WR100E

£1,378.00

•

Adjustable Forks (WRVFS)

HANDLING

• Auto Break System prevents uncontrolled lowering

Winch Stackers

EQUIPMENT

• Compact and service free design • Unique design of winch for easier and safer lifting • Heavy duty ‘C’ section mast • Two parking brakes on steer wheels • Conforms to ISO6391 Product Description

Manual Stacker Product Description

Capacity Load Centre Min Height Max Height Fork Adjustable (Kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) Width (mm)

Fork Width Fork Length (mm) (mm)

Front Load Roller (mm)

Steering Wheel (mm)

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Winch Stacker

500

1560

160 - 690

1000

80 x 47

150 x 40

2030 x 725 x 1325

WS50

£1,139.20

Winch Stacker

1000

575

1500

540 Fixed

160

1150

80 x 94

150 x 50

1930 x 725 x 1600

WS100

£1,311.37

Manual Stacker c/w Adjustable Forks

Load Centre (mm)

Capacity (Kg)

Min Fork Max Fork Overall Fork Fork Width Fork Length Height Height Width (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

H x W x D (mm)

Ground Clearance (mm)

Front Wheels (mm)

Rear Wheels (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

500

1600

160

550

1150

2100 x 740 x 1660

74 x 55

180 x 50

WRFFS1016

£1,119.06

500

1600

140

300-800

900

2100 x 850 x 1488

74 x 55

180 x 50

WRVFS1016

£1,272.00

600

3000

160

550

1150

2060 x 740 x 1668

74 x 70

180 x 50

WRFFS1030

£1,838.34

600

3000

140

300 - 740

900

2060 x 800 x 1496

74 x 70

180 x 50

WRVFS1030

£1,838.34

1000

MATERIALS

Work Positioners

1000

Manual Straddle Stacker With Adjustable Forks MiniStacker Our Ministackers are excellent for the everyday light duty work area where loads to be lifted far exceed “the manual handling directive” but do not demand a heavy duty industrial stacker. With a capacity of 400Kg and 3 lift height options the ministackers are suitable for many internal jobs. • Smooth operating foot pump • Position lifting

•

Pulling Handle

•

Brake

•

Steer Wheel Foot Guards

•

Full Guarding

•

Tandem Lift Chains

•

Manual Lift and Travel

•

Adjustable Straddle

• Pressure/overload valve • Smart chromium plated frame • Powder coated platform • Smooth running braked steer wheels • Very manoeuvrable • CE marked and supplied with Certificate of Conformity

Product Description

Capacity (Kg)

Min Platform Height (mm)

Max Platform Platform Length Platform Width Height (mm) (mm) (mm)

Fork Size L x W (mm)

Steering Roller (mm)

Load Roller (mm)

850 Ministacker

400

1200

600

576

650 x 110

127 x 40

75 x 40

1500

Weight (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

WR0485

£672.34

WR0412

£713.23

WR0415

£776.83

1000

Min Fork Height (mm) 75

Max Fork Height(mm) 1600

Overall Fork Width (mm) 210-800

1000

2500

210-800

915

1000

3000

210-800

915

Product Description Capacity (Kg) Manual Straddle Stacker 1000Kg Adj Forks

12 months ON SITE parts & labour warranty 2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 128

Fork Length H x W x D (mm) (mm) 915 2020 x 1080/1360 x 1580

Min Turning Radius (mm) 1250

Front Wheel Dia (mm) Ø80

Rear Wheel Dia (mm) Ø150

Order Ref

Price (Each)

WRMSS1016

£1,711.14

1770 x 1080/1360 x 1480

1650

Ø80

Ø150

WRMSS1025

£2,110.91

2020 x 1080/1360 x 1480

1650

Ø80

Ø150

WRMSS1030

£2,176.03

12 months ON SITE parts & labour warranty

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 129

2013/14

MATERIALS

Semi Electric Stackers •

Steering/Pulling Handle

•

Brake

•

Steer wheel foot guards

•

Full guarding

•

Robust and reliable

•

Tandem lift chains

•

High quality hydraulics with a positive feel

HANDLING

Lift Tables

•

Manual Push/ Electric Lift

•

Foot operated lift

•

90° Stacking Aisle (1000mm Long x 1200mm wide) 2145mm

•

Infinitely controlled lower

•

Foot brakes fitted to swivel castors

•

12v 150Ah battery

•

Conforms to BSEN1570-4

•

Built in automatic charger

•

Available with adjustable forks

Semi Electric Stacker With Wrapover Forks

Manual Mobile Lift Tables

Heavy duty 1500W electro-hydraulic power pack

Our comprehensive range of mobile lift tables are manufactured to withstand the most arduous working environments normally associated with industrial applications 9 models

EQUIPMENT

Product Description

Capacity (Kg)

Load Centre (mm)

Min Fork Height (mm)

Max Fork Height (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1000

600

2500

570

1100

1830/3070 x 1720

180 x 50

74 x 70

1400

WR1025

£2,542.49

1000

600

3000

570

1100

2080/3570 x 1720

180 x 50

74 x 70

1400

WR1030

£2,693.91

1000

600

3300

570

1100

2230/3870 x 1720

180 x 50

74 x 70

1400

WR1033

£2,880.17

Semi Electric Stacker

Overall Fork H x D (mm) Fork Length Width (Note: Height is lowered and (mm) (mm) extended mast height)

Rear Wheel Front Wheel Turning Size Size Radius (mm) (mm) (mm)

MATERIALS

Single Scissors

Double Scissors

Semi Electric Straddle Stacker with Adjustable Forks •

1000Kg Capacity

•

Heavy duty 1500W electro-hydraulic power pack

•

Steering/Pulling Handle

•

Brake

•

Steer wheel foot guards

•

Full guarding

•

Tandem lift chains

•

Manual Push/ Electric Lift

•

90°Stacking Aisle (1000mm Long x 1200mm wide) 2145mm

•

12v 150Ah battery

•

Built in automatic charger

•

Available with adjustable forks

•

Adjustable wide straddle Capacity (Kg)

Lowered Table Height (mm)

Mobile Lift Table

150

Mobile Lift Table

350

Mobile Lift Table

500

Product Description

Semi Electric Adjustable Stacker

Capacity (Kg)

Load Centre (mm)

Min Fork Max Fork Height Height (mm) (mm)

Overall Fork H x D (mm) Fork Length Width (Note: Height is lowered and (mm) (mm) extended mast height)

1000

600

2500

200-800

1150

1000

600

3000

200-800

1150

Rear Wheel Size (mm)

Front Wheel Size (mm)

Turning Radius (mm)

1854/3094 x 1800

Ø180 x 50

Ø80 x 95

1580

WRST1025 £2,969.94

2104/3594 x 1800

Ø180 x 50

Ø80 x 95

1580

WRST1030 £3,131.89

Table Size W x L (mm)

Handle Height (mm)

Wheel Diameter (mm)

Number of strokes to full lift height

220

720

450 x 700

950

100

335

1300

500 x 910

975

125

285

880

500 x 850

990

127

Net Weight (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

WR15

£318.00

105

WR35D

£392.20

WR50

£431.57

500

286

915

810 x 1600

990

125

154

WR50L

£1,138.74

Mobile Lift Table

750

420

990

510 x 100

990

125

WR75

£481.54

Mobile Lift Table

800

445

1500

610 x 1220

1015

127

195

WR80D

£961.57

Mobile Lift Table

1000

380

990

510 x 1016

980

125

140

WR100

£498.20

Mobile Lift Table Extra Large

1000

300

1400

750 x 2035

1000

180/80

200

198

WR100L

£1,243.23

Order Ref Price (Each)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 130

Raised Table Height (mm)

Mobile Lift Table Extra Large

12 months ON SITE parts & labour warranty

2013/14

HANDLING

•

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

12 months ON SITE parts & labour warranty

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 131

2013/14

HANDLING

A range of storage and handling solutions for the safekeeping and movement of gas cylinders around your premises. All trolleys are of tubular steel construction powder coated in blue with a pierced base plate to help disperse condensation. Trolleys and wall brackets are fitted with a galvanised chain to hold cylinders securely. All rear wheel models are fitted with 100mm diameter swivel blue vulcanised rubber castors, which offers low rolling resistance, meaning they are easy to manoeuvre, are non marking and are a soft yet highly durable compound. SCT/280/RW

Single Cylinder Trolleys

OPCT

SCT/280 Product Description

Product Description Single Cylinder Trolley Single Cylinder Trolley c/w Rear Wheels Single Cylinder Rear Wheel Attachment

Wheels (Ømm) 200 200 + 100 100

Max Cylinder (Ømm) 280 280 -

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

1050 x 483 x 520 1050 x 483 x 900 -

SCT/280 SCT/280/RW RW/PT/47/SCT/280

Trolley Capacity (kg) 150 150 -

Price (Each) £107.00 £174.78 £67.78

EQUIPMENT

PT/47

47kg Propane Cylinder Trolleys

Oxy Propane Cylinder Trolley Oxy Propane Cylinder Trolley c/w Rear Wheels Oxy Propane Rear Wheel Attachment

OPCT/RW

Wheels (Ømm) 300 300 + 100

Max Cylinder (Ømm) 240/410 240/410

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref OPCT OPCT/RW

Trolley Capacity (kg) 200 200

Price (Each) £208.02 £298.02

1050 x 880 x 520 1050 x 880 x 900

100

RW/OACT/OPCT/2

£90.00

Cylinder Wall Brackets

CWB/3W

• For stability and safe storage of cylinders. • Cylinders secured by galvanised chain. • Epoxy powder coated in blue. • Wall fixings not included.

HANDLING

Oxygen Propane Cylinder Trolleys

MATERIALS

Cylinder Handling

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

PT/47/RW CWB/2W Product Description Propane Cylinder Trolley Propane Cylinder Trolley c/w Rear Wheels Propane Cylinder Rear Wheel Attachment

Wheels (Ømm) 200 200 + 100 100

Max Cylinder (Ømm) 380 380 -

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

1050 x 583 x 520 1050 x 583 x 900 -

PT/47 PT/47/RW RW/PT/47/SCT/280

Trolley Capacity (kg) 150 150 -

Price (Each) £122.65 £190.43 £67.78

Product Description Cylinder Wall Bracket for Two Cylinders Cylinder Wall Bracket for Three Cylinders

Max Cylinder (Ømm) 280 280

H x W x D (mm) 40 x 650 x 155 40 x 965 x 155

Order Ref CWB/2W CWB/3W

Price (Each) £45.00 £54.00

H x W x D (mm) 600 x 340 x 310

Order Ref CS/280

Price (Each) £107.48

Cylinder Stand

Oxygen Acetylene Cylinder Trolleys

• For stability and safe storage of gas cylinders. • Cylinders secured by hinged bar and winged nuts. • Epoxy powder coated in blue. • Heavy duty base plate can be floor fixed (fixings not supplied). OACT

OACT/RW Product Description Oxygen Acetylene Cylinder Trolley Oxygen Acetylene Cylinder Trolley c/w Rear Wheel Oxygen Acetylene Rear Wheel Attachment

2013/14

Wheels (Ømm) 300 300 + 100

Max Cylinder (Ømm) 240 / 290 240 / 290

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref OACT OACT/RW

Trolley Capacity (kg) 200 200

Price (Each) £206.46 £296.47

1050 x 760 x 520 1050 x 760 x 900

100

RW/OACT/OPCT/2

£90.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 132

Product Description Cylinder Stand

info@storage-design.co.uk

Max Cylinder (Ømm) 280

www.storage-design.co.uk 133

2013/14

Drum Trucks

Drum Dollies

A range of steel, powder coated, heavy duty drum trucks for use with 100 to 210 litre steel drums.

A range of heavy duty steel drum dollies. • DT45 and DT45E are fitted with a drum-retaining hook. • DT45G has a pincer grab to secure steel drums. • DT45U can cater for steel, plastic and fibre drums.

Powder-coated finish. Designed for 210 litre drums.

DD4

Castor Size (Ømm)

Capacity (Kg)

Order Ref

Pressed Steel 4 Wheeled Drum Dolly

300

BGD80

£25.95

Heavy Duty Steel 4 Wheeled Drum Dolly

400

DD4

£49.95

Product Description

HANDLING

BGD80

Price (Each)

Drum Stands

DT45

DT45E

DT45G

EQUIPMENT

DT45U

Our range of heavy duty, powder coated blue steel drum stands are designed for 210 litre drums. Enables drums to be tilted from vertical to horizontal position for decanting or storage. Three choices available

BS2

Product Description Drum Stand

Height of Drum from Floor (mm)

Capacity (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

280

220

£66.50

Drum Stand c/w Two Fixed Wheels and Two Swivel Castors

330

220

BS1

£98.00

Drum Stand c/w Two Fixed Wheels, Two Swivel Castors and Drum Rollers

330

220

BS2

£114.00

Wheel Dia.

Capacity (Kg)

Solid Rubber

260

Solid Rubber

260

Pneumatic

260

Product Description

Wheel Type

Drum Truck Drum Truck c/w Rear Wheels and Brake Drum Truck c/w Rear Wheels and Brake

Order Ref

Price (Each)

350

DT45

£135.00

350

DT45E

£145.00

350

DT45A

£180.00

Drum Truck c/w Pincer Grab

Solid Rubber

260

400

DT45G

£164.95

Multi-Purpose Drum Truck

Solid Rubber

260

350

DT45U

£99.00

MATERIALS

Drum Handling

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Drum Trucks Fitted with a drum-retaining hook suitable for handling tight head and open top 210 litre steel drums. • Enables easy mobility of 210 litre steel drums • Available with or without rear wheels. The real wheel attachment considerably reduces operator effort • Both drum trucks come with full operating instructions.

Drum Transporters

• All rear wheel models are fitted with 100mm diameter swivel blue vulcanised rubber castors and 250mm diameter rubber wheels, which offers low rolling resistance, meaning they are easy to manoeuvre, are non marking and a soft yet highly durable compound.

Our range of heavy duty steel drum transporters are designed for the safe storage and transportation of 210 litre drums.

Enables drums to be tilted from vertical to horizontal position.

DT/RW

Two options available BS3

Height of Drum from Floor (mm)

Capacity (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (each)

Drum Transporter c/w Detachable Handle (Powder Coated)

390

300

BS3

£275.00

Drum Transporter c/w Twin Extendable Handles (Galvanised)

400

300

BS4

£99.95

Product Description

2013/14

BS4

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 134

Product Description Drum Truck Drum Truck c/w Rear Wheels Drum Truck Rear Wheel Attachment

info@storage-design.co.uk

H x W x D (mm) 1520 x 610 x 420 1520 x 610 x 420 -

www.storage-design.co.uk 135

Order Ref DT DT/RW RW/DT

Capacity (kgs) 280 280

Price (Each) £195.00 £265.00 £76.80

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013 EQUIPMENT

Drum Porter Plus

Drum Porter Easy to use, lifts the drum hydraulically off the floor for transportation and smoothly lowers it via a spring return knob.

WARRIOR Drum Porter plus will handle 140 or 205 litre drums on and off bound pallets as well as regular pallets

HANDLING Product Description

EQUIPMENT

Drum Porter

HANDLING

The simple but very effective Drum Porter makes light work when moving 205 litre steel drums around.

Capacity (Kg)

Lifting Height

Lifting per stroke

Max Drum Diameter

Max Drum Length

Max Height in Lowered Position

Max Height in Raised Position

Length

Width

Net Weight

Order Ref

Price (Each)

250

345mm

22mm

572mm

915mm

1000mm

1215mm

810mm

780mm

42Kg

WRDT250

£490.63

Drum Porter with Wide Straddle This Drum Porter has a wide straddle and is designed to enable the unit to lift 205 litre drums from euro pallets (800mm wide).

Product Description

Drum Porter Plus

The Drum Porter is easy to manouevre and comes with large polyurethane wheels and is fitted with brake.

Capacity (Kg)

Lifting Height

Lifting per stroke

Max Drum Diameter

Max Drum Length

Max Height in Lowered Position

Max Height in Raised Position

Length

Width

Net Weight

Order Ref

Price (Each)

450

500mm

12mm

572mm

915mm

1250mm

1380mm

900mm

1020mm

165Kg

WRDTF450

£1,371.94

MATERIALS

Drum Handling

Drum Positioner Our Drum Positioner is a versatile drum stacker as it allows the operator to attach the 205ltr steel drum, lift, rotate and discharge the content safely at height.

Product Description Drum porter (Straddle)

Capacity (Kg)

Lifting Height

Lifting per Stroke

Max Drum Diameter

250

345mm

22mm

572mm

Inside Straddle

Outside O/A Straddle

Order Ref

Price (Each)

850mm

1015mm

WRDTW250

£534.54

Drum Porter Override Our Drum Porter Override has a wide straddle and a cantilevered frame which allows it to pass over a 800mm max. wide pallet allowing drums to be manoeuvred both on and off with ease.

Lift is performed hydraulically by handle and pedal and rotation mechanically via a hand wheel. Drum rollback is prevented by 30:1 ratio transfer box. The Drum Positioner will allow stacking of drums up to a maximum height of 1350mm. Due to the design of the jaw mechanism it is possible to release the drum when safely in the horizontal position. Rotation can be locked in both vertical and horizontal.

The Drum Porter is easy to manouevre and comes with large polyurethane wheels. Having a combination of wide straddle and cantilevered chassis also enables this Drum Porter to lift drums from corners of spillage containment units.

Product Description Drum Porter Override

Capacity (Kg)

Max Drum Height

Min Drum height

Drum Diameter

Inside Straddle

Outside 0/A Straddle

Order Ref

Price (Each)

250

1180mm

910mm

572mm

850mm

980mm

WRDTR250

£605.71

Product Description Drum Positioner

Capacity (Kg) 400Kg

12 months ON SITE parts & labour warranty

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 136

Overall Lifting Height (to underside 210ltr drum)

Overall Height

Overall Width

Overall Length

Inside Straddle

Overall Leg Height

Net Weight

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1350mm

1960mm

906mm

1325mm

700mm

150mm

190Kg

WRDTPL40

£1,924.66

12 months ON SITE parts & labour warranty

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 137

2013/14

• • •

Carry one or two drums by automatic grip lock, maintains a positive grip over rough floor surface The Gator Grip onto lock feature will not open and ensures safe secure drum transport Grip head has different position to fit different heights Easily operated, extremely secure

• • • • •

For 205 Litre steel drums For tipping, pouring etc Converts your fork lift truck into a drum handler The 10m pull-chain loop allows control from the driver’s seat It has 30:1 ratio gear box preventing gravity roll

HANDLING

•

Fork Mounted Drum Tippler

WRDG720A WRDG360A

EQUIPMENT

Product Description

Capacity (Kg)

Drum Size (Gallon)

Fork Opening

Overall Size

Packing Size

Net. Weight

Order Ref

Gator Grip Forklift Drumgrab Single Steel Drum

360

560

830x710x100mm

900x710x490mm

60Kg

WRDG360A

Price (Each) £716.26

Gator Grip Forklift Drumgrab Double Steel Drum

720

55 x2

605

1030x850x1000mm

900x790x500mm

96Kg

WRDG720A

£829.83

Product Description

Automatic Drum Clamps for Fork Lift Trucks

Warrior Drum Turnover Fork Mounted 680Kg

Our Automatic Drum Clamps fit quickly and easily onto the forks and secured via hand screws. Once fitted, the drum clamp will automatically pick up, transport and deposit drums without the driver needing to leave the truck. The drums are held in position by using their own weight to tighten the arms. When deposited the arms of the clamp simply slide away from the drum. Available for Steel 205 ltr Drums in either single or double drum configuration and now the WRDG50 for single Plastic Drums.

Overall Width

Distance Between Fork Pockets

Order Ref

Price (Each)

680

65 x 180mm

980mm

620mm

WRHK285B

£1,200.83

• • • • •

For overhead access and maintenance with safety Spring loaded inward opening door with safety latch for safe entry Unit is secured to the fork with heel pins and chain Slip-resistant floor with drainage holes Conforms to health and safety guidance note issue 3 PM28 and GN48 standard Less storage space, portable and easy to assemble Fitted with personal guard and castors for easy manoeuvrability

WRDG50 For Plastic drums

Product Description

Fork Pocket Size (W x H)

Fork Pocket Length

Order Ref

Drum Grab Fork Mounted Single Plastic Drum

50 x 140mm

245mm

WRDG50

Price (Each) £339.20

Drum Grab Fork Mounted Single Steel Drum

50 x 140mm

245mm

WRDG10

£419.46

Drum Grab Fork Mounted Double Steel Drum

50 x 140mm

245mm

WRDG20

£566.34

Product Description Warrior Forklift Access Cage

12 months ON SITE parts & labour warranty

2013/14

Fork Pocket Size

Forklift Maintenance Platform

WRDG20

• •

WRDG10

Capacity (Kg)

MATERIALS

Gator Grip Forklift Drum Grab

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 138

Capacity

Deck Size

Max Height

Fork Spread

Order Ref

Price (Each)

300Kg

1000x100mm

2180mm

600/690mm

WRNK30C

£770.77

12 months ON SITE parts & labour warranty

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 139

2013/14

Secondary containment of 205 litre drums of oils or chemicals outside or inside:

Secondary containment for oils and chemicals in 1000 litre

•

Compliant with Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) Regulations

intermediate bulk containers:

•

Robust and corrosion free

•

Fully guaranteed

•

Oil and Chemical Compatibility

•

Removable plastic grids

• • • • •

•

Forklift Pockets

FSC1IB Single Polyethylene

Compliant with Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) Regulations. Robust and corrosion free Fully guaranteed Oil and Chemical Compatibility Forklift Pockets

Single IBC Spillpallets Description

Single Polyethylene Single Poly Frame and Cover

FSCSPR4 4 Drum Poly Spillpallet Ramp

EQUIPMENT

Two Drum Polyethylene

Sump Vol

Weight

H x W x D (mm)

(litres)

(kg)

330 x 1220 x 820

240

Weight

(litres)

(kg)

580 x 1385 x 1890 2410 x 1350 x 1760

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1 Item

2-3 Item

4 + Item

FSC1IB

£647

£645

£640

1100

119

FSCPI1FC

£1190

£1180

£1170

Double IBC Spillpallets Description

Dimension

Sump Vol

FSC4DSP 4 Drum Poly Spill Pallet

FSC2DSP 2 Drum Poly Spill Pallet

Drum Spill Pallets Description

Dimensions H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1 Item

2-3 Item

4 + Item

FSC2DSP

£154.00

£152.00

£150.00

Four Drum Polyethylene

275 x 1280 x 1280

230

FSC 4DSP

£184.00

£182.00

Four Drum Inline Polyethylene

150 x 2610 x 895

510

FSC 4DSPIL

£390.00

£330.00

£305.00

Eight Drum Polyethylene

510 x 2560 x 1350

1140

136

FSC 8DSP

£745.00

£690.00

£680.00

Four Drum Poly Frame and Cover

2070 x 1415 x 1310

410

FSC4DSPFC

£830.00

£820.00

£810.00

2 Drum Spill Pallet Ramp

330 x 1740 x 1000

FSCSPR2

£352.00

£310.00

£299.00

4 Drum Spill Pallet Ramp

240 x 1740 x 1000

FSCSPR4

£320.00

£288.00

£280.00

2 Drum Hardcover Sump Pallet

1420 x 1630 x 900

260

FSC2DHCSP

£997.00

£990.00

£985.00

4 Drum Hardcover Sump Pallet

1420 x 1630 x 900

410

115

FSC4DHCSP

£860.00

£855.00

£850.00

Dimensions

Sump Vol

Weight

H x W x D (mm)

(litres)

(kg)

Double Polyethylene

500 x 1350 x 2560

1140

115

Double Polyethylene Free Standing

510 x 1360 x 2340

1150

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1 Item

2-3 Item

4 + Item

FSCPI2

£862.00

£805.00

£800.00

FSCPI2FS

£766.00

£730.00

£710.00

Twin Polyethylene

500 x 1410 x 2820

1100

FSCTWIN

£814.00

£804.00

£799.00

Double Poly Frame and Cover

2210 x 1350 x 2560

1140

156

FSCPI2FC

£1280.00

£1270.00

£1260.00

£180.00 FSCTWIN Twin Poly Twin Sump Pallets are easily joined on site with all attachments provided

HANDLING

IBC Spillpallets

MATERIALS

Drum Spill Pallets

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

FSCP12 Double Poly for IBC or Drum Containment with Grid

Spill Trays For catching spills from small drums and cans in the work area FSCCB100

Bunded Workfloors

PST 30

Description

2013/14

Dimension

Sump Vol

Weight

Order Ref

Price (Each)

H x W x D (mm)

(litres)

(kg)

1 Item

2-3 Item

4 + Item

Spill Tray

50 x 1200 x 550

2.6

PST 30

£45.00

£40.00

£38.00

25 litre tray – 2 drum

110 x 715 x 460

5.5

FSCCB50

£86.00

£81.00

£79.00

25 litre tray – 4 drum

175 x 920 x 720

100

FSCCB100

£137.00

£132.00

£131.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 140

Dimension

Sump Vol

Weight

W x D x H (mm)

(litres)

2 Drum Poly Workfloor

150 x 860 x 1260

150

4 Drum Poly Workfloor

150 x 1260 x 1660

4 Drum Inline Workfloor

150 x 890 x 2610

Workfloor Ramp Low Incline Workfloor Ramp

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1 Item

2-3 Item

4 + Item

FSC2DWF

£154.00

£152.00

£150.00

300

FSC4DWF

£215.00

£214.00

£210.00

300

FSC4DWFIL

£397.00

£345.00

£324.00

150 x 650 x 1220

13.5

FSCWFR

£105.00

£103.00

£101.00

160 x 1000 x 1740

FSCLIWFR

£219.00

£216.00

£215.00

FSC2DWF 2 Drum Poly Workfloor

info@storage-design.co.uk

FSC4DWF 4 Drum Poly Workfloor

www.storage-design.co.uk 141

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Maintenance (M): For indoor use to contain and absorb non aggressive liquids and chemicals whether oil or water based.

•

Highly absorbent, large capacity kits supplied in a durable, water resistant wheeled container with a hinged lid for safe storage and easy access of contents.

•

Audit covers and tamperproof tape prevent illicit use without being clearly evident (please enquire).

•

Refills available.

EQUIPMENT

Wheeled Bin Spillkits

Spill Kits offer an effective and immediate response to a broad variety of spills, from common fluids and oils to chemicals and even hazardous liquids that can be detrimentally damaging to the environment. Having Spill Kits on site is highly beneficial in the event of a spill and they allow the user to efficiently and successfully clean up spills. Within our range of spill kits we offer maintenance, oil and chemical spill kits which all contain a variety of items depending on the spill kit. Items included in the spill kits are absorbent socks, pads and pillows, gloves, disposable bags and ties, caution tape and spill kit instructions.

Oil Selective (O): For all external uses where oil needs to be absorbed without saturating the absorbent with water. Highly absorbent of oils and fuels and repellent of water. White in colour.

HANDLING

Universal chemical (U): For use with aggressive chemicals. Yellow in colour.

Handy Bag Spill Kit A range of 15 litre kits supplied in a transparent, sturdy portable bag. Contents Order Ref

M-15-HPB

O-15-HPB

U-15-HBP

Handle Bag

Socks

Pads

Disposal Bags

EQUIPMENT

Price (Each)

£21.00

£23.00

£29.00 M-120-WB - 120L Maintenance

Carry Bag Spill Kit A range of 35 litre kits supplied in a sturdy portable bag. Contents Order Ref Bag

120 litre

240 litre

360 litre

M-120-WB

M-240-WB

M-360-WB

£132.00

£236.00

£246.00

Price

M-35-CB

O-35-CB

U-35-CB

Refill/R Price

Socks

Pads

Disposal Bags

Goggles

Instructions

Price (Each)

£51.00

£68.00

£78.00

£73.00

£125.00

£198.00

O-120-WB

O-240-WB

O-360-WB

Price

£153.00

£221.00

£228.00

Refill/R Price

£91.00

£176.00

£180.00 U-360-WB

Chemical

Gloves

O-240-WB - 240L Oil Only

Spill Kit Type

U-120-WB

U-240-WB

Price

£176.00

£286.00

£395.00

Refill/R Price

£145.00

£228.00

£364.00

U-360-WB - 360L Chemical Contents

Wheely Bin Socks Pads Pillows Caution Tape Disposal Bags and Ties Gloves Goggles Instructions

240 litre 1 8 160 2 1 4 1 1 1

360 litre 1 16 190 3 1 6 1 1 1

Wheeled Locker Spill kits

Shoulder Bag Spill Kit A range of 50 litre kits supplied in a transparent, sturdy portable bag and shoulder strap.

Contents Order Ref

120 litre 1 6 60 2 1 4 1 1 1

MATERIALS

Spillkits

240 litre

350 litre

600 litre

1200 litre

M-240-WL

M-350-WL

M-600-WL

M-1200-WL £1090.00

Price

£557.00

£567.00

£687.00

Refill/R Price

£301.00

£362.00

£580.00

£990.00

O-240-WL

O-350-WL

O-600-WL

O-1200-WL

£607.00

£740.00

£1167.00

£416.00

£670.00

£980.00

U-600-WL

U-1200-WL

M-50-VK

O-50-VK

U-50-VK

Bag

Socks

Price

£567.00

Pads

Refill/R Price

£334.00

Disposal Bags

Chemical

U-240-WL

U-350-WL

Gloves

Price

£570.00

£670.00

£790.00

£1217.00

Goggles

Refill/R Price

£500.00

£572.00

£690.00

£1050.00

Instructions

Price (Each)

£61.00

£67.00

£78.00

Contents 240 litre 1 5 80 1 10 1 4 1 1 1

Wheeled Locker Socks Pads Rolls Pillows Caution Tape Disposal Bags Gloves Goggles Instructions

350 litre 1 15 125 0 15 1 6 1 1 1

600 litre 1 25 150 2 10 1 6 1 1 1

1200 litre 1 30 200 4 30 1 8 1 1 1

Clear Bag Spill Kit A range of 28 and 70 litre kits supplied in transparent and sturdy bags. U-600-WL - 600L Chemical

Contents Order Ref

2013/14

M-28-CR

O-28-CR

U-28-CR

M-70-CR

O-70-CR

U-70-CR

Capacity (Litres)

Bag

Socks

Pads

Disposal Bags

Gloves

Goggles

Instructions

Price (Each)

£38.00

£39.00

£44.00

£78.00

£79.00

£91.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 142

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 143

2013/14

Waste Management MGS P10 Spikleen Plus, Cellulose granule, Most absorbent granule, Non flammable, Lowest Cost

Cost effective, fast acting, high absorbency products for oil and chemical spill clean up

Internal Recycling Stations Enables recycling of all waste materials into hardwearing but biodegrade disposable bags. The standard range of pods come with black lids. The Delux range of pods come with multiple coloured lids. Lids can be customised to your requirements Standard Range Deluxe Range

Loose Absorbent Order Ref

Spilkleen Plus

Pack

Volume

Weight (Kg)

Sorb/ bag

Bags/ Pallet

Price per 10 Bags

HANDLING

MGS P10

Bag

30 litre

9 kgs

10 litres

ÂŁ8.27

Spilkleen Granules

MGS G18C

Bag

30 litre

18 kg

9 litres

ÂŁ12.60

Spilkleen SafeSoak

MGS S7

Bag

30 litre

7 kg

4 litres

ÂŁ9.00

EQUIPMENT

Maintenance

Oil Selective

Chemical

Maintenance products are used for all non aggressive fluids.

Oil Selective products for outside and oil off water use as they absorb hydrocarbons and repel water.

Chemical products foraggressive chemicals

Absorbent Socks

Absorbent Pads Type Weight

Order Ref

(mm) 500 x 400

100

HANDLING

Type

Sorb

Price

(Litres)

(Pack)

100

ÂŁ54.00

Double

MPH 5040

Standard

MPR 5040

500 x 400

100

ÂŁ45.00

Single

MPL 5040

500 x 400

200

100

ÂŁ60.00

Fly

MPXL5040

500 x 400

200

ÂŁ55.00

Double

OPH 5040

500 x 500

100

145

Standard

OPR 5040

500 x 400

100

Single

OPL 5040

500 x 400

200

Fly

OPXL 5040

500 x 400

200

105

ÂŁ48.00

Double

CPE5040

420 x 500

100

ÂŁ65.00

Single

CPEL5040

420 x 500

200

110

ÂŁ65.00

Type

Order Ref

(mm)

Sorb Litres

Price (Each)

Maintenance

MSC 8120

800 x 1200

ÂŁ39.00

Oil Only

OSM 8120

800 x 1200

ÂŁ55.00

Chemical

CSM 8120

800 x 1200

ÂŁ52.00

Perforated Rolls Type Weight

Order Ref

(mm)

Sorb Litres

Price (Each)

ÂŁ48.00

Double

CRDH 4844

480 x 4400

ÂŁ62.00

ÂŁ46.00

Standard

CRDR 3043

300 x 4300

ÂŁ50.00

110

ÂŁ52.00

Single

CRDL 4888

480 x 8800

ÂŁ63.00

Standard range lids

Order Ref

Deluxe range lids

Description

Lid Colour

Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Capacity

Packaging

Nos/Pack

FIRSST

Standard Pod

Black

935

380

345

ÂŁ54.00

FIRSDE

Deluxe Pod

Various

935

380

345

ÂŁ64.00

Disposable Bag

Various

15kg/115 litres

Box

100

ÂŁ20.00

FIRSBAG

Price (Each)

MATERIALS

Spill Absorbents

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Wheeled Bins Our wheeled bins for industrial and domestic use are available in 4 two wheeled and 3 four wheeled sizes and a choice of 7 colours. All are manufactured to meet British manufacturing standards and constructed from high density polyethylene.

Chemical

Containment of Oil Leaks from Machinery on Site Construction and outdoor machinery service sites are vulnerable to causing pollution from oil leaks and spills running off into groundwater or nearby watercourses. Best practise requires secondary containment of such plant and equipment.

Plant Nappies and Liners:

â&#x20AC;˘

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Containment of oil spills Self Draining with rainwater filtered to discharge clean water only

Order Ref

Super absorbent oil selective pads to absorb oil and fuel spills only Mobile, portable, hardwearing bunds Replaceable oil selective pads

Price (Each)

(mm)

(litres)

1 Item

2-3 Item

4+ Item

SMALL SIZE 50 Plant Nappy

FSCPN50

50 x 685

2.25 litres

ÂŁ99

ÂŁ97

ÂŁ96

Nappy Liner

FSCPNL50

50 x 685

32.25 litres

ÂŁ29

ÂŁ27

ÂŁ26

FSCPN100

1000 x 685

4.5 litres

ÂŁ137

ÂŁ134

ÂŁ133

Nappy Liner

FSCPNL100

1000 x 685

4.5 litres

ÂŁ45

ÂŁ42

ÂŁ41

LARGE SIZE 200

2013/14

240 Litre

2 Wheeled Bins

STANDARD SIZE 100 Plant Nappy

360 Litre:

Plant Nappy

FSCPN200

2000 x 1370

18 litres

ÂŁ384

ÂŁ382

ÂŁ381

Nappy Liner

FSCPNL200

2000 x 1370

18 litres

ÂŁ130

ÂŁ128

ÂŁ126

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 144

Description

140 Litre:

Price (Each) Order Ref

2-5

120 Litre Wheeled Bin

WB120

ÂŁ50.00

ÂŁ46.00

ÂŁ44.00

140 Litre Wheeled Bin

WB140

ÂŁ54.00

ÂŁ48.00

ÂŁ46.00

240 Litre Wheeled Bin

WB240

ÂŁ58.00

ÂŁ52.00

ÂŁ50.00

360 Litre Wheeled Bin

WB360

ÂŁ85.00

ÂŁ79.00

ÂŁ77.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

120 Litre: Colour Choices:

www.storage-design.co.uk 145

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013 Price (Each) Order Ref

1 bin

2-5

660 Litre Poly 4 Wheeled Bin

WBP660

£252.00

£236.00

£220.00

770 Litre Poly 4 Wheeled Bin

WBP770

£266.00

£243.00

£225.00

1100 Litre Poly 4 Wheeled Bin

WBP1100

£309.00

£280.00

£270.00

Our SpillKart is ideal for taking spill control essentials directly to the scene, providing a quick and very efficient solution for controlling any accidental spillages.

• •

1100L 4 Wheeled bin

Accessories Description

HANDLING

• • • •

Accessories to Poly 4 wheeled bins Order Ref

Drop Front Kit

Price (Each)

DFK

£110.00

£121.00

Tow Bar Paper Slot Lid

PSL

£5.00

Bottle Bank Lid

BBL

£5.00

Bottle Bank Lid with Rubber Baffle

BBLB

£18.00

EQUIPMENT

Wheeled Bin Dropped Front Kit Paper Slot

Bottle Bank Lid

60 litre general purpose spill kit included. Manufactured from high density plastic to ensure maximum durability. Storage capacity of up to 75 litres. Rubber seal around the lid to prevent water intrusion. Padlockable hasp and staple locking mechanism. Shatterproof wheels for easy manouevrability.

HANDLING

Description

EQUIPMENT

SpillKart

4 Wheeled Bins

Bottle Bank Lid with Rubber Baffle

Tow Bar

Clinical Waste Bins Clinical waste bins which are UN medical waste specification compliant, are used by hospitals, clinics, doctors surgeries, dentists and vets. Product Description

They are hygienic, lockable, resistant to UV rays, acids and alkalis and secure. They include a hazard sticker.

SpillKart

HxWxD (mm)

Capacity (Litres)

Weight (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1080 x 590 x 400

SK2

£191.43

HxWxD (mm)

Capacity (Litres)

Weight (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1080 x 590 x 400

GK2

£127.14

Price Description

Code 1 bin

2-5

120 Litre

CWB120

£52.00

£48.00

£46.00

140 Litre

CWB140

£56.00

£50.00

£48.00

240 Litre

CWB240

£60.00

£54.00

£52.00

360 Litre

CWB360

£87.00

£81.00

£79.00

660 Litre

CWB660

£254.00

£238.00

£222.00

770 Litre

CWB770

£268.00

£245.00

£227.00

1100 Litre

CWB1100

£311.00

£282.00

£272.00

MATERIALS

Wheeled Bins

GritKart Our GritKart is the perfect solution for moving salt or grit to any icy location. It is a very efficient way of maintaining good working conditions during adverse weather. 660L 4 Wheeled bin

240L 4 Wheeled bin

Stickers

• • • • • •

Manufactured from high density plastic to ensure maximum durability. Storage capacity of up to 75 litres. Rubber seal around the lid to prevent water intrusion. Padlockable hasp and staple locking mechanism. Helps prevent wastage, theft or misuse of salt or grit. Shatterproof wheels for easy manouevrability.

A range of stickers are available for use with our range of wheeled bins (please enquire). Wheeled Bin vinyl stickers are offered in letters and numbers and are self adhesive and weatherproof. Wheelie Bin Recycle Stickers available in 5 different designs

Product Description GritKart

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 146

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 147

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Half-Drop Side Pallets

• Ideal for stacking.

• Choice of mesh or steel sides.

• Up to 1000kg capacity.

• Powder coated dark blue. Mesh Sides

• Choice of mesh or steel sides.

• Up to 1000kg capacity.

• Powder coated dark blue.

Steel Sides

HANDLING

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

610 x 610 x 460

PBX616146MBX

£193.50

PBX616146SBX

£193.50

610 x 610 x 610

PBX616161MBX

£200.03

PBX616161SBX

915 x 610 x 460

PBX916146MBX

£207.88

915 x 610 x 610

PBX916161MBX

915 x 915 x 460

PBX919146MBX

Mesh Sides

Steel Sides

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

£200.03

610 x 610 x 460

PHD616146MBX

£215.72

PHD616146SBX

£215.72

PBX916146SBX

£207.88

610 x 610 x 610

PHD616161MBX

£223.56

PHD616161SBX

£223.56

£214.41

PBX916161SBX

£214.41

915 x 610 x 460

PHD916146MBX

£231.41

PHD916146SBX

£231.41

£222.26

PBX919146SBX

£222.26

915 x 610 x 610

PHD916161MBX

£239.25

PHD916161SBX

£239.25

PHD919146MBX

£247.10

PHD919146SBX

£247.10

915 x 915 x 610

PBX919161MBX

£230.10

PBX919161SBX

£230.10

915 x 915 x 460

915 x 915 x 760

PBX919176MBX

£237.95

PBX919176SBX

£237.95

915 x 915 x 610

PHD919161MBX

£256.25

PHD919161SBX

£256.25

1220 x 915 x 460

PBX129146MBX

£245.79

PBX129146SBX

£245.79

915 x 915 x 760

PHD919176MBX

£265.41

PHD919176SBX

£265.41

1220 x 915 x 610

PBX129161MBX

£254.94

PBX129161SBX

£254.94

1220 x 915 x 460

PHD129146MBX

£274.56

PHD129146SBX

£274.56

1220 x 915 x 760

PBX129176MBX

£264.09

PBX129176SBX

£264.09

1220 x 915 x 610

PHD129161MBX

£283.71

PHD129161SBX

£283.71

1220 x 915 x 760

PHD129176MBX

£294.17

PHD129176SBX

£294.17

Box Pallets

Half-drop Side Pallets

EQUIPMENT

Detachable Side Pallets • Detachable mesh or steel panels.

Open Fronted Pallets

• Powder coated dark blue.

• Up to 1000kg capacity. Mesh Sides

Steel Sides

• Completely open front.

• Choice of mesh or steel sides.

• Up to 1000kg capacity.

• Powder coated dark blue.

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

610 x 610 x 460

PDS616146MBX

£213.11

PDS616146SBX

£213.11

610 x 610 x 610

PDS616161MBX

£220.95

PDS616161SBX

£220.95

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

915 x 610 x 460

PDS916146MBX

£228.80

PDS916146SBX

£228.80

610 x 610 x 460

POF616146MBX

£167.34

POF616146SBX

£167.34

915 x 610 x 610

PDS916161MBX

£236.64

PDS916161SBX

£236.64

610 x 610 x 610

POF616161MBX

£172.58

POF616161SBX

£172.58

915 x 915 x 460

PDS919146MBX

£244.49

PDS919146SBX

£244.49

915 x 610 x 460

POF916146MBX

£179.12

POF916146SBX

£179.12

915 x 915 x 610

PDS919161MBX

£253.64

PDS919161SBX

£253.64

915 x 610 x 610

POF916161MBX

£185.66

POF916161SBX

£185.66

915 x 915 x 760

PDS919176MBX

£261.48

PDS919176SBX

£261.48

915 x 915 x 460

POF919146MBX

£192.19

POF919146SBX

£192.19

1220 x 915 x 460

PDS129146MBX

£270.63

PDS129146SBX

£270.63

915 x 915 x 610

POF919161MBX

£198.73

POF919161SBX

£198.73

1220 x 915 x 610

PDS129161MBX

£281.09

PDS129161SBX

£281.09

915 x 915 x 760

POF919176MBX

£205.26

POF919176SBX

£205.26

1220 x 915 x 760

PDS129176MBX

£290.25

PDS129176SBX

£290.25

1220 x 915 x 460

POF129146MBX

£213.11

POF129146SBX

£213.11

1220 x 915 x 610

POF129161MBX

£220.95

POF129161SBX

£220.95

1220 x 915 x 760

POF129176MBX

£227.49

POF129176SBX

£227.49

Detachable Side Pallets

Post Pallets • Square tube corner posts.

Mesh Sides

Steel Sides

Open Fronted Pallets

• Powder coated dark blue.

• Easy access to stacked materials.

Post Pallets

2013/14

• Drop sides for easier access.

HANDLING

Box Pallets

EQUIPMENT

Pallets

MATERIALS

Pallets

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

610 x 610 x 460

PPO616146BXX

£125.51

610 x 610 x 610

PPO616161BXX

£130.74

• Heavy duty chute front.

915 x 610 x 460

PPO916146BXX

£134.66

• Up to 500kg capacity.

915 x 610 x 610

PPO916161BXX

£139.89

• Can be stacked up to 5 pallets high.

915 x 610 x 760

PPO916176BXX

£145.14

• Easy access to stacked materials.

915 x 610 x 915

PPO916191BXX

£150.35

• Powder coated dark blue.

915 x 915 x 460

PPO919146BXX

£155.58

915 x 915 x 610

PPO919161BXX

£162.12

915 x 915 x 760

PPO919176BXX

£167.35

915 x 915 x 915

PPO919191BXX

£173.88

1200 x 915 x 460

PPO129146BXX

£179.12

1200 x 915 x 610

PPO129161BXX

£186.17

1200 x 915 x 760

PPO129176BXX

£193.50

1200 x 915 x 915

PPO129191BXX

£200.04

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 148

Chute Pallets

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

610 x 610 x 305

PCH616130BXX

£121.09

915 x 610 x 305

PCH916130BXX

£147.55

Chute Pallets

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 149

2013/14

Waste Management Bins

Designed for long, hard service, these skips offer a durable low maintenance solution to managing waste. The one-way skips tilt vertically while the three-way skips lift from the rear or either side so that they can be easily emptied. Their robust steel construction ensures they can manage the heaviest of loads. The self-tipping forklift skips are available in 7 standard colours â&#x20AC;&#x201C; White, Black, Red, Green, Yellow, Blue and Orange

This range of waste management bins are equipped to efficiently sort, store and manage industrial waste. The bins are manufactured with a drop-bottom base so that they can be easily emptied, while heavy-duty castors enable easy mobility. The waste management bins are available in 7 standard colours â&#x20AC;&#x201C; White/Black/Red/Green/Yellow/Blue/Orange

! " #! $ ! % ! & '*, $ $ % % #.

Heavy Duty Skip

â&#x20AC;˘

With castors ATS-3W & 1W 025 & 050 Without castors ATS-1W-100 & larger

HANDLING

Enclosed tidy bin for effective waste management â&#x20AC;˘ Drop-bottom base â&#x20AC;˘ Robust fork guides â&#x20AC;˘ Heavy-duty castors â&#x20AC;˘ Self-latching return mechanism

â&#x20AC;˘ Tips forwards or to either side â&#x20AC;˘ Self-latching return mechanism â&#x20AC;˘ Robust fork guides â&#x20AC;˘ Lighter Models supplied with heavy-duty castors

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Tidy Bin

Available with two compartments (ATB/2)

ATS-3W

EQUIPMENT

ATS-1W

Eco Skip

Mini Skip

Capacity Bin

Outside Dimensions (mm)

Unladen

Fork Tunnels (mm) Price

Weight 3

â&#x20AC;˘ A compact skip for use in confined areas â&#x20AC;˘ Castors are standard

â&#x20AC;˘ Designed for lighter waste materials â&#x20AC;˘ Castors are an optional extra

Order Ref

(kg)

Base Opening

Loading Aperture

Centre

Aperture

(Each)

Tidy Bin

ATB 10

1.0

350

150

1650

1020

1120

860

1500 x 906

390 x 850

444

180 x 75

ÂŁ802.00

Tidy Bin

ATB 15

1.5

350

190

1650

1020

1420

1160

1500 x 906

390 x 850

444

180 x 75

ÂŁ882.00

Split Bin

ATB 10/2

1.0

350

150

1650

1020

1120

860

750 x 906

390 x 850

444

180 x 75

ÂŁ915.00

Split Bin

ATB 15/2

1.5

350

190

1650

1020

1420

1160

750 x 906

390 x 850

444

180 x 75

ÂŁ993.00

MATERIALS

Skips

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Handy Bin

Unladen

Capacity Skip

Heavy Duty Skip

Eco Skip

Mini Skip

2013/14

Outside Dimensions

Fork Tunnels (mm)

Price

Weight

(Each)

Order Ref

ATS - 1W 025

0.25

750

155

1250 x 760 x 900

650

180 X 75

ÂŁ664.00

ATS - 1W 050

0.50

1250

250

1515 x 960 x 1040

650

180 X 75

ÂŁ781.00

ATS - 1W 100

1.00

1750

400

1920 x 1210 x 1070

650

180 X 75

ÂŁ956.00

ATS - 1W 120

1.20

1750

425

1970 x 1210 x 1175

650

180 X 75

ÂŁ1056.00

ATS - 1W 150

1.50

1750

500

2190 x 1375 x 1175

650

180 X 75

ÂŁ1154.00

ATS - 1W 200

2.00

1750

655

2190 x 1830 x 1175

650

180 X 75

ÂŁ1364.00

ATS - 3W 025

0.25

750

155

1250 x 760 x 900

650

710

180 X 75

ÂŁ664.00

ATS - 3W 050

0.50

1250

250

1515 x 960 x 1040

650

710

180 X 75

ÂŁ781.00

ATS - ECO 025

0.25

750

960 x 865 x 675

690

n/a

145 X 70

ÂŁ484.00

ATS - ECO 050

0.50

750

115

1365 x 865 x 865

690

n/a

145 X 70

ÂŁ573.00

ATS - ECO 075

0.75

1250

160

1670 x 865 x 1000

690

n/a

145 X 70

ÂŁ658.00

ATS - ECO 100

1.00

1250

185

1670 x 865 x 1115

690

n/a

145 X 70

ÂŁ749.00

L x W x H (mm)

(kg)

Rear Centre

Side Centre

Aperture

AMS - 450

0.10

200

840 x 450 x 480

226

n/a

150 X 65

ÂŁ503.00

AMS - 600

0.15

200

840 x 600 x 480

346

n/a

180 X 65

ÂŁ517.00

AMS - 750

0.19

200

840 x 750 x 480

496

n/a

180 X 65

ÂŁ534.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 150

Open top handy bin for effective waste management. â&#x20AC;˘ Drop-bottom base â&#x20AC;˘ Robust fork guides â&#x20AC;˘ Heavy-duty castors â&#x20AC;˘ Self-latching return mechanism â&#x20AC;˘ Available as an extra heavy-duty model (AXHB)

Capacity

Outside Dimensions (mm)

Unladen

Order Ref

Fork Tunnels (mm)

Price

Weight (kg)

AHB 10

1.0

750

150

1650

1020

970

1500 x 906

660

180 x 75

ÂŁ758.00

AHB 15

1.5

750

190

1650

1020

1320

1500 x 906

660

180 x 75

ÂŁ837.00

AXHB 10

1.0

750

340

1150

1130

1250

1010 x 1010

660

180 x 75

ÂŁ1239.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

Base Opening

www.storage-design.co.uk 151

Centre

Aperture

(Each)

2013/14

Cable Dispensing

Heavy Duty Skate Kit

Toprax - Adjustable Cable Rack 7

•

• Used for storing and dispensing reels of wire/cable. 1

• Supplied with 4 fully adjustable hanging rails (Ø 31.75 x L 818mm - actual hanging length).

Cable Rack 020434

• Powder coated finish in blue & silver/grey. 2

• A clip together system with no tools required.

• Extension fitting kits are available and must be used if creating a double height rack by stacking two racks (020434) together.

94mm skate height with turntable attached.

Extension Fitting Kit 020162K

Kit supplied complete with:

EQUIPMENT

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Description Roller Skates Link Up Bars Turntables Stabilizers Steering Handle Handle for Steel Case Steel Case

Product Description Heavy Duty Machinery Skate Kit

Qty 4 2 2 2 2 1 1

Description

H x W x D(mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Cable Rack

983 x 942 x 328

020434

£185.42

020162K

£30.06

Cable Rack 020434

Extension Fitting Kit

L X W X H (mm) 1030 x 205 x 175

Order Ref HDMSK

Capacity (Tonnes) 20

Price (Each) £695.00

Bench Top Cable Dispensers This handy cable dispenser provides a practical and economic way to store and dispense a wide range of wire/cables. Its compact size makes it ideal for bench top mounting and where space is at a premium, can be used with a capacity range upto 350mm diameter reels.

Roller Skate Kit Roller skates are designed to move heavy equipment and machinery. • Supplied in a set of 4. • Movement enabled by the action of an endless hardened roller chain revolving around the centre member of the skate casting body. • At any one time, a minimum of 5 rollers are touching the floor ensuring smooth travel over cracked concrete or uneven floors.

•

HANDLING

This complete kit is designed to enable the safe and easy movement of bulky loads for up to 20 tons in any direction. • Can be used as single or multiple units. • Moving speed not to exceed 5m/min. • Minimum turning circle is 3m. • Supplied in a robust steel carry case. • Roller dimensions: W 51 x 17mmØ.

MATERIALS

Machinery Moving Equipment

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Robust construction fully welded tubular steel frames, epoxy coated for greater durability. 800090 YELLOW H x W x D (mm)

Max Reel Ø (mm)

Min Reel Core Ø (mm)

270 x 650 x 300

350

Max Storage Width (mm) 590

Order Ref

Price (Each)

800090 YELLOW

£42.37

Floor Mounted Cable Reel Stand Product Description Roller Skate Kit

L X W X H (mm) 206 x 100 x 77

Order Ref RSK10

Capacity (Tonnes) 10

Price (Each) £345.00

Roller Crowbar

Once the cable has been placed on the stand, it is free to rotate during unreeling, but it is retained in position to maintain stability.

This product provides leverage when lifting heavy items/ machinery/equipment and can be used with the HDMSK or RSK10. • Roller dimensions: W 54 x 70mmØ. •

Very safe to use in all industrial areas.

•

Eliminates the need to use loose tubes or bars beneath equipment to be moved.

Product Description Roller Crowbar

2013/14

The stand has two adjustable full width rollers to accommodate a range of cable reel/drum sizes. For larger heavier drums, two stands can be used, one under each drum flange.

Single piece forged steel.

•

L (mm) 2000

Order Ref RCK5

Capacity (Tonnes) 5

Price (Each) £265.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 152

A light weight yet robust unit, which can ease cable handling problems, frequently encountered during installation work.

H x W x D (mm)

Max Reel Ø (mm)

Min Reel Ø (mm)

120 x 560 x 560

740

120

info@storage-design.co.uk

Max Reel Width (mm) 520

Max Reel Weight (Kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

140

017435

£205.00

www.storage-design.co.uk 153

2013/14

A choice of two versatile Laundry Trolleys. Both laundry trolleys feature a chrome plated steel tubular frame and a strong removable canvas sack.

A versatile range of mobile steps and access equipment

Quad Laundry Trolley

Lead Time

Page

(Working Days)

Easy to assemble. Steel tubular frame with a chrome finish. Plastic bumper protected corners. Strong and durable canvas sack. 4 no. all swivel Ø100mm rubber castors (two braked).

EQUIPMENT

Topstep - Kick Steps

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5)

156

Plastic Safety Steps

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(5-7)

157

. . . . . . . . .

(5-7)

157

. . . . . . . . . .

(5-7)

157

Topstep - Double Sided Loop Handle Step (2 Tread) . . .

(5-7)

158

Topstep - Tilt & Pull Steps (2, 3, & 4 Tread) . . . . . .

(5-7)

158

Topstep - 3 Tread Platform Steps . . . . . . . . . .

(5-7)

159

Topstep - Mobile Steps (2,3 & 4 Tread) . . . . . . . . (7-10)

159

Topstep - Heavy Duty Steps

(4, 6 & 8 Tread) . . . . (7-10)

160

(5 & 7 Tread) . . . . . (10-15)

160

Topstep - Steel Static Handy Steps Topstep - 3 Tread Step Ladders

HANDLING

• • • • •

Product

A C C E SS

STEPS / ACCESS EQUIPMENT

Description Quad Laundry Trolley Sack to suit Quad Laundry Trolley

H x W x D (mm) 880 x 920 x 550 -

Capacity (Kg) 100 -

Order Ref LT/2 LT/2S

Price (Each) £154.00 £21.00

ST E P S

MATERIALS

Laundry Trolleys

E Q UIPM E N T

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

‘X’ Laundry Trolley • • • • •

Easy to assemble. Steel tubular frame with a chrome finish. Plastic bumper protected corners. Strong and durable canvas sack. 4 no. all swivel Ø100mm rubber castors (two braked).

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED PRIMROSE HILL COWBRIDGE SOUTH WALES CF71 7DU Description ‘X’ Laundry Trolley Sack to suit Quad Laundry Trolley

H x W x D (mm) 1000 x 680 x 600 -

Capacity (Kg) 90 -

Order Ref LT/1 LT/1S

Price (Each) £123.00 £21.00

TEL: 01446 772614 FAX: 01446774770 INFO@STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK WWW.STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 154

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 155

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Topstep provides easy step up access preventing excessive stretching.

ACCE SS

The Kick Step is supplied K/D where two sections permanently â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;lockâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; together via a built-in bolt free mechanism.

Topstep - Kick Step is a premium GS approved quality mobile step $

Â&#x17E; Â Â&#x152; Â Â&#x2022; Â&#x2022;

and Yellow.

Working load: Overall Height: Diameter (Top): Diameter (Base):

E Q UIPM E N T

Topstep - Static Safety Steps Plastic Safety Steps

150 kgs 400mm 260mm 430mm

#C !

#C ! "

#C ! !

" ; $

workplace, where safe access is required for items stored at height. â&#x20AC;˘ Mounted on retractable spring mounted castors Topstep can easily be moved into position without bending or lifting and when stepped on Topstep locks into position allowing safe access. â&#x20AC;˘ Its sturdy steel construction with anti-slip rubber treads and base surround provide a solid platform from which to work.

#C !

Description

! ?# A

H x W x D (mm)

Weight (kg)

Working Load (kg)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

1 Tread Plastic Safety Step

300 x 485 x 310

260

RW0101

ÂŁ53.00

2 Tread Plastic Safety Step

420 x 475 x 540

260

RW0102

ÂŁ71.00

3 Tread Plastic Safety Step

620 x 440 x 795

260

RW0103

ÂŁ100.00

4 Tread Plastic Safety Step

1620 x 490 x 1080

260

*RW0104

ÂŁ313.00

ST E P S

E Q U I P M E NT

â&#x20AC;˘ Health & safety product â&#x20AC;&#x201C; ideal for all industrial and commercial applications. â&#x20AC;˘ Moulded in tough, medium density polyethylene. â&#x20AC;˘ Resistant to most chemicals, suited to wash down applications and wet/corrosive environments. â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with anti-slip abrasive strips to aid safety, and handles for ease of mobility. â&#x20AC;˘ Accredited to BS EN 14183 European Safety Standard each step will take up to 260kg. â&#x20AC;˘ 4 tread: supplied complete with powder coated tubular steel support rail (yellow only) â&#x20AC;˘ Colours: Standard colours are yellow, blue, red and green. Other colours are available on special request. (Please specify colour when ordering)

A C C E SS

S T E PS

Topstep - Kick Steps

*(height includes handrail, weight with handrail is 23kg).

Topstep - Steel Static Handy Steps

!A <C

!?# F

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Fitted with anti-slip rubber treads for added safety Powder coated in white Welded steel construction Tread Size : W 380 x D 260mm Space between Treads: 180mm Working load: 150kg

Description Steel Static Handy Steps !% >

!% 5

BULK (40 Per Pallet) Description

RAL No.

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Per Pallet)

Steel Kick Step - Black

RAL9005

T1BLK

ÂŁ39.00

T1BLK/40

ÂŁ1,250.00

Steel Kick Step - Red

RAL3000

T1RED

ÂŁ39.00

T1RED/40

ÂŁ1,250.00

Steel Kick Step - Blue

RAL5002

T1BLUE

ÂŁ39.00

T1BLUE/40

ÂŁ1,250.00

Steel Kick Step - Light Grey

RAL7035

T1L/GREY

ÂŁ39.00

T1L/GREY/40

ÂŁ1,250.00

Steel Kick Step - Green

RAL6024

T1GREEN

ÂŁ39.00

T1GREEN/40

ÂŁ1,250.00

Steel Kick Step - Yellow

RAL1023

T1YELLOW

ÂŁ39.00

T1YELLOW/40 ÂŁ1,250.00 + 2 C 1 @ 4--6 !" ! !$

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 156

Order Ref

Price (Each)

380 x 440 x 655

SSHS2

ÂŁ35.31

Topstep - 3 Tread Step Ladders

!# 1

2013/14

H x W x D (mm)

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Foldable for easier storage Working load: 150kg Space between Treads: 230mm Fitted with a rubber comfort handle Non slip tread Powder coated silver/grey

Product Description

Open Size H x W x D (mm)

Folding Size H x W x D (mm)

Tread W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Platform Height (mm)

Price (Each)

3 Tread Step Ladders

1065 x 490 x 665

1220 x 140 x 490

380 x 260

SL/3

710

ÂŁ35.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 157

2013/14

Red powder coated double-sided step with loop handle and 2 x 40mm diameter nylon swivel castors.

" ! # ! $ $ % $

E Q U I P M E NT

A C C E SS

ACCE SS

& $ $ ' ()!! ! $ # $ $

When tilted, these steps can be pushed or pulled and the handle also enables the operator to carry the steps.

Product Description

H x W x D (mm)

Tread W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Platform Height (mm)

Price (Each)

112 x 400 x 400

300 x 160

DSMSS2T

390

ÂŁ130.78

2 Step Double Sided

Topstep - Tilt and Pull Steps

Product Description

Weight (Kg)

H x W x D (mm)

Tread W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Platform Height (mm)

Price (Each)

3 Tread Platform Steps

1560 x 670 x 750

550 x 200

HDPSS3T

690

292.16

ST E P S

S T E PS

Topstep - Double Sided Loop Handle Step

E Q UIPM E N T

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Lightweight yet robust steel constructed semi-mobile steps are manufactured with two 75mm diameter rubber wheels to enable mobility when the steps are tilted.

Mobile steps are mounted on retractable spring castors to enable the steps to be easily moved into position. When ! =

! All ribbed rubber mat treads (approx 3mm) are both glued and fastened to the steel tread to provide extra adhesion.

Finished epoxy powder coated red, and, includes safety grip treads. Z ; $

handrails as standard. Available in 2, 3, and 4 tread models.

,',, "

,',,

C@ ,

Weight (Kg)

H x W x D (mm)

Tread W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Platform Height (mm)

Price (Each)

2 Tread Tilt and Pull Steps

1050 x 470 x 630

400 x 200

SMSSTP2

500

3 Tread Tilt and Pull Steps

1300 x 470 x 680

400 x 200

SMSSTP3

750

4 Tread Tilt and Pull Steps

1700 x 565 x 1005

400 x 200

SMSSTP4

1000

Product Description

2013/14

,',,

C@ , "

Product Description

H x W x D (mm)

Tread W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Platform Height (mm)

ÂŁ128.83

2 Tread Mobile Steps

1085 x 690 x 575

380 x 180

LWHCS/2

545

380 x 285

ÂŁ128.83

ÂŁ163.89

3 Tread Mobile Steps

1420 x 820 x 550

380 x 180

LWHCS/3

770

380 x 285

ÂŁ163.89

ÂŁ210.30

4 Tread Mobile Steps

1725 x 985 x 580

380 x 180

LWHCS/4

1030

380 x 285

ÂŁ210.30

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 158

C@ ,

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 159

Platform Tread W x D (mm)

Price (Each)

2013/14

S T E PS

Topstep - Heavy Duty Steps

WORKBENCHES

A range of red powder coated, fully welded, tubular framed mobile safety steps. Available in 5 heights and includes punched steel treads.

Static, mobile and semi mobile workbenches, tool trolleys and assembly benches..

The steps have a wide base for increased stability and non-slip rubber feet are $

Product

ACCE SS

; ; ; $

_\;;

diameter rubber sprung swivel castors which lower to the ground under operators weight. \ Â&#x2039; ; $

;

operator to safely use the steps.

Lead Time

Page

(Working Days)

) ,

E Q U I P M E NT

General Workbenches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(10-20)

162-163

Height Adjustable Workbenches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(10-20)

164

Tuff Workbenches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(10-20)

165

Heavy Duty Workbenches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(10-20)

166-167

Workbench Vices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(10-20)

167

Medium Duty Workbenches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(10-20)

168

Medium Duty Workbench Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(10-20)

169

Mobile Workbenches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(10-20)

170

Tool Trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(10-20)

170

All models have a double handrail. Other sizes and colours are available, please contact our sales department for more information.

W OR K BENCHE S

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

,@1', ,

Product Description 4 Tread 5 Tread 6 Tread 7 Tread 8 Tread

Castors Wheels 75mmĂ&#x2DC; 75mmĂ&#x2DC; 100mmĂ&#x2DC; 100mmĂ&#x2DC; 100mmĂ&#x2DC;

160mmĂ&#x2DC; 160mmĂ&#x2DC; 160mmĂ&#x2DC; 200mmĂ&#x2DC; 200mmĂ&#x2DC;

8,@1', ,

Weight (Kg) 32 42 52 62 72

H x W x D (mm) 1950 2150 2380 2610 2840

x x x x x

700 700 700 700 700

x x x x x

1100 1200 1370 1530 1700

Tread W x D (mm) 450 x 200 550 x 200 550 x 200 5500 x 200 550 x 200

Order Ref 4SHDMSPS 5SHDMSPS 6SHDMSPS 7SHDMSPS 8SHDMSPS

Platform H (mm) 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000

Platform Tread W x D (mm) 450 x 400 550 x 400 550 x 400 550 x 400 550 x 400

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Price (Each) ÂŁ400.00 ÂŁ555.00 680.00 880.00 900.00

PRIMROSE HILL COWBRIDGE SOUTH WALES CF71 7DU TEL: 01446 772614 FAX: 01446774770 INFO@STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK WWW.STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 160

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 161

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013 • • • • • • •

W OR K BENCHE S

WOR K BENCHES

General Workbenches Supplied with 20 mm thick laminate worktop. General workshop bench suitable for use in assembly, production and light engineering. Height adjustable feet for easy levelling Powder coated light grey framework. Full range of accessories available including lockable drawers and cupboards (supplied with two keys), shelves, louvre panels and service ducts. Standard bench height: 840mm. Also available are 760mm and 920mm. Supplied knock down for on site assembly.

Square Tube Bench Please see general workbench accessories below:

Single Drawer H x W x D - 220 x 420 x 420mm Order Ref

Colour

Price (Each)

BEDR04021RXX

RED

£127.50

BEDR04021BXX

BLUE

£127.50

BEDR04021KXX

GREY

£127.50

BEDR04021GXX

GREEN

£127.50

Bench above shown with optional drawer and cupboard.

Square Tube Bench - Laminate Worktop 20mm thick Size H x W x D (mm) Order Ref 840 x 1200 x 750 BQ841275PLXX 840 x 1200 x 900 BQ841290PLXX 840 x 1500 x 750 BQ841575PLXX 840 x 1500 x 900 BQ841590PLXX 840 x 1800 x 750 BQ841875PLXX 840 x 1800 x 900 BQ841890PLXX

Price (Each) £236.50 £269.64 £310.15 £362.43 £316.38 £372.72

Cantilever Work Bench - Laminate Worktop 20mm thick Size H x W x D (mm) Order Ref 840 x 1200 x 750 BC841275PLXX 840 x 1200 x 900 BC841290PLXX 840 x 1500 x 750 BC841575PLXX 840 x 1500 x 900 BC841590PLXX 840 x 1800 x 750 BC841875PLXX 840 x 1800 x 900 BC841890PLXX

Price (Each) £259.60 £292.74 £336.14 £388.41 £348.15 £404.48

General Workbench Accessories Order Ref A 760mm Rear Support Posts BESP760SXXXX 1180mm Rear Support Posts BESP1180XXXX

Price (Each) £54.08 £65.75

Triple Drawer H x W x D - 435 x 420 x 420mm Order Ref

Cantilever Bench

BEDR04043RXX

Colour

Price (Each)

RED

£242.10

BEDR04043BXX

BLUE

£242.10

BEDR04043KXX

GREY

£242.10

BEDR04043GXX

GREEN

£242.10

Storage Cupboard H x W x D - 435 x 420 x 420mm ORder Ref

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 162

Description

Upper shelf 300mm Laminate for 1500mm

BEUS1500PXXX

£90.43

Upper shelf 300mm Laminate for 1800mm

BEUS1800PXXX

£107.63

Light/Tool Rail Support for 1200mm bench

BERS1200XLXX

£56.53

Light/Tool Rail Support for 1500mm bench

BERS1500XLXX

£60.80

Light/Tool Rail Support for 1800mm bench

BERS1800XLXX

£62.93

D E

Fluorescent Light

BELF1200XLXX

£32.00

Louvred back panel with pinboard for 1200mm

BELO4812IXXX

£104.53

Louvred back panel with pinboard for 1500mm

BELO4815IXXX

£114.13

BELO4818IXXX

£126.93

Colour

Price (Each)

BECU04041RXX

RED

£114.23

Louvred back panel with pinboard for 1800mm

BECU04041BXX

BLUE

£114.23

BECU04041KXX

GREY

£114.23

Worktop service duct for 1200mm bench

BESDWT122XXX

£87.47

BECU04041GXX

GREEN

£114.23

Worktop service duct for 1500mm bench

BESDWT15XXXX

£89.60

Worktop service duct for 1800mm bench

BESDWT18XXXX

£93.87

Post fitted service duct for 1200mm bench

BESDSP12XXXX

£96.00

Post fitted service duct for 1500mm bench

BESDSP15XXXX

£100.42

Post fitted service duct for 1800mm bench

BESDSP18XXXX

£107.08

Bench above shown with optional cupboard.

2013/14

Key A A B

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 163

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

TP Basic Workbench Height adjustable between 650-900 mm. Frames are epoxy powder coated steel in grey. The worktops are 25mm laminated particle board.

Product Description

Basic Workbench

Worktop D x W (mm) 500 x 700 500 x 1000 700 x 1200 700 x 1500 700 x 1800 900 x 1500 900 x 1800

Load Capacity (Kg U.D.L.) 150 150 300 300 300 300 300

Order Ref

Price (Each)

TP507 TP510 TP712 TP715 TP718 TP915 TP918

£202.00 £222.00 £255.00 £276.00 £306.00 £311.00 £340.00

Tuff WorkBenches •

• •

• • • • • •

This heavy duty range of industrial workbenches are ideal for factories, schools and retail etc. The workbenches are available in two sizes 1800 x 650 mm and 2000 x 650 mm. They offer a heavy duty robust construction and yet are economically priced for todays market. Each work bench has a 40mm beech laminated veneer top. Each drawer unit comes complete with central locking (supplied with two keys). Each drawer has a capacity of 50kg. Each bench has a capacity of 200kg UDL. The benches are powder coated blue and grey. Each bench is supplied in knock down form for easy on site assembly and to allow access to the site location.

W OR K BENCHE S

These height adjustable ergonomic workbenches are suitable for light assembly, warehouse and packing. Height adjustment is by allen key. The modular construction allows many possibilities when planning a layout. These workbenches are supplied flat packed.

WOR K BENCHES

Height Adjustable Workbenches

34024201

TBH Workbench With Shelf Construction as TP, but with rear uprights and upper shelf. Bench height is adjustable between 650-900mm and upright profiles and laminate shelf (310mm deep) height adjustable between 1080-1550mm, load capacity 50kg.

Product Description

Workbench c/w shelf

Worktop D x W (mm) 700 x 1200 700 x 1500 700 x 1800 900 x 1500 900 x 1800

Load Capacity (Kg U.D.L.) 300 300 300 300 300

Order Ref

Price (Each)

TPH712 TPH715 TPH718 TPH915 TPH918

£408.00 £432.00 £479.00 £473.00 £513.00

SAP Mobile Workbench Construction as TP and height is adjustable between 650900mm. Ø100mm swivel castors of which two are braked. Lower shelf available separately. Product Description Moveable bench SAP Lower shelf AT

Worktop D x W (mm) 500 x 700 700 x 1000 500 x 700 700 x 1000

Load Capacity (Kg U.D.L) 150 150 40 40

Order Ref SAP 507 SAP 710 AT 507 AT 710

£239.00 £281.00 £52.00 £78.20

Various accessories are available for this workbench range, allowing each bench to be customised to suit your requirements. All of our workbenches and accessories are supplied flat packed. Please call for information on these accessories.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 164

34024038

Description

H x W x Dmm

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Bench only

2000 x 650 x 840

34024041

£336.00

1800 x 650 x 840

34024040

£316.11

Bench including 1 x cupboard

2000 x 650 x 840

34024044

£428.84

1800 x 650 x 840

34024043

£403.42

Bench including 1 x drawer unit

2000 x 650 x 840

34024046

£539.37

1800 x 650 x 840

34024045

£507.32

Bench including 2 x cupboard

2000 x 650 x 840

34024034

£522.79

1800 x 650 x 840

34024200

£499.37

Bench including 2 x drawer unit

2000 x 650 x 840

34024035

£742.74

1800 x 650 x 840

34024201

£725.49

Bench including 1 x drawer unit, 1 x cupboard

2000 x 650 x 840

34024042

£632.21

1800 x 650 x 840

34024202

£612.43

Bench including 3 x cupboard

2000 x 650 x 840

34024037

£632.21

Bench including 2 x drawer unit, 1 x cupboard

2000 x 650 x 840

34024036

£835.58

Price (Each)

Accessories

2013/14

34024037

Bench including 2 x cupboard, 1 x drawer unit

2000 x 650 x 840

34024039

£725.05

Bench including 3 x drawer unit

2000 x 650 x 840

34024038

£945.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 165

2013/14

WOR K BENCHES

Heavy Duty Workbenches

Heavy Duty Workbenches Heavy duty workbenches are fully welded (not flat pack) and are constructed from steel angle with braced galvanised tops or 45mm timber top or super heavy duty with galvanised steel on top of 45mm timber. Three lengths to choose from in the static bench range each available in three widths. All benches come with bottom shelf, vice plate welded underneath the front right-hand corner and cupboard included in the price. Cupboards measure 600mm x 600mm by bench depth with lock fitted as standard. Also available with extra cupboards or drawer(s) in place of the cupboard or can be fitted with five-drawer unit.

W OR K BENCHE S

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Bench above shown with optional drawer and cupboard.

Heavy duty bench suitable for heavy duty applications such as engineering and manufacturing.

• •

•

Fully welded construction for extra strength. Powder coated dark grey framework .

Steel plate and laminate work top options. Full range of accessories available including lockable drawers and cupboards (supplied with two keys), and lower shelves Standard bench height: 840mm. Also available are 760mm and 920mm.

Bench with Steel Plate Worktop 2mm thick

Bench with Laminate Worktop 20mm thick

Order Ref

Price (Each)

H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

840 x 1200 x 600

BJ841260SKXX

£256.38

840 x 1200 x 600

BJ841260PKXX

£305.52

840 x 1200 x 750

BJ841275SKXX

£285.83

840 x 1200 x 750

BJ841275PKXX

£316.79

840 x 1200 x 900

BJ841290SKXX

£292.81

840 x 1200 x 900

BJ841290PKXX

£352.80

840 x 1500 x 600

BJ841560SKXX

£294.19

840 x 1500 x 600

BJ841560PKXX

£367.17

840 x 1500 x 750

BJ841575SKXX

£348.72

840 x 1500 x 750

BJ841575PKXX

£394.40

840 x 1500 x 900

BJ841590SKXX

£355.90

840 x 1500 x 900

BJ841590PKXX

£449.63

840 x 1800 x 600

BJ841860SKXX

£312.53

840 x 1800 x 600

BJ841860PKXX

£393.33

840 x 1800 x 750

BJ841875SKXX

£367.06

840 x 1800 x 750

BJ841875PKXX

£404.62

840 x 1800 x 900

BJ841890SKXX

£380.94

840 x 1800 x 900

BJ841890PKXX

£466.67

Accessories

2013/14

Lower Shelves - Factory Fitted Steel Plate Only Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Retaining Lip for 1200 x 600mm bench

BXRL1206XXXX

£38.15

1200 x 600

BXLS1206XXXX

£65.07

Retaining Lip for 1200 x 750mm bench

BXRL1207XXXX

£43.60

1200 x 750

BXLS1207XXXX

£77.87

Retaining Lip for 1200 x 900mm bench

BXRL1209XXXX

£49.05

1200 x 900

BXLS1209XXXX

£77.87

Retaining Lip for 1500 x 600mm bench

BXRL1506XXXX

£43.60

1500 x 600

BXLS1506XXXX

£75.73

Retaining Lip for 1500 x 750mm bench

BXRL1507XXXX

£49.05

1500 x 750

BXLS1507XXXX

£89.60

Retaining Lip for 1500 x 900mm bench

BXRL1509XXXX

£52.68

1500 x 900

BXLS1509XXXX

£89.60

Retaining Lip for 1800 x 600mm bench

BXRL1806XXXX

£49.05

1800 x 600

BXLS1806XXXX

£86.40

Retaining Lip for 1800 x 750mm bench

BXRL1807XXXX

£52.68

1800 x 750

BXLS1807XXXX

£98.13

Retaining Lip for 1800 x 900mm bench

BXRL1809XXXX

£58.13

1800 x 900

BXLS1809XXXX

£98.13

Vice Plate

BXVICEPLXXXX

£17.07

Single Drawer 220 x 420 x 420

BXDR04021

£134.93

Triple Drawer 435 x 420 x 420

BXDR04043

£231.84

Storage Cupboard 560 x 420 420

BXCU04051

£147.20

To Fit W x D (mm)

Drawer & Cupboard Front Colour Options Please state colour when ordering

Light Grey

Dark Blue

Green

Heavy Duty Workbenches (Capacity 600kg) H x W x D (mm) 840 x 1200 x 600 840 x 1200 x 750 840 x 1200 x 900 840 x 1500 x 600 840 x 1500 x 750 840 x 1500 x 900 840 x 2000 x 600 840 x 2000 x 750 840 x 2000 x 900

HEAVY DUTY STEEL TOP Order Ref Price (Each) 1260SC £290.00 1275SC £300.00 1290SC £310.00 1560SC £310.00 1575SC £325.00 1590SC £335.00 2060SC £355.00 2075SC £370.00 2090SC £380.00

HEAVY DUTY WOOD TOP Order Ref Price (Each) 1260WC £315.00 1275WC £325.00 1290WC £340.00 1560WC £345.00 1575WC £355.00 1590WC £370.00 2060WC £400.00 2075WC £410.00 2090WC £420.00

HEAVY DUTY WOOD & STEEL TOP Order Ref Price (Each) 1260WSC £350.00 1275WSC £365.00 1290WSC £380.00 1560WSC £400.00 1575WSC £415.00 1590WSC £425.00 2060WSC £450.00 2075WSC £460.00 2090WSC £490.00

Workbench Vices Top quality engineering bench vices may be fitted to any static or mobile workbench if specified when ordering or supplied separately. A lockable steel drawer may be fitted to any bench as an extra or as an alternative to the cupboard. Description Extra Cupboard (L x W x H: 457 x 457 x 620mm) Single Lockable Drawer (L x W x H: 457 x 457 x 150mm) 4” Vice (100mm) 5” Vice (125mm) 6” Vice (150mm) 8” Vice (200mm)

Price (Each) £80.00 £80.00 £80.00 £100.00 £125.00 £150.00

6" Vice (150mm)

Red

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 166

1575WC Bench Size (H x W x D) - 840 x 1500 x 750mm

Bench Size (H x W x D) - 840 x 2000 x 750mm

H x W x D (mm)

Description

2075WSC Shown fitted with additional cupboard, lockable drawer and vice. (Available at additional cost)

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 167

2013/14

WOR K BENCHES

Medium Duty Benches

Medium Duty Bench Accessories Accessories must be specified and supplied with original order as they cannot be fitted or moved subsequently.

Our hollow section Medium Duty Benches are constructed from square section steel, all joints are welded and each leg has an adjustable foot which enables the bench to be firmly seated on an uneven floor without rocking. Supplied ready to unpack and use no assembly required.

Description Single Drawer (L x W x H: 457 x 457 x 150mm) Cupboard Unit (L x W x H: 457 x 457 x 620mm) Cupboard/Single Drawer Unit (L x W x H: 457 x 457 x 620mm) Five-Drawer Cupboard Unit (L x W x H: 457 x 457 x 620mm) Bench Top Electrical Trunking with Two Twin 13A Sockets (1200mm L) Bench Top Electrical Trunking with Two Twin 13A Sockets (1500mm L) Bench Top Electrical Trunking with Two Twin 13A Sockets (2000mm L) Twin 13A Sockets Unit (Island Unit) Fluorescent Light Fitting Louvred Panel (450 x 500mm)

These medium duty benches are ideal for the assembly of small components especially for the electronics industry or are equally useful as packing benches. Choose from a range of different worktops Laminate or MDF (with rounded edges), also available with steel, vinyl or anti static laminate worktop.

Price (Each) £80.00 £80.00 £140.00 £240.00 £110.00 £135.00 £135.00 £70.00 £70.00 £20.00

W OR K BENCHE S

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

AB1260L Bench Size (H x W x D) - 840 x 1200 x 600mm

Length (mm) 1200 1500 2000

UPPER SHELF MDF (300mm D) Price (Each) £85.00 £90.00 £105.00

UPPER SHELF LAMINATE (300mm D) Price (Each) £110.00 £120.00 £140.00

LOWER SHELF All in MDF Price (Each) £85.00 £90.00 £105.00

Twin 13A Socket Island

LIGHTING RAIL Price (Each) £70.00 £75.00 £85.00

SUPPORT BARS FOR LOUVRE PANEL Price (Each) £60.00 £70.00 £85.00

Upper Shelf

Cupboard / Single Drawer AB2090M

Single Drawer

Shown with additional upper shelf, drawer unit, cupboard / single drawer and bench top island unit. (Available at additional cost) Bench Size (H x W x D) - 840 x 2000 x 900mm

AB1575M Shown with extra bottom shelf (Available at additional cost)

Fluorescent Light Fitting

Bench Size (H x W x D) - 840 x 1500 x 750mm

MDF TOP H x W x D (mm) 840 x 1200 x 600 840 x 1200 x 750 840 x 1200 x 900 840 x 1500 x 600 840 x 1500 x 750 840 x 1500 x 900 840 x 2000 x 600 840 x 2000 x 750 840 x 2000 x 900 840 x 2000 x 1200

2013/14

Order Ref AB1260M AB1275M AB1290M AB1560M AB1575M AB1590M AB2060M AB2075M AB2090M AB2012M

Lighting Rail

Louvred Panels

LAMINATE TOP Price (Each) £190.00 £205.00 £215.00 £210.00 £220.00 £230.00 £245.00 £255.00 £280.00 £300.00

Order Ref AB1260L AB1275L AB1290L AB1560L AB1575L AB1590L AB2060L AB2075L AB2090L AB2012L

Price (Each) £245.00 £250.00 £275.00 £260.00 £280.00 £290.00 £305.00 £315.00 £330.00 £350.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 168

Bench Top Electrical Trunking (+ 2 x twin 13A sockets)

Support Bars for Louvred Panels Cupboard Five Drawer Cupboard

AB2075L Shown with additional 5 drawer unit, cupboard, 3 support bars for louvred panels, 4 x louvred panels, light rail, fluorescent light, bench top trunking with 2 x twin sockets. (Available at additional cost) Bench Size (H x W x D) - 840 x 2000 x 750mm

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 169

2013/14

Product

Lead Time

Mezzanine Floors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Please Enquire)

1260SCP

1260SFCP

Bench Size (H x W x D) - 840 x 1200 x 600mm

With Single Cupboard H x W x D (mm) Order Ref Price (Each) 840 x 1200 x 600 1260SCP £390.00 840 x 1200 x 750 1275SCP £405.00 840 x 1500 x 600 1560SCP £410.00 840 x 1500 x 750 1575SCP £420.00 4” Vice (100mm) For full details refer to page 167 5” Vice (125mm) For full details refer to page 167 6” Vice (150mm) For full details refer to page 167 8” Vice (200mm) For full details refer to page 167

With Five Drawer Unit and Matching Cupboard Order Ref Price (Each) 1260SFCP £625.00 1275SFCP £635.00 1560SFCP £640.00 1575SFCP £650.00 £80.00 £100.00 £125.00 £150.00

Tool Trolleys

Page

(Working Days)

172

Mezzanine Handrail Netting and Pallet Nets . . . . . . . . (Please Enquire)

173

Standard & Heavy Duty Adjustable Pallet Racking . . . . . (Please Enquire)

174 - 175

Rack Netting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Please Enquire)

176

Anti-Collapse Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Please Enquire)

177

Titan, Elan and Sigma Partitioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Please Enquire)

178 - 179

Caelum Mesh Wall System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Please Enquire)

180

Guarda Chain Posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5)

181

Safety Barriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(10-15)

182 - 183

Traffic-Line Steel Hoop Guards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-10)

184- 185

Traffic-Line Protection Guards & Flex Protection Guards . . . . . (5-10)

186 - 187

Barriers and Signage.

SA FETY

A wide range of Warehouse, Safety and Site Management products including Mezzanine Floors, Pallet Racking, Partitioning, Guards,

These fully mobile workbenches stand on four legs when in use to give maximum stability, with the wheels off the floor. Simple lever action pushes down the under-carriage and takes the weight off the legs onto the Ø100mm solid rubber two wheels and two castors, enabling easy movement of the complete unit. Supplied with standard cupboard (SCP models) or with five drawer unit and matching cupboard (SFCP models). All models supplied with bottom shelf and vice plate. Other sizes and specification are available on request. Normal height 840mm, other heights available at no extra cost. (please enquire for prices).

WARE H OU SE

WOR K BENCHES

WAREHOUSE / SAFETY / SITE MANAGEMENT

Mobile Workbenches

S I T E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Traffic-Line Flex Heavy Duty Bollards, Traffic-Line Protection Guard With Under-Run Protection . . . . . . . . . . (5-10) Traffic-Line Collision Protection Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-10)

188 189

Traffic-Line Hi-Vis Belt Posts, Traffic-Line Wall Mounted Belt

A smaller bench on four wheels (Ø100mm solid rubber - two swivel castors with brakes and two fixed castors). Constructed from the same materials as our larger benches, the tool trolley is available in four versions.

Cartridge & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-10) Traffic-Line Impact Protection - Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-10)

190 - 191 192 - 193

Traffic-Line Cable/Hose Protection Ramps, Topstop-Eco Speed

Spion Acrylic Mirrors & Panoramic Acrylic Mirrors . . . . . . . . . (5)

194 - 195 196 - 197

Detective-X Acrylic Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5)

198

Reduction Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5-10)

1050ST

1050SCT

1050SCCT

Description Top and Base only c/w Wheels With Single Cupboard c/w Wheels With Double Doors c/w Wheels With Two Cupboards c/w Wheels Top and Base only w/o Wheels With Single Cupboard w/o Wheels With Double Doors w/o Wheels With Two Cupboards w/o Wheels

2013/14

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 1000 x 500 840 x 1000 x 500 840 x 1000 x 500 840 x 1000 x 500 840 x 1000 x 500 840 x 1000 x 500 840 x 1000 x 500 840 x 1000 x 500

1050SDCT Order Ref 1050ST 1050SCT 1050SCCT 1050SDCT 1050S 1050SC 1050SCC 1050SDC

Price (Each) £190.00 £245.00 £325.00 £325.00 £175.00 £225.00 £300.00 £300.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 170

Traffic-Line Bicycle Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5)

199

Kenilworth & Premier Cycle Shelters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5)

200 - 201

PROline Floor Marking System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5)

202 - 203

Labels and Markers Plastic Holders, Floor Signals, Graphic Markers & Racksacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(5) Packaging Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5)

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 171

204-207 208

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Offering a fully comprehensive service from initial design and planning through to installation and commissioning, our mezzanine floors can help you maximise your building’s capacity by taking advantage of unused vertical space. Mezzanine floors can be a low cost option and are easily installed in almost every environment from a warehouse to a busy office.

S I T E /

This simple and easy to install safety netting prevents items from being accidentally kicked or dropped protecting personnel on the floor below. Available in several colours of fire retardant net and using the wire fixing system, mezzanine guard rail nets are easy to install and incredibly easy to maintain. The net is constructed from 3mm cord and a 45mm mesh size. Comes complete with wires and fixings.

SA FETY

Our mezzanine floors are manufactured to the highest quality and performance that comply with the latest British and European design standards.

• Prevents items falling from a mezzanine floor

SAF E T Y

• Retains the use of the handrail • Available in a choice of six colours

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

Mezzanine Handrail Netting

Mezzanine Floors

• For new installations or can be retrofitted

/ SIT E The price below is a guide. Prices for specific projects are available on request BUDGET PRICE (per square metre)

£16.00

Pallet Nets This is ideal for any operation that requires secure transportation of products via a pallet

• Reuseable, no need for pallet wrap • Reduces packaging costs • Available in euro and standard pallet sizes • Bungee cord base rope • Environmentally friendly

The price below is guide. Specific prices for projects are available on request BUDGET PRICE (per pallet net)

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 172

info@storage-design.co.uk

Euro

£46.95

Standard

£49.95

www.storage-design.co.uk 173

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

â&#x20AC;˘

SAF E T Y

â&#x20AC;˘

/ SIT E

â&#x20AC;˘

Frames are of bolted construction and are supplied fully assembled. Beams are available in a range of lengths to suit both standard pallet sizes and bespoke pallets. Additionally the beams come in a range of profiles to meet the load requirements of almost any application. Beam safety locking clips are supplied with all beams in accordance with health and safety requirements. Frames are manufactured from galvatite steel or epoxy powder coated blue and beams are epoxy powder coated orange. Pallet racking accessories are available such as Pallet Support Bars, Fork Entry Bars, Rough Sawn Open and Closed Timber Decking, Upright Protection Guards, Rack End Barriers and Galvanised Steel Shelf Panels (please enquire). Manufactured in accordance with FEM standards.

SA FETY

â&#x20AC;˘

= > ? $ @FJ' :@* & @* & Q.* ; :F > ;

? $ @@*@ :@* & @* & J.' ; :9 F > ;

Height

Depth Height

900mm

1100mm

9 : # ; < # !

3000mm

ÂŁ95.93

ÂŁ100.26

3500mm

ÂŁ105.26

ÂŁ109.47

4000mm

ÂŁ118.91

ÂŁ123.69

4500mm

ÂŁ132.47

ÂŁ137.81

5000mm

ÂŁ146.11

ÂŁ152.00

5500mm

ÂŁ160.14

ÂŁ166.72

6000mm

ÂŁ173.56

ÂŁ180.93

= > ? $ @@J\ :@* & @* & Q.* ; :9 F > ; Height

Depth 900mm

1100mm

5000mm

ÂŁ200.83

ÂŁ206.74

6000mm

ÂŁ239.45

ÂŁ246.60

7000mm

ÂŁ273.35

1350mm

$% &$ % '

Capacity UDL (Kg) Per Pair of Beams 2200

1850mm

$% &$ % '

2200

ÂŁ26.58

2250mm

!% &! % '

2000

ÂŁ34.51

2700mm

% & % '

2400

ÂŁ42.68

Price ÂŁ20.43

Depth 900mm

1100mm

3000mm

ÂŁ132.75

ÂŁ137.07

3500mm

ÂŁ148.21

ÂŁ152.41

4000mm

ÂŁ168.00

ÂŁ172.77

4500mm

ÂŁ187.78

ÂŁ193.12

? $ # #

Timber Decking

Capacity UDL (Kg) Per Pair of Beams

Price

1350mm

$% &$ % '

2200

ÂŁ29.90

1850mm

$% &$ % '

2200

ÂŁ39.05

2250mm

( & ( '

3000

ÂŁ64.93

2700mm

( & ( '

3600

ÂŁ76.54

3300mm

%( & % ( '

3600

ÂŁ99.47

Protection Guards & Barriers

( & ( '

3600

ÂŁ51.82

%( & % ( '

3600

ÂŁ67.28

#! " 9 % #

3600mm

%( & % ( '

3200

ÂŁ72.91

)% ! )

ÂŁ10.95

ÂŁ13.45

- / &( ' : ;

3900mm

(( & ( ( '

3400

ÂŁ79.28

)% )

ÂŁ12.95

ÂŁ15.45

- / &( ' :+ ;

ÂŁ34.95

*% ! )

ÂŁ13.95

ÂŁ16.45

< " /

ÂŁ52.75

#! " Y 9 % #

ÂŁ18.45

< " /

ÂŁ55.75

< " /

ÂŁ62.75

< " / (

ÂŁ68.75

)% ! )

ÂŁ14.95

ÂŁ17.45

Beam safety locking clips

ÂŁ0.37

)% )

ÂŁ16.95

ÂŁ19.45

Shims 2mm

ÂŁ1.78

*% ! )

ÂŁ17.95

ÂŁ20.45

Row spacers 200mm

ÂŁ5.96

*% )

ÂŁ19.95

ÂŁ22.45

Row spacers 300mm

ÂŁ7.53 ÂŁ0.60

8813 Frames &= '

8G15 Frames &= '

1000mm

7200

15000

1250mm

7200

13600

1500mm

6400

12000

ÂŁ0.75

1750mm

6400

11200

ÂŁ19.82

2000mm

5600

10400

ÂŁ21.96

2250mm

5600

8800

" #

ÂŁ27.55

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Price ÂŁ29.95

ÂŁ15.95

Price

8808 Frames &= '

? J Level to Floor

174

2700mm

*% )

ÂŁ280.95

9 :F > ; < # !

3300mm

Accessories

? < # Y

2013/14

S I T E /

These pallet racking systems are designed from two basic components, frames and beams. In addition a range of accessories enable the system to meet a wide range of needs.

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

Galvanised Adjustable Pallet Racking

Adjustable Pallet Racking

www.storage-design.co.uk 175

2013/14

The Anti-Collapse system prevents any risk of spillage from pallets in warehouse storage, effectively protecting walkways and pallet rack aisles from unwanted accidents. This is a system that has been created for safe handling and storage of products in a warehouse / logistics environment.

Back of Rack & Safety Netting

A wide variety of panel sizes, stand-offs (from 50mm – 300mm), bracket types, and fixing kits ensure a safe and secure solution to accompany most pallet racking systems.

Back of rack safety netting is an excellent way of preventing injury and product damage at the back of single

SAF E T Y /

• Faster installation than traditional methods

SIT E

• For new installations or can be retrofitted

Our Anti-Collapse system is available in either hot dip galvanised or a variety of powder coated finishes.

runs of pallet racking. Availiable in a small range of colours and strengths our unique bracket and fixing installation system prevents rack twisting and makes the net very quick to install.

• Prevents accidents and stock damage

Rack Netting is a lightweight and surprisingly strong product that is perfect for a variety of safety applications around any industrial facility. Made from high tensity polypropylene the net is light weight and incredibly strong. A wide range of cord thicknesses and mesh sizes are available so that we can match your requirements with a specific net. The rack netting is also easy to install, does not suffer from corrosion.

SA FETY

Anti-Collapse Mesh

Please contact us for a quote.

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

Rack Netting

S I T E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

• Withstands a full pallet impact at 1000kg • Available in a choice of six colours

Racking Bracket

The price below is guide. Prices for specific projects are available on request BUDGET PRICE (per square metre)

£18.00

Spine Safety Netting Spine safety netting is an ideal way of preventing products falling through double entry racking. Available in several colours of high tensity Polypropylene and fire retardant net.

Ultima Bracket

• Spine netting prevents items falling through double-entry racking • For use in areas where ground pickers and truck operators work in close proximity • Available in a choice of six colours

The price below is guide. Prices for specific projects are available on request BUDGET PRICE (per square metre)

2013/14

£24.00

Economy Bracket

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 176

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 177

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Titan can be multi-tiered and profiled for warehouse and office divisions to create an environment more appropriate for specialised areas; Titan can also be manufactured in a form that can more readily withstand moist atmospheres.

Elan is a high quality double-skin steel partitioning system for offices and warehouse factory applications where an attractive appearance is important. Panels are available in Full Steel and Steel/Glass combinations with double or single glazing.

SA FETY

Titan is a high-quality, two-line double skinned partitioning system ideal for clean room applications. Its versatility allows it to be used for a variety of other applications including laboratories, hospitals, surgeries, and food preparation, but particularly those applications where appearance is important.

S I T E

Elan Partitions

Fully demountable, the panels can be supplied as fully firerated or non-fire rated. Additional noise reduction capabilities are available. The Elan system can be supplied with a large range of ceilings (suspended or walk-on) and accessories. A wide variety of hinged and sliding doors are also available.

SAF E T Y

Titan partitioning has a two-line junction to keep dust traps to a minimum and its powder-coated finish is an ideal surface for clean environments. It is completely demountable, enabling panels to be removed without having to dismantle the entire structure. All hardware accessories come in stainless steel as standard due to its exceptional â&#x20AC;&#x153;cleanâ&#x20AC;? properties, and flush glazing eliminates ledges and further improves aesthetics.

/ SIT E

All joints can be silicone sealed to stop air loss and reduce particle traps. Additional aesthetic features such as integrated blinds with movable magnetic controls can be provided upon request, and options for extra sound reduction are available. There are also options for several different floor details including coved skirting, bull nosed skirting, and stainless steel kick plates. Used in conjunction with the correct air handling and HVAC systems, a Class-5 clean room can be achieved (ISO 14611-1). Ceilings are formed from a single-line junction panel with an optional facility that enables the ceiling to carry a load of one person - ideal for maintenance purposes. Integrated Blind with Control (Removable Magnetic Control available upon request)

Please contact us for a quote.

Elan and Sigma panels come in a wide range of sizes and heights allowing for multi-tiered configuration. Both systems come in a variety of standard finishes (White RAL 9010. Sandstone BS08817. Grey BSDA005. Grey RAL 7037. Blue RAL 5010) and further non-standard, corporate and special finishes are available upon request.

Sigma Partitions

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

Titan Partitions

Please contact us for a full quotation.

Sigma is a single-skin partitioning system suitable for factory, warehouse and storage requirements. Fully demounatble, it is ideal for enclosing work areas where appearance is important but without the cost of a double-skinned system. Sigma can also be used for machine guarding and for enclosing production lines, for perimeter guarding to automated machinery, robots, conveyors and with other automated processes. When used in a multitiered configuration it is effective for factory or warehouse division, providing additional security, dust-proofing and environmental control. Sigma can be cut to accommodate existing structures providing an aesthetic finish. A variety of accessories such as drop-down hatches and framed openings can be created. Sigma panels are available in full steel/glass, steel/mesh and all mesh combinations to suit your requirements, mesh can be provided in several styles and sizes. Furthermore a full range of hinged and sliding door options are available.

Flush Glazing

2013/14

Doors with Stainless Steel Fittings

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 178

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 179

2013/14

Caelum is a flexible system that can be used for a variety of purposes. A wide range of panel sizes with varying frame and mesh configurations ensure the perfect solution.

GUARDA Chain Posts are the ideal low cost solution for cordoning off areas both internally and temporarily outdoors.

SAF E T Y

The Caelum Mesh Wall system is available in either hot dip galvanised, or a variety of powder coat finishes. Please contact us for a quote.

Quickly and easily deployed. Corrosion proof plastic construction. Low centre of gravity for stability. Choice of three base styles. Four integrated chain eyes in cap. Highly visible post colours - Red/White or Black/ Yellow

SA FETY

The Caelum system is available in multi-tiered elevations, enabling the end user the ability to partition off large secure storage areas within warehouse environments, particularly useful for isolating and storing dangerous goods such as aerosols or combustible materials.

• • • • • •

Applications: Warehouse, production areas, shipping departments, administration depts. etc

Caelum modular mesh panels can be used to build enclosures, boxes, storage units and provide protection in automated warehouses. It is particularly useful in bonded stores, low-level and semi-secure storage areas and as small cage enclosures where high value retail goods (i.e. Smart phones, mobile telephones, tablets and laptops, computers, power tools, liquor, tobacco etc.). Virtually any item that may require restricted accessibility can be stored.

GUARDA Chain Posts

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

Caelum Mesh Wall System

S I T E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Specifications: Post dia. 40mm Post height: 870mm Bases: Rubber: 265 x 265mm sq. Weight 1.8kg Plastic (hollow): 300mm dia. Weight: Variable Plastic/concrete*: 300mm SL Weight: 2.9kg *Suitable for outdoor use.

SIT E

GUARDA Chain Post set. As detailed above but available in handy sets of: 6 chain posts and bases. 10m of M-POLY Chain. 10 Connecting links. 10 ‘S’ hooks.

Chain stands Plastic posts 40mm dia

Base type

Plastic, concrete filled (three sided)

Padlock & Hasp

Caelum Door

Hard rubber (four sided)

Plastic hollow (Round)

Chain stand sets c/w 6 chain posts, 10m M-POLY Chain, 10 connecting links and 10 hooks

Base type

Plastic base, concrete filled (three sided)

Hard rubber base (four sided)

Round plastic hollow base fillable (Round)

Colour

Height (mm)

Base (mm)

red/white

Order Ref

Price (Each)

175.13.895

£8.00

300 SL black/yellow

175.14.011

£8.00

red/white

175.19.222

£11.50

black/yellow

175.16.601

£11.50

red/white

175.16.320

£9.70

175.18.711

£9.70

870

265 x 265

300 black/yellow

Colour

Height (mm)

Base (mm)

red/white

Order Ref

Price (Each)

175.16.146

£73.30

300 SL black/yellow

175.13.735

£73.30

red/white

175.19.176

£93.10

870

265 x 265

black/yellow

175.17.668

£93.10

red/white

175.15.850

£83.00

175.17.247

£83.00

300 black/yellow

Caelum Post with Bracket Attachment

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 180

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 181

2013/14

Fully Welded Barriers

Lift Out Barriers

•

Choice of open or mesh infill panels.

•

Fully welded construction.

•

Powder coated high visibility yellow.

•

Supplied with floor fixings. Corner Unit

Gate Unit

•

Modular design at 500, 900 or 1100mm tall.

•

Removable rails allow access if required.

•

Constructed from tough mild steel box section.

These safety barriers are designed for creating protective barriers around machinery and equipment and for defining walkways through industrial, manufacturing and warehousing areas.

•

Supplied in knock down form for easy onsite assembly.

•

Powder coated high visibility yellow.

•

Supplied with floor fixings.

SA FETY

Barriers

Straight Unit

/ Mesh Infill

Lift Out Single Rail Barrier

Open Infill

Lift Out Twin Rail Barrier

SAF E T Y

Description

Overall Size L x H (mm)

Order Ref

Price

Order Ref

Price

1200 x 900

RBCU1290MYXX

£296.63

RBCU1290OYXX

£200.59

1200 x 1100

RBCU1211MYXX

£296.03

RBCU1211OYXX

£203.21

Description

Corner Unit 900 x 900

RBGU9090MYXX

£168.56

RBGU9090OYXX

£131.81

900 x 1100

RBGU9011MYXX

£175.95

RBGU9011OYXX

£140.56

Single Rail End Post

/ SIT E

1200 x 900

RBGU1290MYXX

£184.84

RBGU1290OYXX

£138.69

RBGU1211MYXX

£197.02

RBGU1211OYXX

£149.84

1200 x 900

RBST1290MYXX

£187.02

RBST1290OYXX

£141.72

1200 x 1100

RBST1211MYXX

£236.02

RBST1211OYXX

£181.74

Description Order Ref

Price

RBSRBBEX500Y

£94.08

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Order Ref

Price

1100 x 80 x 80

RBTRBBC1100Y

£136.64

Twin Rail Corner Post Single Rail Standard Post

RBSRBBSX500Y

£108.64

900 x 80 x 80

RBTRBBCX900Y

£123.20

RBSRBBCX500Y

£108.64

3000 Long

RBTRBBB3000Y

£126.56

1100 x 80 x 80

RBTRBBE1100Y

£122.08

2400 Long

RBTRBBB2400Y

£107.52

900 x 80 x 80

RBTRBBEX900Y

£106.40

1200 Long

RBTRBBB1200Y

£84.00

1100 x 80 x 80

RBTRBBS1100Y

£136.64

600 Long

RBTRBBBX600Y

£56.00

900 x 80 x 80

RBTRBBSX900Y

£123.20

300 Long

RBTRBBBX300Y

£39.20

500 x 80 x 80

Single Rail Corner Post

Gate Unit 1200 x 1100

Overall Size H x W x D (mm)

Twin Rail End Post Universal Rails

Twin Rail Standard Post

Straight Unit 2400 x 900

RBST2490MYXX

£299.22

RBST2490OYXX

£210.98

2400 x 1100

RBST2411MYXX

£315.25

RBST2411OYXX

£218.35

Heavy Duty Barriers These safety barriers are designed for creating protective barriers around machinery and equipment and for defining walkways through industrial, manufacturing and warehousing areas.

Round Tube Rail Barriers •

Modular design at 500 or 900mm tall.

•

Supplied in knock down form for easy onsite assembly.

•

Constructed from round tube beams and box section supports.

•

Powder coated high visibility yellow.

•

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

Safety Barriers

S I T E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Supplied with floor fixings. Description

• 1400mm high for additional safety.

Single Rail End Post

• Modular design.

Single Rail Standard Post

• Welded support posts.

Single Rail Corner Post

• Supplied in knock down form for easy onsite assembly.

Twin Rail End Post

• Powder coated red or yellow.

Twin Rail Standard Post

• Supplied with floor fixings.

Twin Rail Corner Post

Universal Round Tube Rails

Size (mm)

500 High

Order Ref

Price

RBSRBREX500Y

£89.60

RBSRBRSX500Y

£112.00

RBSRBRCX500Y

£112.00

RBTRBREX900Y

£142.91

RBTRBRSX900Y

£172.79

RBTRBRCX900Y

£172.79

2000 Long

RBTRBRB2000Y

£64.96

1600 Long

RBTRBRB1600Y

£51.96

800 Long

RBTRBRB800Y

£38.96

400 Long

RBTRBRB400Y

£25.98

900 High

Round Tube Single Rail Barrier

Round Tube Twin Rail Barrier

Vision Barriers

Description Support Posts

Description

Size H (mm)

Red

Yellow

Order Ref

1400

RBHDS1400RXX

RBHDS1400YXX

Size L (mm)

Red

Yellow

Order Ref

1500

RBHDR1500RXX

RBHDR1500YXX

Price £142.91

Price

• • • • • •

Light duty barrier system. Choice of sheet steel, clear perspex or mesh panels. Pre-drilled universal posts function as standard, corner and end posts Supplied in knock down form for easy onsite assembly. Powder coated yellow, can be supplied in black Supplied with floor fixings. Description

£90.94

Mesh Infill

1100

RBHDR1100RXX

RBHDR1100YXX

£77.95

Perspex Infill

800

RBHDRX800RXX

RBHDRX800YXX

£64.96

Sheet Steel Infill

500

RBHDRX500RXX

RBHDRX500YXX

£51.97

Universal Barrier Post

Size W x H (mm)

990 x 1000

Mesh

Clear Perspex Sheet Steel

Yellow

Black

Order Ref

RBVPM9910YXX

RBVPM9910AXX

RBVPX9910YXX

RBVPX9910AXX

£194.88

RBVPS9910YXX

RBVPS9910AXX

£142.91

RBVPP1120YXX

RBVPP1120AXX

£172.79

Price £168.90

Barrier Rails

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 182

info@storage-design.co.uk

1120 High

www.storage-design.co.uk 183

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

TRAFFIC-LINE Steel Hoop Guards

S I T E

Applications: Protection of pedestrian areas (entrances, exits etc.), machinery, dangerous zones, elevation changes, loading docks, hazardous areas, garage pits etc.

Protect and segregate pedestrians, machinery and other zones from works vehicles, falls etc. Steel Hoop Guards 48/2mm Surface Fixing (160x70x10mm)

Description

Dimensions H x L (mm)

Finish

Order Ref

Price (Each)

201.14.228

£131.40

201.15.512

£165.50

201.15.794

£156.00

201.17.982

£196.40

201.14.465

£175.90

201.13.553

£223.90

Versatile and effective protection. Highly visible finish. Additional reinforcing crossbar. Easily installed with bolts (available at extra cost).

Powder Coated 1000 x 1000

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

Permanent & removable versions now available for fixing to vertical surfaces.

Powder Coated 1000 x 1500

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

Yellow with black bands

SA FETY

• • • •

Powder Coated 1000 x 2000

/ SIT E

Specifications: Lengths: 1,000, 1,500 and 2,000mm Height: 1,000mm Surface mount – 1,300mm Wall mounted Diameter 48mm Ø x 2mm Wall Fixing plates: Surface mount 70 x 60 x 10mm (2 x mounting plates with pre-drilled fixing holes) Wall fixing (permanent) (2 x mounting plates with pre-drilled fixing holes) Wall fixing (Removable) (Socket with 2 x mounting plates with pre-drilled fixing holes) Finish: Interior: Powder coated yellow with black bands. Exterior: Hot Dip Galvanised. Powder coated yellow with black bands.

Steel Hoop Guards 48/2mm Wall Fixing (Permanent) 160x70x10mm

Description

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

Dimensions H x L (mm)

Wall fixings (permanent)

Finish

Order Ref

Price (Each)

201.23.846

£174.90

201.23.287

£205.70

201.21.475

£201.90

201.27.174

£213.10

201.20.276

£224.50

Powder Coated 1300 x 1000

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

WARE H OU SE

SAF E T Y

WAREHOUSE

TRAFFIC-LINE Steel Hoop Guards

Powder Coated 1300 x 1500

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated Powder Coated

1300 x 2000

Steel Hoop Guards 48/2mm Wall Fixing (Removable) 160x70x10mm

Description

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

Dimensions H x L (mm)

Finish

1300 x 1000

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

Wall fixings (removable barrier)

201.24.456

£267.20

Order Ref

Price (Each)

201.25.003

£136.00

201.20.059

£168.60

201.22.243

£162.90

201.27.829

£201.40

Powder Coated

Powder Coated 1300 x 1500

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated Powder Coated

fixing diagram

permanent version

201.21.658

£185.50

1300 x 2000

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

201.21.335

£230.10

Rawl plug bolt (4 per guard)

12 x 100

100.17.393

£1.50

Throughbolt anchor

12 x 120

100.24.665

£3.00

120W x 300H

Hot dip galvanised

201.27.454

£34.60

removable version Wall socket

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 184

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 185

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Protect property and machinery with TRAFFIC-LINE Protection Guards.

TRAFFIC-LINE FLEX Protection Guards

• Superior build quality and strength. • Highly visible colour scheme. • Easily installed with floor fixings (available at extra cost) • Corner protection style also available with 600mmL sides.

A unique development of our standard Protection Guards that features the strength and protective attributes of steel combined with the ability to ‘give’ up to 10 degrees from the vertical, reducing the incidence of damage and the need for repairs. This is achieved by equipping the guard with flexible shock absorbing polyurethane pads. These pads are UV, weather and temperature resistant, making them suitable for internal and external use.

SAF E T Y

375mm, 750mm and 1,000mm. 350mm, 600mm and 1,200mm. 76mm with 3mm wall thickness. 160 x 140 x 10mm (drilled 4 fixing holes)

Specifications: Widths: 375, 750, 1,000 and 2,000mm Heights (max. inclination): 390 (55), 640 (95), 1240 (190)mm Diameter: 76mm Wall thickness: 3mm

Powder coated yellow with black bands. Hot Dip Galvanised. powder coated yellow with black bands.

SIT E

Finishes: Interior: Powder coated yellow with black bands Exterior: Hot Dip Galvanised, Powder coated yellow with black bands

Sub-surface versions, special sizes and colours can be manufactured to order. Steel guards 76/3.0mm Surface fixing plate 160 x 140 x 10mm

Colour

Yellow

Upgradeable: Existing TRAFFIC-LINE Protection Guard installations can be up-graded, new chemi-anchor fixings will be required. Dimensions H x W (mm) 350 x 375

350 x 750

350 x 1000

600 x 750 Yellow with black bands 600 x 1000

Throughbolt anchor

Order Ref

Price (Each)

195.15.621

£98.30

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

195.18.233

£122.40

Powder coated

195.14.450

£115.00

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

195.16.265

£140.60

Powder coated

195.14.589

£124.00

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

195.13.499

£154.10

Powder coated

195.18.515

£136.70

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

195.17.623

£170.60

Powder coated

195.18.943

£146.80

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

195.19.157

£182.80

Powder coated

195.19.573

£173.70

195.17.296

£215.80

Powder coated

195.17.903

£186.40

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

195.18.822

£232.60

12 x 100

100.17.393

£1.50

12 x 120

100.24.665

£3.00

1200 x 1000

8 required per guard

Finish Powder coated

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

1200 x 750

Rawl plug bolt

Steel guards 76/3.0mm Surface fixing plate 16t0x140x10mm

Colour

Yellow

Colour

Finish Powder coated

350 x 600

Yellow with Black bands

Throughbold anchor

2013/14

390 x 375

390 x 750

390 x 1000

390 x 2000

640 x 750

Yellow with black bands

640 x 1000

12 required per guard

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated Powder coated

Order Ref 195.13.241 195.14.708 195.14.637

Price (Each) 1240 x 750

£198.90 £258.90 £242.70

1240 x 1000

Finish

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Powder coated

196.21.558

£132.60

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

196.24.195

£153.90

Powder coated

196.23.927

£146.80

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

196.28.870

£172.00

Powder coated

196.20.479

£158.40

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

196.28.678

£185.50

Powder coated

196.23.138

£221.00

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

196.29.639

£248.00

Powder coated

196.27.339

£171.10

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

196.26.638

£190.40

Powder coated

196.29.617

£181.10

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

196.20.921

£214.20

Powder coated

196.28.884

£241.30

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

196.20.921

£276.70

Powder coated

196.21.978

£208.10

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

196.23.976

£247.20

Powder coated

196.21.739

£220.80

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

195.17.083

£316.00

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

196.29.532

£264.00

Powder coated

195.17.512

£316.60

Powder coated

196.27.054

£289.10

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

195.13.874

£381.80

Hot dip galvanised and powder coated

196.22.922

£331.80

12 x 100

11.17.393

£1.50

12 x 120

100.24.665

£3.00

100.20.858

£55.00

600 x 600

1200 x 600 Rawl plug bolt

Dimensions H x W (mm)

640 x 2000 Dimensions H x W (mm)

1240 x 2000

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 186

Options: Can be supplied in a sub-surface fixing version – POA.

Sub-surface versions available upon request Steel guards 76/3.0mm Surface fixing plate 160 x 140 x 10mm

Finishes: Interior: Exterior:

Applications: Traffic routes and work areas, segregation of traffic routes, machinery, supports, columns, loading ramps, equipment etc.

SA FETY

• Highly visible yellow/black colour scheme. • Unique flexing action. • Easily installed. • Interior & Exterior models.

Applications: Protect stock, traffic routes and work areas, separates different traffic routes (e.g. stacker lanes in warehouses and pedestrian traffic), machinery, supports, columns, shelving, loading ramps, equipment etc. Specification: Widths: Heights: Diameter: Fixing plates:

S I T E

TRAFFIC-LINE FLEX Protection Guards

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

TRAFFIC-LINE Protection Guards

Chemical Anchors

info@storage-design.co.uk

300 x 100

www.storage-design.co.uk 187

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

? & J']^_.' $ `& # Q** & Q** & J**

Colour

: ; = & j

SAF E T Y

> ? ? " /

C ?

Low cost protection for plant and machinery from forklift trucks, roller containers, trolleys, pallet trucks etc. â&#x20AC;˘ Easily and quickly installed. â&#x20AC;˘ Low profile design enables easy pedestrian access to protected areas. â&#x20AC;˘ Protect machinery, plant etc â&#x20AC;˘ Interior use only

? !

Order Ref

Price (Each)

199.29.230

ÂŁ262.60

/ @ A / / ?/

199.28.240

ÂŁ297.80

12 / 100

100.17.393

ÂŁ1.50

12 / 120

100.24.665

ÂŁ3.00

/ @ A /

199.28.682

ÂŁ44.60

*(( (!

% /

I A

C /

SIT E

Diam Ă&#x2DC; 76

SA FETY

Applications:

S I T E

High traffic areas, loading bays, site entrances, etc. Specification: Material: Steel/Polyurethane construction. Height: 655mm Diameter: 159mm Wall thickness: 4.5mm Fixing plate: 200 x 200 x 10mmD (pre-drilled 4 holes) Finish: Interior: Powder coated Yellow Exterior: Hot Dip Galvanised. Powder coated Yellow

Applications: Protect shelving, cabinets, wall-mounted equipment (instruments, switch cabinets, first aid equipment etc.).

The â&#x20AC;&#x153;smartâ&#x20AC;&#x153; protection bollard â&#x20AC;&#x201C; yields when hit helping to reduce damage to both the bollard and the vehicle. Combination of internal spring and an elastic polyurethane buffer absorbs the impact force (progressive force absorption). â&#x20AC;˘ Heavy duty protection. â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;&#x153;Givesâ&#x20AC;&#x153; up to 25Â°. â&#x20AC;˘ Returns to original position. â&#x20AC;˘ Superior build quality and strength. â&#x20AC;˘ High grade steel construction.

Specification: Lengths: 400, 800 and 1,200mm. Height (O/all): 86mm Diameter: 76mm with 3mm wall thickness. Base plates: 10mm thick. Drilled 2 fixing holes. Finish: Powder coated yellow with black bands.

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

TRAFFIC-LINE Collision Protection Guard

TRAFFIC-LINE FLEX Heavy Duty Bollards

Special lengths, colours, and external versions can be manufactured to order. Please ask for details. Corner Protection Collision guards â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 638mm each arm.

TRAFFIC-LINE Protection Guard with Under-Run Protection

Dimensions: 86 x 638 x 638mm.

Steel protection guard 76/3mm for surface mounting (130 x 70 x 10mm)

Colour

Dimensions H x W (mm)

Finish

86 x 400

Yelow with black bands

Superior build quality and strength. Strong, effective protection. Protect vulnerable equipment. Highly visible colour scheme. Easily installed with 8 anchor bolts (available at extra cost).

Diameter: 76mm x 3mm wall thickness Fixing plates: 160 x 140 x 10mm (drilled 4 fixing holes) Under-run plate: Height: 150mm and 400mm Gauge: 4mm Finish: Powder coated yellow with black bands. Sub-surface versions, special sizes and colours can be manufactured to order. Please ask for details.

Applications: Use in warehouses, distribution depots, storage areas etc. Specification: Widths: 750mm and 1,000mm Heights: 350mm and 600mm Steel protection guard 76/30mm with under-run protection plate 4.0mm gauge surface fixing

Colour

Rawl Plug bolt Throughbolt anchor

Dimensions H x W (mm)

Finish

350 x 750

Order Ref

Price (Each)

196.16.857

ÂŁ160.30

196.15.132

ÂŁ175.10

196.17.125

ÂŁ229.50

196.17.619

ÂŁ270.70

Corner steel protection guard 76/3mm for surface mounting (130 x 70 x 10mm)

4 required per guard

Colour

Yelow with black bands

Price (Each)

195.13.478

ÂŁ27.90

195.19.220

ÂŁ43.50

195.14.143

ÂŁ59.40

Powder Coated

86 x 1200

TRAFFIC-LINE Protection Guard with Under-Run Protection Same design as TRAFFIC-LINE. Protection Guards but with steel infill plate. â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

86 x 800

Order Ref

12 x 100

100.17.393

ÂŁ1.50

12 x 120

100.24.665

ÂŁ3.20

Dimensions H x W (mm)

Finish

Order Ref

Price (Each)

86 x 638 x 638

Powder Coated

199.22.677

ÂŁ114.10

12 x 100

100.17.393

ÂŁ1.50

12 x 100

100.24.665

ÂŁ3.20

150 350 x 1000 600 x 750

Powder Coated yellow with black bands

400 600 x 1000 Rawl plug bolt Throughbolt anchor

2013/14

8 required per guard

12 x 100

100.17.393

ÂŁ1.50

12 x 120

100.24.665

ÂŁ3.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 188

Rawl Plug bolt Throughbolt anchor

info@storage-design.co.uk

6 required per guard

www.storage-design.co.uk 189

2013/14

A supremely flexible system that provides either permanent or temporary demarcation of pedestrian areas from vehicular traffic routes.

The TRAFFIC-LINE Wall Mounted Belt Cartridge is available in both conventional fixing and in Magnetic fixing versions, giving them a greater flexibility in use.

• • • • • • • •

The ideal solution for controlling access at fixed locations. Easy to install. Moulded in black hard wearing ABS. Damped belt action for smooth retraction. Unique bracket allows belt deployment in three directions. Choose from 5 belt colours. The belts are manufactured from a strong and durable fabric.

SAF E T Y

Applications: Entrances, internal door-ways, stairs, corridors, aisles etc. Specifications: Cartridge height: 130mm Cartridge depth: 110mm Belt length: 3000mm or 4000mm Belt width: 50mm

Specification: • Overall height: 985mm • Post dia.: 60mm • Post colours: Yellow, Red

Wall mounted belt cartridge (H) 130mm (D) 110mm cartridge colour black

SIT E

• Weight: 13kg (filled) 2.4kg (empty) • Base dia.: 330mm • Base colours: Yellow/Black, Red/White • • • •

SA FETY

Accessories: Wall mounted clip, Belt joining clip. • • • • • •

Quickly & easily deployed. High visibility colour scheme. Moulded bases with reflectors. Temporary or permanent installation. Base can be weighted with water or sand. Powder coated aluminium posts. Self tensioning mechanism. Damped belt mechanism for controlled retraction. • Secure four point fixing for permanent installations. (Fixing bolts available at extra cost.)

TRAFFIC-LINE Wall Mounted Belt Cartridge

Colours

black/yellow striped red/white striped

Belt length: 3000mm or 4000mm Belt colours: Black/Yellow diagonal stripes. Red/White diagonal stripes. Or single colours available.

black/yellow/black black/red/black

• • • • • • •

Applications: Barriers, Guidance, Parking facilities, Industrial premises, Warehouses, Outdoor facilities, etc.

black/silver/black

Magnetic belt cartridge (H) 130mm (D) 110mm cartridge colour black

Colours

black/yellow striped

red/white striped

black/yellow/black

black/red/black Description

Colours

Belt length (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

3000

179.14.759

£154.20

4000

179.22.511

£171.40

3000

179.17.353

£154.20

4000

179.26.335

£171.40

3000

179.19.970

£154.20

4000

179.28.338

£171.40

3000

179.15.362

£154.20

4000

179.24.575

£171.40

black/silver/black

Belt length (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

3000

179.18.124

£79.00

4000

179.23.024

£96.50

3000

179.13.738

£79.00

4000

179.23.085

£96.50

3000

179.19.708

£79.00

4000

179.29.337

£96.50

3000

179.16.023

£79.00

4000

179.26.981

£96.50

3000

179.18.931

£79.00

4000

179.29.945

£96.50

Belt length (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

3000

179.27.462

£101.00

4000

179.23.187

£124.40

3000

179.27.835

£101.00

4000

179.21.407

£124.40

3000

179.20.545

£101.00

4000

179.29.326

£124.40

3000

179.21.084

£101.00

4000

179.27.176

£124.40

3000

179.25.944

£101.00

4000

179.23.919

£124.40

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

TRAFFIC-LINE Hi-Vis Belt Posts

S I T E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Black/Yellow

Post & Wall Mounted Accessories

Yellow powder coated Yellow

Wall mounted wall clip.

Magnetic wall clip

Belt link for connecting 2 belts.

Red/White Red powder coated Red

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 190

Description

Order Ref

Wall mounted wall clip (1 clip included with cartridge)

179.16.000

£9.80

Magnetic wall clip (1 clip included with cartridge)

179.26.987

£17.60

Belt link for connecting 2 belts

179.17.430

£5.40

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 191

Price (Each)

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Trapeze 40/40

Semi-circular 40/32

SA FETY

S I T E

Surface Protection

Rectangle 60/20

SAF E T Y / SIT E

Rectangle 200/20, 4 pre-drilled holes

Surface Protection

TRAFFIC-LINE Impact Protection

Trapeze 40/40

TRAFFIC-LINE Impact Protection profiles provide both visual warning and safety cushioning to hard unyielding objects. • • • • •

Prevents injury and protects property. Quick and easy to install. High quality moulded sections. Standard length is 1,000mm. Easily cut to length with sharp knife or fine saw blade.

• • • • •

Made from flexible age resistant polyurethane foam. UV resistant yellow/black colours according to DIN 4844. Temperature resistant from -40 °C to + 90°C. Fire resistant. CFC and silicon free.

Edge Protection

Colour

Length (mm)

Yellow/Black

1000

Yellow/Black

Semi-circular 40/32

Rectangle 60/20, 3 pre-drilled holes

1000

White Yellow/Black

Rectangle 60/20

1000

White

Fixing

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Self Adhesive

422.18.441

£22.90

Magnetic

422.26.582

£25.80

Self Adhesive

422.13.249

£22.90

Magnetic

422.27.977

£25.80

Self Adhesive

422.18.541

£22.90

Self Adhesive

422.19.912

£31.10 £34.00

Magnetic

422.20.678

Self Adhesive

422.18.163

£31.10

Rectangle 60/20 3 pre-drilled holes

Yellow/Black

1000

Screw/Bolt

422.19.509

£31.10

Rectangle 200/20 4 pre-drilled holes

Yellow/Black

500

Screw/Bolt

422.15.592

£60.50

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

TRAFFIC-LINE Impact Protection – Profiles

Profile Protection

Trapeze 40/40

Right Angle 60/60

Right-Angle 30/30

Trapeze 40/40/8 Edge Protection Trapeze 40/40

Right-Angle 30/30

Colour

Length (mm)

Yellow/Black

1000

Yellow/Black

1000

White Right Angle 60/60

Yellow/Black

1000

Yellow/Black Semi-Circular 40/40

1000 White

Fixing

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Self Adhesive

422.14.275

£23.70

Magnetic

422.23.243

£26.60

Self Adhesive

422.17.559

£23.10

Magnetic

422.24.979

£26.00

Self Adhesive

422.15.712

£23.10

Self Adhesive

422.18.566

£37.70

Magnetic

422.25.253

£40.60

Self Adhesive

422.19.099

£23.70

Magnetic

422.20.276

£26.60

Self Adhesive

422.15.039

Semi-Circular 40/40

£23.70

Trapeze 40/80/8

Profile Protection

Colour

Length (mm)

Fixing

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Trapeze 40/40/8

Yellow/Black

1000

Push on

422.13.264

£21.80

Yellow/Black

1000

Push on

Trapeze 40/80/8 Semi Circular 40/40/8 Rectangle 25/30/8

Yellow/Black White Yellow/Black

1000

Push on

1000

Push on

422.15.601

£34.40

422.17.696

£21.80

422.18.250

£21.80

422.26.168

£24.10

Semi Circular 40/40/8

Rectangle 25/30/8

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 192

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 193

2013/14

TOPSTOP-ECO Speed Reduction Ramps

TRAFFIC-LINE SMALL Cable/Hose Protection Ramps for fast easy deployment.

TOPSTOP-ECO Speed Reduction ramps are the cost effective method of controlling traffic speed. They are supplied in three versions to reduce traffic speeds to 5mph, 10mph and 15mph respectively.

â&#x20AC;˘ Easy and quick deployment. â&#x20AC;˘ Protect cables/hoses up to 40mm Dia. â&#x20AC;˘ High visibility alternating Yellow/Black sections. â&#x20AC;˘ Suitable for HGV and forklift trucks. " ; !

Material: Recycled rubber

/ TRAFFIC-LINE SMALL cable/hose protection ramp - Dimensions (L) 1200 x (W)210 x (H) 65mm

SAF E T Y

Colour

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Yellow

279.28.720

ÂŁ56.00

Black

279.21.784

ÂŁ56.00

Material: Recycled materials Colours: Black. Yellow. End sections Yellow only Fixing bolts: 12/100mm Included

Applications: Emergency services, construction sites, road works, etc

SA FETY

â&#x20AC;˘ Easily and quickly installed â&#x20AC;˘ Contrasting colours for daylight visibility. â&#x20AC;˘ Reflectors in 5RE and 10RE for night visibility. â&#x20AC;˘ Cost effective solution â&#x20AC;˘ Sectional construction to suit site conditions.

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

TRAFFIC-LINE Cable/Hose Protection Ramps

Applications: Hazardous situations such as exit ways, bends, loading bays, weigh bridges, pedestrian crossings, junctions, schools, manufacturing sites, depots, car parks in hospitals, public houses, hotels, sporting venues and other parking locations etc.

/ Centre Section

SIT E

TRAFFIC-LINE LARGE Cable/Hose Protection Ramps â&#x20AC;&#x201C; drive over cables, hoses and pipes without causing them damage. End Section â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Easily and quickly deployed. Three top loading channels for cables/hoses. Anti-slip hinged top panel. Interlocking design feature. Strong robust construction. Suitable for use with HGVâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s. D

Applications: Construction sites, distribution depots, emergency works, road works, etc.

Material â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Body: Hard rubber. Material Cover: Polypropylene.

TOPSTOP-ECO 5RE Recommended speed <5mph

TRAFFIC-LINE LARGE cable/hose protection ramp - Dimensions mm(L/B/H)

Colour

Order Ref

H x W x D (mm)

Price (Each) Ramp Section

Colour

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Black

281.14.155

ÂŁ48.40

Yellow

281.18.436

ÂŁ48.40

281.18.224

ÂŁ29.00

70 x 500 x 500

End Section - Male 70 x 250 x 500 Black/ Yellow

279.23.799

ÂŁ71.30

281.15.317

It is recommended that appopriate warning signs are used with this product

TOPSTOP-ECO 10RE Recommended speed <10mph

Right Hand

Yellow

End Section - Female

Centre Section Left Hand

S I T E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Ramp Section 279.29.848 (Left Hand)

H x W x D (mm)

Colour

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Black

281.16.415

ÂŁ37.60

Yellow

281.18.692

ÂŁ37.60

281.19.480

ÂŁ23.20

50 x 500 x 400

ÂŁ35.90 End Section - Male 50 x 250 x 400

Black/ Yellow

Yellow

End Section - Female

281.15.466

It is recommended that appopriate warning signs are used with this product 279.26.562 (Right Hand)

ÂŁ29.00 Fixing Bolts included

ÂŁ23.20 Fixing Bolts included

ÂŁ35.90

45Â° Section TOPSTOP-ECO 15RE Recommended speed <15mph 279.20.233

75mm Height

ÂŁ15.80

Ramp Section

End Section

Black 279.22.899

ÂŁ15.80

H x W x D (mm)

Colour

Order Ref

Black

281.15.289

Price (Each) ÂŁ29.40

Yellow

281.16.941

ÂŁ29.40

Yellow

281.17.266

ÂŁ16.80

30 x 500 x 500

30 x 250 x 500

It is recommended that appopriate warning signs are used with this product

Fixing Bolts included

End Section

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 194

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 195

2013/14

The SPION observation mirror is widely accepted as the road side observation mirror among its many other attributes and uses.

The PANORAMIC 360°, 180° and 90° Mirror range is an indispensible safety aid to areas that experience high traffic flows.

• • • •

Excellent image properties. Ultra light weight acrylic material. Mirror face protected under a tough, clear acrylic layer. Interior use only. Can be screwed directly to flat surfaces or suspended by chain set (360° only). 360° clear vision for maximum safety. Helps to reduce accidents and theft. Improves pedestrian traffic flows. 5 year guarantee against manufacturing faults.

Accessories: Suspension chain set (360° only).

SAF E T Y

Applications: Suitable for use in hospitals, self-service stores, retail outlets, public buildings, manufacturing areas, warehouses, stacker lanes, junctions, indoor car parks etc.

Applications: Entrances, exits, driveways, manufacturing processes, warehouses, production units, public buildings, hospitals, etc.

360°

Specifications: Circular Sizes: 300, 400, 500, 600, 700 and 800mm Dia. Retangular Sizes: 400 x 600, 600 x 800 and 800 x 1,000mm.

SIT E

Material: Metalised modified acrylic, under surface coated.

180°

90°

Diameter of Mirror (mm)

Max. obs. Dist. From mirror (m)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

360/600

600

250.15.138

£124.40

360/800

800

250.17.220

£131.30

360/900

900

250.10.202

£152.90

360/1000

1000

250.18.256

£205.10

360/1250

1250

250.13.084

£311.10

Panoramic 360o Observation Mirrors

Bracket: 25cm ‘J’ bracket. Accessories: 55cm ‘J’ bracket. Post fixing clamps.

Panoramic 360o Accessories

Application

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Chain set (Chain length 4m)

For suspended fitting

255.10.618

£8.80

Mirror size (mm)

Max. obs. Dist. From mirror (m)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Panoramic 180/600

600 x 320 x 240

256.17.911

£60.20

Panoramic 180/800

800 x 410 x 330

256.14.205

£70.60

Panoramic 180/900

900 x 450 x 250

250.16.959

£97.20

Panoramic 180/1000

1000 x 530 x 400

256.17.882

£111.80

Mirror size (mm)

Max. obs. Dist. From mirror (m)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Panoramic 90/600

300 x 300 x 240

257.17.652

£30.80

Panoramic 90/800

400 x 400 x 330

257.17.048

£35.50

Panoramic 90/900

420 x 420 x 360

250.13.342

£40.70

Panoramic 90/1000

490 x 490 x 400

257.16.835

£61.00

Panoramic 180o Observation Mirrors

Spion observation Mirrors (synthetic glass mirror)

Diameter of Mirror (mm)

Max. obs. Dist. From mirror (m)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Ø300

247.17.989

£56.10

Ø400

247.13.962

£68.10

Ø500

247.14.455

£98.20

Ø600

247.19.332

£117.70

Ø700

247.18.522

£152.10

With wall mounting J bracket 25cm

With brackets for fixing to 60/76 mm Dia posts

2013/14

Specifications: Sizes: 600, 800, 900, 1,000 and 1,250mm (360°). Sizes: 600, 800, 900, 1,000mm. (180° and 90°) Material: Metalised acrylic, under surface coated. Style: 360°, 180° and 90°. Frame: Frameless.

SA FETY

• • • • •

Very light construction. Robust, shock resistant. Excellent image quality. Interior and exterior use. Wide angle field of vision. Easy installation. Ideal for confined spaces. Economical solution. Circular or rectangular options Mirror face protected under a tough, clear acrylic layer. 5 years guarantee against manufacturing faults.

• • • • • • • • • • •

PANORAMIC 360°, 180° AND 90° Acrylic Mirrors

Ø800

247.18.504

£168.90

400x600

257.18.638

£177.50

600x800

247.19.825

£278.50

800x1000

247.14.705

£419.30

55cm ‘J’ Bracket

255.10.700

£18.10

Post fixing kit

247.PCLIP

£4.80

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 196

Panoramic 90o Observation Mirrors

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 197

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

SPION Acrylic Mirrors

S I T E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Outstanding image quality. Helps to prevent accidents and theft. Ultra lightweight acrylic material. Eliminates risks associated with glass mirrors. Mirror face protected under a tough, clear acrylic layer. Interior use only. Extremely shock-resistant construction. 5 year guarantee against manufacturing faults.

Specification: Diameters: 300, 400, 500 600, 700 and 800mm. Material: Metalised acrylic, under surface coated. Bracket: 25cm ‘J’ bracket.

• • • • • •

Accessories: 55cm ‘J’ bracket. Post fixing clamps.

• • • • • • • •

TRAFFIC-LINE Compact Bicycle Rack Versions for 3, 4 or 5 bicycles. An economical medium duty bicycle rack. Zinc plated steel construction. Fully assembled. Suitable for bicycles up to tyre width 50mm. Accessible from both sides. Great value for money. Supplied with fixings.

SA FETY

The DETECTIVE-X Convex Mirror is a lightweight interior observation and control mirror ideally suited for areas where people circulate, affording observation where medium to large fields of vision are required.

S I T E

TRAFFIC-LINE Bicycle Racks

Applications: Domestic, company bicycle parks, small housing estates, schools etc.

SAF E T Y

Applications: The DETECTIVE-X is used in self-service stores, retail outlets, public buildings, warehouses, manufacturing areas etc.

Specification: Frame: Steel

Sizes: 3 Bicycle Capacity - 255 H x 385 D x 730mm W 4 Bicycle Capacity - 255 H x 385 D x 1180mm W 5 Bicycle Capacity - 255 H x 385 D x 1,340mm W 16mm Ø tube wheel supports.

SIT E

TRAFFIC-LINE Bicycle Racks for up to 3, 4 and 5 bicycles (H) 255mm x (D) 385mm

Bicycle capacity

Overall width (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

720

169.28.632

£44.10

1180

169.15.334

£54.50

1340

169.19.382

£64.70

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

DETECTIVE-X Acrylic Convex Mirrors

TRAFFIC-LINE Wall Mounted Bicycle Rack Individual bicycle rack units. • • • • • • •

Adjustable through 180 degrees. Wall mounting – easily secured. Compact and flexible design. Zinc plated steel construction. Suitable for bicycles up to tyre width 50mm. Supplied with wall fixings. Fully assembled.

Applications: Domestic, company bicycle parks, public spaces, public & commercial buildings, schools etc. Specification: Frame: Steel Size: 335 H x 285 D x 90mm W 16mm Ø tube wheel supports. Acrylic glass mirror (complete with J bracket 25cm)

With normal wall mounting 25cm

Diameter Mirror (mm)

Max. obs. Dist. From mirror (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

300

251.13.487

£46.10

400

251.17.667

£54.00

500

251.18.945

£80.20

600

251.15.534

£99.20

700

251.16.210

£126.80

800

251.13.505

£137.20

255.10.700

£18.10

257.Pclip

£4.80

55cm ‘J’ Bracket Post fixing kit

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 198

TRAFFIC-LINE Wall mounted bicycle rack

info@storage-design.co.uk

Bicycle capacity

Overall width (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

169.17.113

£18.80

www.storage-design.co.uk 199

2013/14

WAREHOUSE

Kenilworth

Premier Cycle Shelters The Premier Cycle Shelter has a more curved, contemporary design intended to blend into both traditional and modern environments, thus providing tidy and secure storage of cycles on any site.

/ SAF E T Y / QS UI TI PE M E N T E

The Kenilworth is an attractive, curved cycle shelter, popular with schools and colleges and offers floor to roof level protection from the prevailing elements. This is a tough, robust structure with vandal resistant features. • • • • • •

Zinc coated with powder coated finish in any RAL colour - also available fully galvanised. Leg frame can either be bolted to the floor or grouted into the ground. Ground fixing option supplied as standard. Designed for use with our Sheffield and Harrogate loops and racks. Please call our sales team for details. Initial shelters can be linked side by side to form longer runs. The Kenilworth is also available as a cycle compound, with or without security gates and has a no crawl under perimeter for added security. Parabolts for surface mounting included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete pad for stability.

Kenilworth Cycle Shelter H x D (mm)

Width (mm)

Order Ref Galvanized

Powder Coated

Price

2230 x 2150

2000

SCKN2020OV

SCKN2020OJ

£1837.50

2230 x 2150

3000

SCKN3020OV

SCKN3020OJ

£2012.50

2230 x 2150

4000

SCKN4020OV

SCKN4020OJ

£2187.50

2230 x 2150

5000

SCKN5020OV

SCKN5020OJ

£2362.50

• • • • •

Choice of clear Perspex or Powder coated steel side and back panels. Adjustable feet for on-site positioning. Parabolts for surface mounting included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete pad for stability. SIte survey and installation service available. Comes complete with integrated twin-level bike rack for eight bikes - Hoop Racks are also available upon request.

AR E F /E TSYA FE EQT UY I P/ MSEI N T E WA REW H O U ES HE O/ U SS A T

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Framework Colour Options

RAL 7035 Light Grey

RAL 6024 Pine Green

RAL 5017 Traffic Blue

*Insert (L) for Light Grey, (G) for Pine Green or (B) for Traffic Blue. Other colours available at extra cost, speak to sales for details.

If sited within 5 miles of the coast, we strongly recommend that the shelters and racks are galvanized.

Premier Shelter

If sited within 5 miles of the coast, we strongly recommend that the shelters and racks are galvanized.

H x W x D (mm)

Side Panels

Order Ref

2320 x 3000 x 2100

Perforated

SC223021P*XX

£2436.00

Our most popular colours are:

2320 x 3000 x 2100

Clear Perspex

SC223021X*XX

£2705.92

Price (Each)

Premier Shelter - Extension

RAL 9006 Silver

2013/14

RAL 9005 Jet Black

RAL 9024 Pine Green

RAL 5017 Traffic Blue

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 200

H x W x D (mm)

Side Panels

Order Ref

2320 x 3000 x 2100

Perforated

SC223021P*EA

£2260.16

2320 x 3000 x 2100

Clear Perspex

SC223021X*EA

£2465.12

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 201

2013/14

Also available is our PROline Marker Kit which contains all of the elements required to get started. When ordering please specify colour(s) and width of tape required.

• Available in 50mm and 75mm widths x 33m long. • Six bold safety colours. • Three diagonally striped hazard warning colours. • Striped tapes are laminated to protect print surface. • Leaves no residue when removed from most surfaces. • Ideal for short and medium term marking.

The TAPEliner Applicator Kit consists of:

/ SAF E T Y

Specification: Widths: Thickness: Length: Core: Colours:

1 x TAPEliner Applicator 2 x Rolls of PROline tape 1 x Trimming knife 1 x Marker line and chalk Individual rolls are available.

50 and 75mm Plain: 0.15mm Laminated: 0.18mm 33m 75mm ID 6 plain 3 Diagonal striped

/ SIT E

Applicators: PROliner: • Minimal assembly. • Uses one 750ml can of PROline-paint. • Easy and rapid line marking – up to 25 meters per minute.

PROline-tape is easily and quickly applied with the TAPEliner applicator, and is particularly useful where extensive marking is required.

White

Yellow

Blue

Red

Green

Yellow/Black

Red/White

Green/White

33m Long - Tape width 50mm and 70mm

PROline-tape Floor Marking System

Indication General marking Hazard/caution Danger/prohibition Mandatory protection Information/direction Chemical storage Fire equipment

Orange

Colour

50mm Tape

PROline-paint Marking System

70mm Tape

HANDliner: Specially designed for use in hand marking, use with stencils and to highlight objects, obstructions, steps etc. Use with a single can of PROline-paint.

White

Yellow

Orange

Red

Blue

Green

Grey

Black

Description

Order Ref

Price (Each)

PROline Paint Marking Set WHITE 1 PROliner Applicator 50mm to 75mm lines 2 Cans of PROline Paint 1 PROline Marker Line & Chalk

260.11.610

£138.00

PROline Paint Marking Set YELLOW 1 PROliner Applicator 50mm to 75mm lines 2 Cans of PROline Paint 1 PROline Marker Line & Chalk

260.11.795

£138.00

Order Ref

Price (Each)

Order Ref

White

261.16.606

£3.80

261.16.619

£5.70

Description

Order Ref

Yellow

261.13.796

£3.80

261.18.798

£5.70

White

260.11.745

£10.60

Blue

261.19.771

£3.80

261.15.989

£5.70

Yellow

260.11.089

£10.60

Red

261.13.752

£3.80

261.18.675

£5.70

Orange

260.17.886

£10.60

Green

261.189.249

£3.80

261.16.655

£5.70

Red

260.12.976

£10.60

Price (Each)

£10.60

PROline-paint Aerosols

Price (Each)

Orange

261.16.322

£3.80

261.17.531

£5.70

Green

260.11.015

Red/White (laminated)

261.18.826

£5.90

261.15.954

£8.80

Blue

260.12.531

£10.60

Grey

260.11.057

£10.60

Black

260.11.954

£10.60

Yellow/Black (laminated)

261.17.941

£5.90

261.13.438

£8.80

Green/White (laminated)

261.17.310

£5.90

261.19.066

£8.80 PROline-paint Applications

Description

Tape Colour

PROline Tape Marking Set (Inc.50mmx33mTape) TAPEliner 2 Rolls of PROline Tape 1 Trimming Knife Marker Line & Chalk PROline Tape Marking Set (Inc.70mm x 33m Tape) TAPEliner 2 Rolls of PROline Tape 1 Trimming Knife Marker Line & Chalk TAPEliner: Marker with Trimming knife

2013/14

Colour White Yellow & Yellow/Black Red Blue Green & Green/White Orange Red/White

ROADliner: Enjoys all of the benefits above but creates line widths between 100 and 130mm using two cans of PROline-paint.

Order Ref

Description

Price (Each)

White

261.15.202

£152.70

Yellow

261.17.297

£152.70

Blue

261.14.977

£152.70

Red

261.15.660

£152.70

Green

261.19.541

£152.70

Orange

261.17.130

£152.70

White

261.19.212

£157.20

Yellow

261.18.900

£157.20

Blue

261.16.487

£157.20

Red

261.16.560

£157.20

Green

261.17.656

£157.20

Orange

261.13.748

£157.20

261.16.528

£131.20

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 202

PROline-tape is an extremely tough floor marking tape for quick and effective marking of internal surfaces. Aisles, traffic ways and other demarcation areas can be identified precisely, cleanly and economically.

• Quick adjustment between 50 and 75mm. • Rear wheels easily removed to allow for marking close to walls, machinery, shelves etc. • Colours can be changed without needing to clean the machine.

SA FETY

Self-adhesive floor marking tape

PROline-paint Marking System PROline-paint is developed for rapid and effortless marking of indoor and outdoor areas. • Long lasting, durable and cost-effective. • Easy to use – shake can, insert into applicator and apply. • Markings are highly visible and are abrasion and chemical resistant. • Adheres to most surfaces - concrete, asphalt, tarmac, metal, tiles etc. • Fast drying normally within minutes. • Economical – one 750ml can will produce 50mm wide line 50-90 meters long (Dependant on surface). • Environmentally friendly - conforms to latest EU regulations. Specification: Paint: Synthetic resin. Colours: 8 safety colours. Container: 750ml Aerosol can Propellant: Butane

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

PROline-tape Floor Marking System

S I T E

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

PROline-paint Stencil Sets

info@storage-design.co.uk

Order Ref

Price (Each)

PROliner Applicator for 50mm to 75mm

260.10.174

£100.10

ROADliner Applicator for 100mm to 130mm

260.10.383

£139.10

HANDliner Applicator for hand use

260.10.437

£27.10

Description

Order Ref

Price (Each)

15cm Stencils for Letters and Symbols

260.10.503

£151.20

30cm Stencils for Letters and Symbols

260.11.149

£200.70

www.storage-design.co.uk 203

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013 S I T E

Self Adhesive & Magnetic Holders Label Holders

Easily applied peel-off labels Cleanly removed Black characters on yellow background

•

For factories, warehouses and storerooms

•

Supplied on cards in identical characters

• •

• F4

•

Instant identification for steel racking and shelving Individual pre-cut labels, or cut your own size off the roll or strip Magnetic or Self Adhesive fixing with protective transparent PVC strip included

• • •

White card supplied as standard

Magnetic Label Holders (Brown) Self Adhesive Label Holders (White)

SAF E T Y

Cards of Individual Characters (0-9 or A-Z) Label Size

Characters Per

Complete Letter & Number Sets

Order Ref

Price Per Card

Label Size

Characters Per

0-9

A-Z

Set of 10

Card

H x W (mm)

Card

19 x 14

£0.96

19 x 14

F3/0-9

£9.60

F3/A-Z

£24.96

38 x 21

£0.96

38 x 21

F4/0-9

£9.60

F4/A-Z

£24.96

56 x 21

£1.35

56 x 21

F5/0-9

£13.50

F5/A-Z

£35.10

90 x 38

£1.86

90 x 38

F6/0-9

£18.60

F6/A-Z

£48.36

130 x 45

£2.40

130 x 45

F7/0-9

£24.00

F7/A-Z

£62.40

230 x 140

£2.40

230 x 140

F8/0-9

£24.00

F8/A-Z

£62.40

H x W (mm)

Set of 26

SIT E • • •

Style

• •

AM1

AM2/2

AM4

AM6/1

Price

Quantity

Order Ref

Price

15 x 80

100

ML18

£31.35

15 x 80

100

AL18

£38.40

20 x 80

100

ML28X

£35.70

30 x 80

100

AL38

£52.20

25 x 80

100

ML28

£38.70

50 x 80

100

AL58

£64.50

30 x 80

100

ML38

£42.90

15 x 1000

10 Strips

AL1/10

£30.00

40 x 80

100

ML48

£56.70

30 x 1000

10 Strips

AL3/10

£40.80

50 x 80

100

ML58

£69.90

50 x 1000

10 Strips

AL5/10

£47.70

60 x 100

100

ML610

£80.70

40 x 5000

1 Roll

MLR4/5

£34.80

40 x 10000

1 Roll

MLR4/10

£69.30

• • •

Clear plastic ticket holders Front pulls forward for card to be inserted White card is included with all ticket holders

• •

Quick and easy to update Magnetic or self adhesive backing

Quantity

Order Ref

Price

Order Ref

Price

25 x 100

100

TS210M

£69.60

TS210

£39.60

25 x 200

TS220M

£55.20

TS220

£37.80

25 x 1000

TS25/10M

£48.30

TS25/10

£30.90

Digits Provided

Order Ref

Price Each

38 x 100

100

TS310M

£73.50

TS310

£42.90

95 x 160

Up to 3 (50mm)

AM1

£6.45

38 x 200

TS320M

£59.10

TS320

£40.50

Self Adhesive Flanged

95 x 130

AM1F

£6.96

38 x 1000

TS38/10M

£54.30

TS38/10

£35.70

Magnetic Flanged

95 x 130

Up to 3

AM1FM

£7.35

54 x 100

100

TS510M

£87.30

TS510

£59.40

AM1T

£10.95

54 x 200

TS520M

£78.60

TS520

£53.70 £51.30

95 x 130

Each Side

x 130

AM1TM

£12.60

54 x 1000

TS54/10M

£76.50

TS54/10

Flat, Drilled Corners

220 x 270

1 (180mm)

AM2/1

£9.18

80 x 100

100

TS810M

£94.20

TS810

£64.50

Flat, Drilled Corners

220 x 270

2 (180mm)

AM2/2

£12.60

80 x 200

TS820M

£85.80

TS820

£60.00

Flat, Drilled Corners

220 x 450

1 (180mm)

AM3/1

£9.81

80 x 1000

TS80/10M

£80.40

TS80/10

£56.10

Flat, Drilled Corners

220 x 450

2 (180mm)

AM3/2

£13.80

Flat, Drilled Corners

220 x 450

3 (180mm)

AM3/3

£17.25

Flat, Drilled Corners

560 x 343

1 x 500

AM4

£18.45

Flat, Drilled Corners

600 x 600

1 x 450

AM6/1

£45.30

Easy Wipe Magnetic Strip • •

Locates on to any steel surface Cut to any length to suit

• •

Write on, wipe off Blue, Yellow, White, Green & Red Magnetic Easy Wipe Racking Strip

Magnetic & Self Adhesive Bay Markers

Price

High Visibility bay markers for clear identification in the warehouse.

W x L (mm)

• •

Aluminium Marker Fixed within seconds - no drilling required

10 x 10000

MSR1

15 x 10000

MSR15

• •

Supplied blank - add your own lettering from our F-8 range Sizes for single and double digit signs

20 x 10000

MSR2

25 x 10000

MSR25

£25.80

80 x 10000

MSR8

£56.10

30 x 10000

MSR3

£29.10

90 x 10000

MSR9

£60.30

40 x 10000

MSR4

£37.20

100 x 10000

MSR10

£65.40

•

Confirm character(s) required when ordering Description

H x W (mm)

Max

Order

Digits

Ref

260 x 167

BM1

£16.20

Magnetic Edge Sign

260 x 310

BM2

£23.10

Self Adhesive Edge Sign

260 x 167

BA1

£16.20

Self Adhesive Edge Sign

260 x 310

BA2

£23.10

230 x 140

F-8

Self Adhesive Magnetic Strip

Price Each

Magnetic Edge Sign

S/A Vinyl Letter or Number

2013/14

Self Adhesive

H x W (mm)

Magnetic Flanged

AM1T

AM1F

Order Ref

H x W (mm)

Flat, Drilled Corners

Self Adhesive Flanged

AM3/3

Quantity

Magnetic

Aisle Marker Signs Complete With Digits

High visibility white or yellow styrene Flat types are corner drilled for easy fixing Flange signs are designed for right angled display, and may be lettered both sides if required We letter the signs for you, so quote your exact requirements Other sizes available

H x W (mm)

Ticket Holders

Magnetic & Self Adhesive Aisle Markers High Visibility aisle markers provide instant identification for all areas, saving time and reducing costs.

SA FETY

Shown not to scale

Self Adhesive Vinyl Labelling

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

Labels and Markers

• • • •

204

info@storage-design.co.uk

Roll Size

Order Ref

£12.60

50 x 10000

MSR5

£17.85

60 x 10000

MSR6

£45.00

£21.45

70 x 10000

MSR7

£52.20

(Each)

(Each) £44.70

Self Adhesive Magnetic Strip

Locates on any steel surface Makes anything magnetic Eliminates the need for drilling Strong Permanent Self Adhesive on one side, Magnetic on the other

£2.40

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Order Ref

www.storage-design.co.uk 205

W x L (mm)

Order Ref

Price (Each)

13 x 30000

MSSA/13

£64.80

20 x 10000

MSSA/20

£34.50

50 x 10000

MSSA/50

£53.70

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

Available in magnetic or self adhesive & printed black on yellow or white background. Please state colour and text required

•

The label can be easily inserted behind the transparent cover holding the label firmly in place Magnetic

•

Highlight walkways, fork truck routes and pallet positions on the warehouse floor

• • • • •

Tough PVC with aggressive adhesive backing Mark block stack pallet areas quickly and effectively with no mess Designed to withstand everyday warehouse traffic Suitable for clean, flat, sealed surfaces Packs available in Yellow, Red, Blue, Green, Black and White

/ SAF E T Y

Document Size

Pack

Order

Price

Order

Price

H x W (mm)

(Qty)

Ref

(Pack)

Ref

(Pack)

30 x 100

100

SAP310

£54.60

MP310

£60.60

40 x 120

100

SAP412

£57.60

MP412

£72.30

60 x 100

100

SAP610

£60.30

MP610

£84.00

Cross

300 x 300

FS/+

£19.80

60 x 140

100

SAP614

£67.50

MP614

£96.30

200 x 300

FS/T

£13.50 £13.50

Signal Shape

Size (mm)

Pack

Order Ref

Price

Qty

(Pack)

/ SIT E

200 x 200

FS-L

Document Pockets

Circle

90 dia

100

FS/O

£31.35

•

Self Adhesive pockets have an aggressive tape on the reverse for permanent fixing

Arrow

90 High

100

FS/A

£31.35

Feet

300 x 100

SF/F

£13.50

•

Magnetic pockets for steel cabinets or racking & shelving

•

Manufactured in tough clear polypropylene with welded edges, providing ample room for A4, A5 & A7 documents

•

Pockets supplied in packs of 10 except A7 size which is supplied in packs of 100 Self Adhesive Size

Order Ref

H x W (mm)

Price

Order Ref

(Pack)

Floor Graphic Markers

•

Price

Permanent adhesive Graphics printed on the underside of a clear PVC film Signs withstand everyday warehouse traffic

AP4H/10

£17.85

MP4H/10

£26.10

Size (mm)

Order Ref

Price

310 x 220 (A4)

AP4V/10

£17.85

MP4V/10

£26.10

430 diameter

FM 01-22

£17.85

155 x 230 (A5)

AP5H/10

£15.00

MP5H/10

£21.45

215 x 160 (A5)

AP5V/10

£15.00

MP5V/10

£21.45

60 x 110 (A7)

AP7H/100

£54.30

MP7H/100

£72.00

Rack Sack

Warehouse Information Labels •

High Visibility individual weight loading labels suitable for both racking and shelving

•

Available in magnetic or self adhesive & printed black on yellow or white background. Please state colour and text required Self Adhesive Order Ref

H x W (mm)

Price

FM02

FM03

FM04

FM05

FM06

FM07

FM08

FM11

FM12

FM13

FM14

FM17

FM18

FM19

FM20

FM09

FM10

FM15

FM16

(Pack)

215 x 310 (A4)

Document Size

FM01

High visibility floor graphics to highlight warnings and operational hazards. • •

Magnetic

SA FETY

•

Information pockets manufactured in tough PVC

Floor Signals

•

Self Adhesive

Floor Signals, Graphic Markers and Racksack

S I T E

Magnetic & Self Adhesive Ticket Pouches

WARE H OU SE

WAREHOUSE

Identification And Labelling

(Each)

Size (mm)

Price (Each)

25 x 200

BL23

£0.90

BL23M

£1.47

50 x 300

BL53

£1.44

BL53M

£2.79

70 x 300

*BL73

£2.10

*BL73M

£3.72

90 x 300

*BL93

£2.52

*BL93M

£4.65

FM21

FM22

Manage your warehouse waste To be mounted onto 900/1100 Racking End Frames Quick & Easy S hook locator fixings (supplied) Manufactured from tough woven polyester Choice of 14 standard designs & specials are available (Call for details) Overall

Magnetic Order Ref

• • • • •

1000 x 920

Single Unit

Pack of 5

Pack of 10

Order

Price

Order

Price

Order

Price

Ref

(Each)

Ref

(Pack)

Ref

(Pack)

RSB/1

£19.80

RSB/5

£92.70

RSB/10

£173.70

* Print may appear on two lines

Beam & Shelf Location Code Labelling

2013/14

•

High quality custom made location code labels produced quickly and efficiently

•

They can incorporate alpha-numeric codes, directional arrows, check digits & barcodes

•

Black text on white or yellow background

•

Installation service available - Call for details

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 206

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk 207

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013 Description

Page

Vinyl Hazard Tape

ACCESS EQUIPMENT

Page

Description

Page

Description

Page

Description

Page

Stack and Nest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Container Kits. . . . . . 10-13, 15-17

114-115, 120, 122-123

Recycling Containers . . . . . . . . . 36

Container Trolleys . . . . . 16, 39-42

FOLDING FOOT SACK TRUCK . . . 107

Semi Open Fronted Containers

Euro Containers - Stack . . . . . . . 37

FOLDING FOOT STAIRCLIMBER 109

Baskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

FORK LIFT SAFETY CAGE . . . . . . . 139

Anti-Collapse Mesh . . . . . . . . . 177

Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-75 MESH

Double Sided Loop

(Stackable). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Euro Containers -

Handle Step. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

• Made from heavy duty vinyl film with rubber adhesive

Semi Open Fronted Containers

Stack and Nest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Heavy Duty Steps . . . . . . . . . . . 160

(Stack & Nestable) . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Organiser Case . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-34

• Tear resistant and will stick to most clean surfaces

Hoof Cup Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Shelf Bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Semi Open Fronted Containers

GARMENT HANGING SYSTEM . . .53,

Shoe Baskets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

• Ideal for highlighting dangerous or quarantined areas

Kick Steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Stackable/Nestable

(Stackable). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

84-85

Partitioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

• Available in either Yellow/Black or Red/White warning stripes

Plastic Safety Stepss . . . . . . . . . 157

Containers . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7, 36, 38

Semi Open Fronted Containers

GAS CYLINDER TROLLEYS . 132-133

Platform Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Tilt Drawer Units . . . . . . . . . . 22-23

(Stack & Nestable) . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Static Steel Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Visible Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-25

Shelf Bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Step/Foldable Ladders . . . . . . 157

Waste Bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 151

Tilt Drawer Units . . . . . . . . . . 22-23

HAND TRUCKS. . . . . . . . . . . . 104-109

Visible Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-25

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE:

• Each roll 50mm width x 3300 mm • Supplied in a pack consisting of 18 rolls per colour

Tilt and Pull Steps . . . . . . . . . . . 158

SAF E T Y

ACID SUBSTANCE CABINETS . . . . 94 ANTI-COLLAPSE MESH . . . . . . . . . 177 ANTI-STATIC BINS/

Description

Labelling Systems . . . . . . 204-207

C CABINETS

CHAIR TRUCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 106

Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92-97

CLOAKROOM EQUIPMENT

Spill Control/Absorbents . . . . .92,

Bench Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

142-144

Pigeonhole Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Trolley . . . 111, 114-117, 120, 124

Rack Netting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 MEZZANINE FLOORS. . . . . . . . . . . 173 Handrail Netting . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 MOBILE STEPS . . . . . . . . 156, 158-160

O OFFICE EQUIPMENT Archive Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . .35, 66

W x L (mm)

Order Ref

Price per pack

CONTAINERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Acid Substance Cabinets . . . . . 94

Coat Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Drum Sumps. . . . . . . . . . . 140-141

Bookcases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Yellow/Black Hazard Tape

50mm x 3300

012477YB/18

£160.00

ARCHIVE BOXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Benchtop Cabinets . . . . 24, 26, 29

Coat Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

IBC Spill Pallets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Book Racks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65, 67

Red/white Hazard Tape

50mm x 3300

012477RW/18

£160.00

ARCHIVE CONTAINERS . . . . . . . . . . 35

Cabinet Trolley . . . . .112, 119, 170

Coat Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Wheeled Bins . . . . . . 143, 145-146

File Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

ARCHIVE SHELVING . . . . . . 46-47, 50

Container Cabinets. . . . . . . . 20-21

Garment Hanging . . . . . 53, 84-85

Clinical Waste Bins . . . . . . . . . . 146

Filing Cabinets . . . . . . . . 70-71, 89

COSHH Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Lockers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79-83

Spill Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Freestanding Shelving. . . . . 44-57

HOBBY CASES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-34

Literature Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Cargo Box

SIT E

Drawer Cabinets . . . . . . 24-31, 34

Shoe Baskets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

BAR RACKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Filing Cabinets . . . . . . . . 70-71, 73

COSHH SUBSTANCE CABINETS . . 94

BARRIERS

Hazardous Substance

CUPBOARDS (SEE CABINETS) CYLINDER HANDLING. . . . . 132-133

• Made from high strength Double Wall corrugated material

Fully Welded Barriers . . . . . . . . 182

Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92-93

• Will hold up to 30 kg when erected

Heavy Duty Barriers . . . . . . . . . 182

Pesticide Substance

• Easy fold up erection. Requires no taping

Lift Out Barriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Round Tube Barriers. . . . . . . . . 183

Security Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

DOLLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 121 DRUM HANDLING

• Has 3 layers of double wall corrugated on base when assembled

Stationary Cupboards . . . . . 70-71 Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-75

Spill Absorbent Kits . 92, 142-144

Chain Post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Tambour Cupboards . . . . . .70, 73

Dollies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

• Has pictogram feature for easy identification of contents

Steel Hoop Guards . . . . . 184-185

Tool Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . 95, 97-98

Drum Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

• Flat top allows for easy and safe stacking

Protection Guards. . 186-187, 189

Wooden Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Drum Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

LABELLING SYSTEMS . . . . . 204-207

• Ideal for removals, storage or archiving

Heavy Duty Bollards. . . . . . . . . 188

Visible Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-25

Drum Porter . . . . . . . . . . . 136-137

LOCKERS

Description Cargo Box Plus S Cargo Box Plus X

L x W x H (mm)

400 x 320 x 320

410 x 330 x 340

660 x 350 x 360

670x 360 x 380

Order Ref

Price per pack

012478S/20

£110.00

012478X/20

£133.00

Counter Roll Holders

KICK STEPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Cube Lockers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Multi-Compartment Lockers. . 82

Pallet Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . 126-130

BAR TRUCKS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Bolt-Free Adjustable

Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Personal Effects Lockers . . . . . . 83

Drum Pallets . . . . . . . . . . . 140-141

BASKETS/WIRE MESH . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Cable Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Sump Pallets . . . . . . . . . . . 140-141

Plastic Lockers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

IBC Pallets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

BENCH SEATS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Bolt-Free Cable Reel

Universal Drum Transporter . 134

Steel Lockers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-83

Pallet Stackers . . . . . . . . . 128-130

BENCH STANDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Dispensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

BENCHES

Floor Mounted Cable Stand . 153

Adjustable Benches . . . . . . . . . 164

CANTEEN

DRUM/IBC STORAGE. . 101, 140-141

Cantilever Benches. . . . . 162-163

Seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77, 86

ELECTRO CONDUCTIVE BINS . . . 4-5

Cloakroom Benches . . . . . . . . . . 85

Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-75, 86

EURO CONTAINERS

Mobile Workbenches. . . . . . . . 170

Trollies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-119

Static Workbenches . . . . 162-169 Workbench Accessories . . . . . 169

LONGSPAN

Sump Pallets . . . . . . . . . . . 140-141 Spill Pallets. . . . . . . . . . . . . 140-141

Side Pallets . . . . . . . . . . . . 148-149

Euro Containers - Stack . . . . . . . 37

Benches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 169

Chute Pallets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

CAROUSELS/TURNTABLES . . . 25-26

Euro Containers -

Bin Kits . . . . . .10-13, 15-17, 40-41

Pallet Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

CHEMICAL STORAGE

Stack and Nest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

PALLET RACKING . . . . . . . . . 174-175 Anti-Collapse Mesh . . . . . . . . . 177

Spacemaster Racks . . . . . . . . 14-15

PLASTIC DOLLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 40-41

Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

TROLLEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 111

EURO CONTAINER TROLLEY . . . . . 39

• Can be used on a bench, under a bench or wall mounted

Archive Containers . . . . . . . . . . . 35

CLOAKROOM EQUIPMENT . . . 84-85

• Comes supplied with all necessary fixings

Assortment Cases . . . . . . . . . 32-34

CLOTHING RACK. . . . . . . . . 53, 84-85

• High quality metal construction with plastic parts

Bin Cabinets . . . . . . . 20-21, 26-31

COAT RAILS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-85

Bin Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13

CONDUCTIVE CONTAINERS . . . . 4-5

Bin Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-15

CONTAINERS

500mm Counter Roll Holder

012479

£94.00

600mm Counter Roll Holder

012480

£102.00

750mm Counter Roll Holder

012481

£108.00

900mm Counter Roll Holder

012482

£113.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 208

Box Pallets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-18

EURO CONTAINER

Price (Each)

Post Pallets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Longspan Shelving. . . . . . . 58-60 LOUVRED PANELS

CHROME SHELVING/

Order Ref

PALLET / PALLET HANDLING

Bolt Free Shelving . . . . . . . . . 54-55

CABINETS . . . . . . . . . . . 92-97, 99-102

Description

P PACKAGING PRODUCTS. . . . . . . . 208

Forklift Attachments . . . 138-139

Anti-Static / Electro Conductive

• 4 sizes available: 500mm, 600mm, 750mm and 900mm

Wooden Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 ORGANISER CASES . . . . . . . . . . 32-34

Drum Positioner . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

BINS

• Universal multi positional Roll Holder.

Tambour Cupboards . . . . . .70, 73 Wall Mounted Shelving. . . . 64-66

Bench Top Cable Dispensers 153

Wall Mounted Belt Cartridge 191

• Supplied in packs of 20 per size

CABLE DISPENSING

Stacking Chairs . . . . . . . . . . . 76-77

IBC Spill Pallets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Vision Barriers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Belt Posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Magazine Files . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-67

IBC STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

• Features Handholds on sides as well as ends

• Available in two sizes, 400 x 320 x 320mm or 660 x 350 x 360mm

2013/14

Description

MACHINERY MOVING EQUIPMENT

Rack Netting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 PANEL KITS . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18, 40-41 PARTITIONING Anti-Collapse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Heavy Duty Skate Kit . . . . . . . . 152

Mesh Partitioning . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 96-97

Roller Crowbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Single Skin Steel Partitioning 179

Filing Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Roller Skate Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

FIRE PROTECTION

Double Skin Steel Partitioning . . .

Bin Trolleys. . . . . .16, 27, 30, 38-42

Anti-Static / Electro

Clinical Waste Bins . . . . . . . . . . 146

Conductive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

FLAME SAFE STORAGE BIN . . . . . . 95

Mailroom Sorters. . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Cleanroom Partitioning . . . . . 178

Compartment Boxes . . . . . . . . . 34

Cargo Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

FLAMMABLE LIQUID

Mailroom Trollies. . . . . . . . . . . . 117

PEDESTRIAN RAIL. . . . . 181-185, 190

Euro Containers - Stack . . . . . . . 37

Archive Containers . . . . . . . .35, 66

STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Euro Containers -

Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21

FLATBED TROLLEYS . . . . . . . 109-110,

Safes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89-90

NOTES - Standard Terms & Conditions of sale apply (Copy available upon request or from our website). - E & OE. - All capacities are based on UDL.

info@storage-design.co.uk

MAILROOM

MEETING Chairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76-77

P RODUCT

WAREHOUSE

Packaging Products

INDE X

PRODUCT INDEX

178-179

PESTICIDE SUBSTANCE CABINETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

- All published lead times are subject to stock availability. - Express delivery options are available subject to an additional cost (POA).

www.storage-design.co.uk 209

2013/14

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Storage Handling Solutions Catalogue 2013

63 78 87 103

Chain Post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Steel Hoop Guards . . . . . 184-185

Description

Page

Spill Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142-143 Spill Absorbents . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Description

Page

Spill Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Stores Trolley. . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 23,

Anti-Static/Electro Conductive. . .

Bicycle Storage . . . . . . . . 199-201

Fixed Protection Guards . . . . . 186

STOR AGE/ SH ELVIN G EQ UIPM EN T

Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Floor Marking . . . . . 202-203, 207

Flexible Protection Guards. . . 187

Chairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76-77

Archive Containers . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Labelling Systems . . . . . 204-207

Collision Protection Guards. . 189

Containers . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7, 35-38

Tool Trolleys. . . 111-112, 119, 170

A comprehensive range of floor mounted light, medium, heavy duty shelving and racking to suit medium

Bin Kits10-17, 20-21, 23-27, 38-42

Heavy Duty Bollards. . . . . . . . . 188

Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-75

Universal Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

and heavy duty applications

Euro Containers . . . . . . . . . . . 37-39

Belt Posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Manual Stacking Trucks 128-129

Visible Storage Trolley . . . . . . . . 25

Wall Mounted Belt Cartridge 191

Semi Electric Stacking Trucks 130

Workbench Trolley . . . . . 112, 170 Workstation Trolley. . . . . 112, 170

RACKING

STACKING

25, 27, 30, 38-42, 104-116, 118-119, 121-124, 170

Organiser Cases . . . . . . . . . . . 32-33

Anti-Collapse Mesh . . . . . . . . . 177

Temporary Barriers 181, 190-191

STAIRCLIMBER SACK TRUCK . . . . 109

OFFICE EQUIPMEN T

Plastic Container

Bar Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Impact Protection Profiles192-193

STEPS

Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21, 27-30

Bolt-Free Adjustable

Traffic Speed Ramps. . . . 194-195

Double Sided Loop

A comprehensive range of office storage equipment and furniture.

Semi Open Fronted Containers

Cable Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Cable/Hose Protection Ramps 14

Handle Step. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Drum Handling . . . . . . . . 134-141

(Stackable). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Louvred Panel Racks . . . . . . 14-15

Mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196-198

Heavy Duty Steps . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Manual Stacking Trucks 128-129

Semi Open Fronted Containers

Pallet Racking . . . . . . . . . 174-175

Hazardous Warning Tape202, 208

Kick Steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Pallet Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . 126-127

(Stack & Nestable) . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Sheet Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Tilt Draw Units . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-23

Spacemaster Racks . . . . . . . . 14-15

Visible Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-25

SEATING

Plastic Safety Steps. . . . . . . . . . 157

TRUCK/TRAILERS Bar Trucks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Platform Trucks109-111, 114-115, 122-123

Canteen Seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Platform Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Bicycle Racks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Chair Trollies . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 106

Static Steel Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Scissor Lift Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Bicycle Shelters . . . . . . . . 200-201

Cloakroom Seating. . . . . . . . . . . 85

Step/Foldable Ladders . . . . . . 157

Semi-Electric Stacking Trucks 130

Labelling Systems . . . . . . 204-207

Locker Seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Tilt and Pull Steps . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Sided Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . 114-116

Handle Step. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

RECYCLING CONTAINERS . . . . . . . 36

Stacking Chairs . . . . . . . . . . . 76-77

STILLAGES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148-149

Hoof Cup Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

RECYLCLING STATIONS. . . . . . . . . 145

SECUR IT Y, F IRE AN D SAFE STO RAG E

Platform Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

RELOCATABLE STORAGE . . . .99-102

Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88-91

Kick Steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Static Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

ROLLER CROWBARS . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Partitioning . . . . . . . . . . . . 178-180

ROLLER SKATE KITS . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

A range of security, safety, hazardous and fire resistant cabinets.

Step Ladders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

LOCK ER S/CLOAKRO O M EQ UIPMEN T/CANTEEN FUR NI TUR E Lockers, canteen furniture and cloakroom equipment to suit all requirements.

PLATFORM STEPS Double Sided Loop

Tilt & Pull Steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

4 Sided Mesh Platform

155

Page

MATER IA LS H AN D L IN G EQ UIPM EN T

Trailer / Trolley 114-116, 120, 124 Aluminium Trucks /

A comprehensive range of sack trucks, trolleys, cylinder/drum handling products and storage racks.

ST EPS/ ACCESS EQ UIPM EN T A versatile range of mobile steps and access equipment.

Static, mobile and semi mobile workbenches, tool trolleys and assembly benches, fully welded construction supplied assembled ready to use.

WA R EHO U SE / SAF E T Y

Mezzanine floors, Pallet Racking, partitioning, guards and barriers for creating secure storage and safety zones.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED PRIMROSE HILL COWBRIDGE SOUTH WALES CF71 7DU

Lockers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79-83

TOOL CABINET . . . . . . . . . . 95, 97-98

Safes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88-90

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT

V VICES FOR WORKBENCHES . . . . . 167

SACK HOLDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Site Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97-98

Speed Reduction Ramps . . . . 195

WALL MOUNTED SHELVING . . 64-66

SACK TRUCKS

Mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196-198

Cable/Hose Protection Ramps194

WAREHOUSE TRUCKS/

Bicycle Racks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196-198

TROLLEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-125

Bicycle Shelters . . . . . . . . 200-201

Barrier Protection . . . . . . 181-185

WASTE MANAGEMENT

Aluminium Sack Trucks 104-105, 107-108

SECURITY CABINETS

Basket Trolley . . . . . . . . . . 111, 117 Chair Truck. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 106

Electronic Safes . . . . . . . . . . . 88-90

Floor Marking . . . . . . 202-203, 207

Wheeled Bins . . . . . . 143, 145-146

Basket Trolley . . . . . . . . . . 111, 117

Folding Foot Sack Truck . . . . . 107

Filing Safes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Floor Graphics . . . . . . . . . 203, 207

Internal Recycling Stations . . 145

Chrome Handle Shelf Trolleys110

Folding Foot Stairclimber. . . . 109

Fire Protection Safes. . . . . . . 89-90

Hazardous Warning Tape202, 208

Clinical Waste Bins . . . . . . . . . . 146

Chrome Trolleys. . . . . . . . 110-111

‘P’ Handle Sack Truck . . . . . . . . 107

Key Safes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Container Trolleys . 16, 23, 25, 27,

Pneumatic Tyre Sack Trucks. . . . . .

SIGNAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204-207

4 Sided Mesh Platform

Forklift Skips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

SITE STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96-102

Trailer / Trolley . . . . . 114-116, 120

Tidy Bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Handy Bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

106-107

Line Marking. . . . . . . . . . . 202-203

TROLLEYS

Bar Trucks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Spill Absorbents . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Drawer Trolleys. . . . .23, 25, 27, 30

Standard/Heavy Duty

SHEET RACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Basket Trolley . . . . . . . . . . 111, 117

Euro Container Trolleys . . . . . . . 39

Sack Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

SHELF BINS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Chair Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 106

Rack Sack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Extendable Aluminium Trolley109

Telescopic Folding

SHELVING

Chrome Handle Shelf Trolley . . . 110

WIRE MESH BASKETS . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Folding Flatbed Trolleys 109-110

Sack Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-105

Chrome Trolley. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

WIRE SPIGOTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Heavy Duty Tray Trolleys. . . . . 111

Three Position Truck. . . . . . . . . 108

Container Trolley . . . . . . 16, 39-42

WORKBENCHES/WORKSTATIONS

Louvred Panel Trolleys. 16, 40-41 Mesh Flatbed Platform . . . . . . 120

Two Position Sack Trucks . . . . 108 SAFETY Anti-Collapse Mesh

Adjustable Bolt-Free Shelving . . . 44-57 Chrome Shelving. . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Cylinder Trolley . . . . . . . . 132-133

Garment Hanging . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Drum Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . 134-135

Longspan Shelving. 54-55, 58-60

Extendable Aluminium Trolley109

170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

for Pallet Racking. . . . . . . 176-177

Office Shelving. . . . . . . . . . . . 44-57

Plastic/Aluminium Trolleys. . . . . . .

Fork Lift Safety Cage . . . . . . . . 139

Mobile Shelving Bases . . . . . . . 61

118-119

Flatbed Trolley 109-110, 114-115, 122-123

Adjustable Benches . . . . . . . . . 164 Assembly Benches . . . . . 162-165, 168-169 Cloakroom Benches . . . . . . . . . . 85 Heavy Duty Benches . . . 166-167

Hazardous Substance

Pallet Racking . . . . . . . . . 174-175

Grit Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Plastic Platform Trolleys 109-110

Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92-97

Plastic Coated Shelving . . . . . . 57

Heavy Duty Tray Trolley. . . . . . 111

Rough Terrain Trolley . . . . . . . 110

High Security Cabinets . . . . 88-91

Shelving complete with

Laundry Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Mobile Workbenches. . . . . . . . 170

Stores Trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 23,

Mesh Partitioning / Machine

Containers . 44-47, 50-52, 55, 59

Louvred Panel Trolleys. 16, 40-41

Modular Benches . . . . . . . . . . . 164

25, 27, 30, 38-42, 104-116, 118-119,

Guard Mesh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Wall Mounted Shelving . . . 64-66

Mesh Flatbed Platform . . . . . . 120

Static Workbenches . . . . 162-169

121-124, 170

Mobile Platform Steps . . . . . . 156,

Labelling Systems . . . . . 204-207

Mesh Mobile Storage Trolley 124

Trollies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Three Position Truck . . . . . . . . 108

Medium Duty Benches . 162-165, 168-169

SHOE BASKETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Plastic Platform Trolley . 109-110

Workbench Accessories . . . . . 169

Tool Trolleys. . . 111-112, 119, 170

Fully Welded Barriers . . . . . . . . 182

SKATE KITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Platform & Balance Trolleys . . . . . .

Roll Holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Utility Trolleys . . . . . . . . . 118-119

Heavy Duty Barriers . . . . . . . . . 182

SMALL PARTS STORAGE . . . . . . 3-42

Warehouse Trucks/Trolleys 16, 23,

158-160

122-123

Lift Out Barriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

SPIGOTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Rough Terrain Trolley . . . . . . . . 110

25, 27, 30, 38-42, 104-116, 118-119,

Round Tube Barriers. . . . . . . . . 183

SPILL CONTROL

Mobile Workbenches. . . 112, 170

121-124, 170

Vision Barriers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Drum Sump Pallets. . . . . 140-141

Shelf Trolley. . . 111-113, 118-119

TEL: 01446 772614 FAX: 01446774770 INFO@STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK WWW.STORAGE-DESIGN.CO.UK

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Utility Platform Trucks . . 114-115 Work Positioner Trucks. . . . . . . . . 128

Bar Trucks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Mobile Workbenches . . . . . . 112,

E Q U I PMEN T

STOOLS

Trolleys104-105, 107, 109, 118-119

30, 39-42

WOR KBENCH ES

SECURITY

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE

PREMISES MANAGEMENT

Description

PA RTS

PORTABLE PARTS ORGANISERS 32-34

PLASTIC CONTAINERS

TROLLEYS

161

Page

PLASTIC CASES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-33

PLATFORM TRUCKS/TRAILERS &

171

Description

SMALL

33 43

A range of simple but effective small parts storage systems designed to cater for a wide range of materials and applications.

Page

Multi-Drawer Units . . . . . . . . 24-30

209

C O NTENTS

Description

SYSTEMS

PRODUCT INDEX

SMA LL PA R TS STO RAG E SYSTEM S